Home

Service Manual

1. F 7 6 7 2 Special Mode 7 2 1 Special Modes for Servicing iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S This printer supports the following special modes in addition to the service mode PCB replacement mode Download mode Counter display mode 1 PCB replacement mode This mode is used when replacing the main PCB or MC relay PCB By executing this mode Backup data of the settings and counter values stored in the MC relay PCB are moved to the new main PCB The data such as the settings and counter values are copied to the MC relay PCB
2. Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 45 GND GND 46 H0 D DATA 7 OD IN Odd head R data signal 7 D 47 GND GND 48 H DASH LICC2 B IN Analogue switch A D trigger signal 49 GND GND 50 GND GND T 6 71 J13 Connect to Main controller PCB J3601 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 H0 A HE 0 IN Head R heat enable signal 8 E 3 GND GND 4 H0 A DATA 0 EV IN Even head R data signal A 5 GND GND 6 H0 A HE 1 IN Head R heat enable signal 8 E 7 GND GND 8 H0 A DATA I EV IN Even head R data signal 1 A 9 GND GND 10 H0 B DATA 2 EV IN Even head R data signal 2 B 11 GND GND 12 H0 B DATA 3 EV IN Even head R data signal 3 B 13 GND GND 14 H0 C DATA 4 EV IN Even head R data signal 4 C 15 GND GND 16 0 3 Head R heat enable signal 8 E 17 GND GND 18 H0 C DATA 5 EV IN Even head R data signal 5 C 19 HEAD 3V IN Power supply 43V 20 HEAD 3V IN Power supply 43V 21 GND GND 22 HO LT IN Head R data latch signal 23 GND GND 24 HO CLK IN Head R data clock signal 25 GND GND 26 GND GND 27 LICSEL1 IN Head R analogue switch latch signal 28 LICSEL2 IN Head R analogue switch clock signal 29 LICSELO IN Head R analogue switch data signal 30 GND GND 31 GND GND 32 H0 DSOUTI OUT Head R temperature output 1 33 GND GND 34 H0 DSOUT2 OUT Head R temperature
3. T 1 57 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level System Setup Language Japanese Engulish Francais Italiano Deutsch Espanol Pyccknn Chinese Korea Contrast Adj 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 Reset PaprSetngs No Yes Erase HDD Data High Speed No Yes Secure High Spd No Yes Secure No Yes Output Method Print Print auto delete Save in mail box Save beforePrint Off On Save in Comm Box Off On Test Print Status Print No Yes Media Details No Yes Print Job Log No Yes Menu Map No Yes Nozzle Check No Yes Information System Info Error Log HHH HE Job Log Choose from information Document Name SES the latest three print User Name Page Count Job Status Print Start Time Print End Time Print Time Print Size Media Type Interface Ink Consumed HDD Information HDD Space xx xGB Displayed if a roll is loaded 2 Displayed if Chk Remain Roll is On 3 Displayed if IP Mode is Automatic 4 Only these menus are displayed during printing 5 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Media Guide The media type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install Media Confi
4. Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 48 GND GND 49 H0 A HE 0 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 50 GND GND T 6 20 J3701 Carriage PCB J22 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 H1 D DATA 7 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 7 D 2 GND GND 3 H1 E HE 8 OUT Head L heat enable signal8 E 4 GND GND 5 H1 E DATA 8 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 8 E 6 GND GND 7 H1 F DATA 10 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 10 F 8 GND GND 9 H1 E DATA 9 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 9 E 10 GND GND 11 HI F HE 10 OUT Head L heat enable signallO F 12 GND GND 13 HI F DATA 11 OD OUT Odd head L data signal I 1 F 14 GND GND 15 HI F HE 11 OUT Head L heat enable signal 1 F 16 GND GND 17 H1 F DATA 11 EV OUT Even head L data signalll F 18 GND GND 19 HI F DATA 10 EV OUT Even head L data signallO F 20 GND GND 21 HI E HE 9 OUT Head L heat enable signal9 E 22 GND GND 23 HI E DATA 9 EV OUT Even head L data signal9 E 24 H1 DLD LICC2 OUT Head L analogue switch latch signal 25 H1 DATA LICC2 OUT Head L analogue switch data signal 26 H1 DASLK LICC2 OUT Head L analogue switch clock signal 21 GND GND 28 H1 DSOUT2 IN Head L temperature output 2 29 H1 DSOUT 1 IN Head L temperature output I 30 GND GND 31 PWLED4 ON OUT Multi sensor LED 4 drive signal 32 PWLED3 ON OUT Multi sensor LED 3 drive signal 33 PWLED2 ON OUT Multi sensor LED
5. T 7 1 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level DISPLAY PRINTINF YES NO Select YES to execute print SYSTEM S N TYPE LF TYPE TMP SIZE LF SIZE LF SIZE CR SIZE CR HEAD S N R S N L LOTR LOTL INK Y B WARNING 1 20 ERROR 1 20 INK CHECK 000000 000000 I O DISPLAY UO DISPLAY 1 I O DISPLAY 2 ADJUST PRINT PATTERN NOZZLE 1 Press the OK button to execute OPTICAL AXIS Press the OK button to execute LF amp HAKUSYA SENSOR CHECK HEAD ADJ AUTO HEAD ADJ ROUGH Press the OK button to execute MANUAL HEAD ADJ DETAIL Press the OK button to execute BASIC Press the OK button to execute ADJ SETTING A 1 Adjustment value entry A 48 Adjustment value entry F F 1 Adjustment value entry F2 Adjustment value entry SAVE SETTINGS YES NO RESET SETTINGS YES NO NOZZLE CHK POS YES NO GAP CALBB YES NO Chapter 7 T 7 2 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level REPLACE CUTTER YES NO L amp R PRINTHEADS YES NO COUNTER PRINTER LIFE TTL LIFE ROLL LIFE CUTSHEET LIFE A LIFE F POWER ON W INK CUTTER WIPE CARRIAGE PRINT CR COUNT CR DIST PRINT COUNT PURGE CLN A 1 CLN A 2 CLN A 3 CLN A 6 CLN A 7 CLN A 10
6. iPF6000S J3411 e J3101 F 6 3 T 6 45 J1001 USB Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 VBUS IN USB VBUS 5 2 D IN OUT USB data 3 D IN OUT USB data 4 4 GND USB GND 5 GND GND Connector shell 6 GND GND Connector shell T 6 46 J1101 Connect to HDD expansion PCB Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 GND GND 4 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 5 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 6 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 7 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 8 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 9 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 0 1 GND GND 2 IN Power management enable signal 3 INTA IN Interrupt signal 4 GND GND 5 RST OUT PCI reset signal 6 CLK OUT PCI clock signal 7 GNT OUT Grant signal 8 GND GND 9 REQ IN Request signal 20 AD31 IN OUT Address and data signal 31 21 AD30 IN OUT Address and data signal 30 22 AD29 IN OUT Address and data signal 29 6 35 Chapter 6 J1101 Connect to HDD expansion PCB Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 23 AD28 IN OUT Address and data signal 28 24 GND GND 25 AD27 IN OUT Address and data signal 27 26 AD2
7. 6 1 6 1 1 1 OQutline of Ke GE 6 1 6 1 2 Troubleshooting When Warnings REUS OH UE Seg Ex apnd e e SEEN EP Ce 6 1 6 1 2 1 Ink Lvl Chk XX 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1008 1009 100 100 100 2 404444 4 10000000 009 6 1 61 22 MTCart Full Soon 1100 otro hen rone EP re Pede rene eee eden eue tea exea OR e e delet eL PER dia NIRE renn 6 1 6 1 2 3 Mist Full Soon 1101 et to et D Dc NO a RE C ERREUR ROSE Ce Le ROLE Reda OO Eee o a e 6 1 6 1 2 4 W12xx xx stands for digits 1221 1222 1223 1225 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 24 4 00 1 2000000000 1 4 6 1 6 1 2 5 Feed Limit 100 0 ctr ei Sette tare 6 2 6 12 6 Check printed document 10 10 tret eee E RERO e ERR Ft pendente erede een Pe Aen ke RU peer PEE ER et ene n 6 2 6 1 3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur sessesnesnesnssnesvrennsnnensennenrennennesnesnesnesnesnesnesnesnnsnnsnnsnnsensensenesnesnesnesnesnesnsnnnenssnsennennennennesnesnesne 6 2 6 1 3 1 01800500 1012 01800500 1013 Defective printhead nozzle sess the nne nntne trente 6 2 6 1 3 2 03010000 200C 03010000 2017 03010000 2018 03016000 2010 Multi sensor error tnter nnne 6 2 6 1 3 3 03010000 200D Cut sheet end cannot be detected sitse eitie nnne nnne enne
8. 6 DETAIL CNT Other counters 7 30 T 7 56 Display Description Unit CUTTER EXC Cutter replacement count Times Count of executing cutter replacement mode MTC EXC Maintenance cartridge replacement count Times HEAD R EXC Printhead R replacement count Times HEAD L EXC Printhead L replacement count Times BOARD EXC M B Main controller PCB replacement count Times UNIT A EXC Unit A waste ink system replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS A UNIT B EXC Unit B waste ink system replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS B UNIT D EXC Unit D carriage unit replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS D UNIT F EXC Unit F ink supply system replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS F UNIT H EXC Unit H purge unit replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS H UNIT L EXC Unit L head management sensor replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS LI UNIT P EXC Unit P feed unit replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS P UNIT R EXC Unit R pick up system replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PAR
9. 012345678 91011 12131415 161718192021 2223 2425 262728293031 323334353373839 Block No m 1 2 Bi 25 6 o 7 58 9 o 9 o o The pattern is repeated until 2560 nozzles is reached F 2 8 2 8 Chapter 2 2 Print drive timing Each printhead houses 12 trains of nozzles which share the same data transfer clock Hx CLK and data latch pulses Hx LT Even numbered nozzle data Hx x DATA x EV odd numbered nozzle data Hx x DATA x OD and the Heat Enable Hx x HE x signal are generated for each nozzle train and controlled individually Printing is carried out in two ways through reciprocating motion of the carriage An encoder sensor mounted on the carriage generates a 150 dpi pitched linear scale detection signal ENCODER and a signal ENCODER shifted 120 de grees in phase The direction of carriage motion is detected from the status of the ENCODER B signal relative to the leading edge of the ENCODER A signal The printhead is driven using a 2400 dpi timing signal internal signal which is generated by dividing the ENCODER signal detected at the 150 dpi timing into 16 equal sections Printing in the forward direction is triggered at the leading edge of the detection signal ENCODER A Printing
10. T 2 5 Advance notice of replacement 47 500times Service call 50 000times Ink scraper Glycerin absorbent material Printhead Glycerin tank Wiper blade Blade holder Wiper cam Cap F 2 24 c Pump unit This printer uses tube pumps suction pumps that press on the ink tubes using rollers to produce negative pressure thus sucking ink Two rollers are used to press on a single tube one after another to control the amount of ink sucked The roller rotation timing is detected by the pump cam sensor and the amount of rotation is controlled by the driving of the purge motor Suction pump e e Push rollers Ink tubes Jt Purge motor Sub cap To maintenance cartridge Pump encoder sensor The ink from the sub cap flows to the absorbent material under the purge unit F 2 25 2 34 Chapter 2 2 3 2 6 Maintenance Cartridge 2 3 2 6 1 Maintenance Cartridge iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Maintenance cartridge The maintenance cartridge can contain up to approximately 957 ml approx 1021 g of waste ink including the moisture evaporation in the waste ink b Detection of waste ink in maintenance cartridge The quantity of waste ink in the maintenance cartridge is measured by counting dots When the quantity of waste ink collected in the maintenance cartridge reaches 80 of the cartridge capacity a warning message MTCart Full Soon appears to indicate that the
11. 2 18 2 2 7 Pause between Pages 2 2 8 White Raster Skip 5 e do o a en be Peta n t utet tete epe RET 2 20 Sleep Modez NE Ke DL Bel ME ln TEE 2 3 Printer Mechanical Systems etre tbe e duet Eo idee iv 2 20 23 A OQUUING I eee eee pe 2 31 LOUNGE aat en dn eats dead i M 2 32 Ik Passage e n ede ee be etos E Hee be at bo bes VXSVABISICICOIIM M E 23 22 Ink Tank UME c 2 3 2 3 Carriage Unit 2 3 2 4 Printhead 2 3 2 5 Purge Unit 2 3 2 6 Maintenance Cartridge 2 32 OW iir er the Rer EE Eee E E dene E ET 2 3 3 ae tee E atm eR batte c eee 258 2 ee oe de Meis ted EE 2 3 3 2 Paper Pali EE 2 3 3 3 UNI Et 2 4 Printer Electrical Syste Mipir puesia iaai asena apiau aa aaa aeaea re eataa ay eaaa ag aea 2 49 cms 2 4 1 1 Overview 2 4 1 2 Overview 2 4 1 3 Overview 2 42 Main Controller auka sheng e tet e E ea eee ere dee to a en e ge E eere du a tec ER 2 55 2 42 T Main eut Ee elen 2 55 2 4 2 2 Main controller components vennen verr venna nennt teret rns sitse tns nnns senes 2 56 2 42 3 Main controller corpOnehls
12. 6 9 Contents 6 1 3 29 03830101 2521 03830104 2520 03830102 2522 038301 03 2523 038301 12 2524 038301 13 2525 03830106 2526 03830105 2528 038301 15 2529 03830107 2524 03830109 252B 03830108 252C Ink tank is not installed This error occurs when the ink tank is tepl ced T P 6 9 6 1 3 30 03830201 2541 03800204 2540 03830202 2542 03830203 2543 03830212 2544 03830213 2545 03830206 2546 03830205 2548 03830215 2549 03830207 254 03830209 254 03830208 254 Invalid ink tank 0 6 9 6 1 3 31 03830301 2561 03830304 2560 03830302 2562 03830303 2563 03830312 2564 03830313 2565 03830306 2566 03830305 2568 03830305 2568 0383031 5 2569 03830307 256A 03830309 256B 03830308 256C Ink tank EEPROM error 6 9 6 1 3 32 03841001 2819 03841201 2816 03841201 2817 03841101 2818 01841001 281B Maintenance cartridge error 6 9 6 1 3 33 03861001 2405 03861001 2406 Borderless printing 6 1 3 34 03862000 2E09 Insufficient roll media error 6 1 3 35 03870001 2015 er TR TEE 6 1 4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur sssssssssseeeeeneenee nennen nenne nnne ERR eu EE 6 1 4 2 E141 4046 Recovery system rotation count reached 50 000 6 1 4 3 E144 4047 Supply system s count 6 1 4 4 E146 4001 Bord
13. T 1 51 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Media Menu Roll Media Type FineArt Txtr 5 FineArt Wtrclr 5 FineArtBlockP 5 Canvas Matte2 5 JPN Paper Washi 5 Colored Coated 5 CAD Trace Paper 5 CAD Matte Film 5 POP Board 5 Special Here the number is 1 to 10 5 Chk Remain Roll Off On Roll Length Set 1 2 m 16 HHH feet 16 Paper Details The paper type is displayed Roll DryingTime Off here 30 sec 1 min 3 min 5 min 10 min 30 min 60 min Scan Wait Time Off 1 sec 3 sec 5 sec 7 sec 9 sec 1 77 Chapter 1 1 78 T 1 52 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Paper Details The paper type is displayed here Feed Priority Automatic Band Joint Print Length Adjust Length 0 70 to 0 70 Head Height Automatic Highest High Standard Low Lowest Skew Check Lv High Accuracy Standard Loose Off VacuumStrngth Automatic Strongest Strong Standard Weak Weakest NearEnd RollMrgn 3mm 20mm Cut Speed Fast Standard Slow Trim Edge First Automatic Off On Cutting Mode Automatic
14. T 6 50 J2512 Suction fan Maintenance cartridge relay PCB Paper detection sensor Lift cam sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 FAN VM OUT Power supply 26V 2 PLATEN FAN LOCK IN Suction fan lock signal 3 PLATEN FAN PWM OUT Suction fan duty control signal 4 GND GND 5 MENT SDA IN OUT Maintenance cartridge rom control signal data 6 MENT SCL IN OUT Maintenance cartridge rom control signal clock 7 GND GND 8 MENT 3V Power supply 43 3V 9 SNS OUT Power supply 43 3V 10 11 12 13 GND GND 14 PE SNS IN Paper ditection sensor output signal 15 SNS 1 OUT Power supply 43 3V 16 GND GND 17 LIFT CAM SNS IN Lift cam sensor output signal T 6 51 J2601 Connect to Operation panel Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 POWER ON IN Power switch signal 2 PM START OUT Power supply 45V 3 BUZZER OUT Buzzer control signal 4 PDODATA OUT Panel IC control signal 5 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 6 PDI DATA IN Panel IC data signal 7 GND GND 8 PANEL RESET OUT Panel reset signal 9 GND GND 10 PDOPCLK OUT Panel IC clock signal 11 SNS 5V OUT Power supply 45V 12 PDOCS L OUT Panel supply chip select signal T 6 52 J2703 Auto feed roll unit Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 _5 OUT Power supply 45V 2 GND GND 3 ROLL CAM SNS IN Roll cam sensor signal 4 ROLL PAPER SNS IN Roll media sensor signal 5 ROLL UNIT IN Roll unit det
15. 1 213 Consumables ahead 1 3 Product Specifications 1 3 1 Product Specifications 1 3 2 Product Specifications 1 3 3 Product Specifications 1 4 Detailed Specifications 1 4 1 Bettange ett Eed 14 2 RE e EE 1 4 3 Interface SpecifiCatioris eer 1 5 Names and Functions of Components 1 92 IAM H 1 5 3 no UR RR OI HERD OR 1 54 Top Cover Inside iiie e tte ettet de E EE PERENNE URN 1 5 5 Manual Loading Area sed 1 5 6 Roll Feed Unit Cover Inside n eee ete eet te eere Pee eeh 1 5 7 Cariageucenies eC URDU DTP NER et e be M e eda 1 6 Basic Operation eent pete ee PIE ORO UT EHE RE RO SESS Enss 1 6 1 Operation Panel T 56 2 RERBA RERO UBERIUS 1 6 3 MaimmM TU nid dep HEU ee d b n ER Dee d redeo debe cere e ed EIE e oreet EN ME 1 7 EE Leeferinnen TT L7 LL Moving Parts ss s eter n BRE SERERE ROTARUM ERROR EPA ERU ETE 1 93 14 Ree 1 93 1 7 E Re ele EE 1 95 1 7 2 Other Precautions ee Er Ru E WE 1 95 1 7 2 2 Printhead e 1
16. EE S USE Tek o eia tetas 2 46 KE EE WO 2 47 2 3 3 3 Culter EE 2 48 Contents 23 53 1 Structure of Cutter EE 2 48 2 4 Ptinter Electrical System noa edere Ee re eres Pe etre ttt ere meat dens 2 49 DA Me OUElitie n eei ETE ER ER wmm va benedict 2 4 1 1 OVERVIEW e cinese utr m i na ene i Gn e en a D e e rtm e e e m rd nri a pO NR E R p Beg E G tats 2 4 2 Main Controller 2 42 1 Main contfoller components RR HERI EERO HAE EL NN erre 2 55 24 22 Main controller re E 2 56 Eeer E 2 58 2452 4 ADD expansion PCB Cornpotiehtls eR ee 2 59 24 3 Carriage Relay PCBs au uaa ee 2 59 2 4 3 1 Carriage PCB components genii eiie eie e e HE er ee EE EE E HR EN EE 2 59 2 4 A Motor DEVEN S H O 2 60 2 4 4 1 Roll feed unit PCB components eene nette enne nets EE teens tette trennen tte 2 60 24 5 Maintenance Cartridge Relay POB e C add ep o 2 60 2 4 5 1 Maintenance cartridge relay PCB components endete tete tee het eere ener E oa dene abe
17. T 7 55 Display Description Unit CLR INK CONSUME Cumulative count of ink section consumption amount clearing Times CLR CUTTER EXC Cumulative count of cutter replacement count clearing Times CLR MTC EXC Cumulative count of maintenance cartridge replacement count clearing Times CLR HEAD R EXC Cumulative count of printhead R replacement count clearing Times CLR HEAD L EXC Cumulative count of printhead L replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT A EXC Cumulative count of unit A waste ink system replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT B EXC Cumulative count of unit B platen duct replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT D EXC Cumulative count of unit D carriage unit replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT F EXC Cumulative count of unit F ink supply system replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT H EXC Cumulative count of unit H purge replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT L EXC Cumulative count of unit L head management sensor replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT P EXC Cumulative count of unit P feed motor replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT R EXC Cumulative count of unit R spur cam replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT V EXC Cumulative count of unit V mist fan unit replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT X EXC Cumulative count of unit X multi sensor replacement count clearing Times CLR FACTORY CNT For factory Times 5 EXCHANGE Counters related to parts replacement
18. Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 VALVE DETECT 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 2 GND GND 3 VALVE DETECT SNS IN Valve open closed detection sensor output signal 4 VALVE MOTOR AM OUT Valve motor drive signal AM 5 VALVE MOTOR AP OUT Valve motor drive signal AP 6 LF HP SNS 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 7 GND GND 8 LF HP SNS IN Feed roller HP sensor output signal 9 GND GND 10 LF ENCA IN Feed roller encoder sensor output signal A 11 RGV5 OUT Power supply 5V 12 LF ENCB IN Feed roller encoder sensor output signal B T 6 14 J3301 Ink tank ROM PCB Ink detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TANK DAT6 L IN OUT Ink tank data signal 6 2 TANK DAT7 L IN OUT Ink tank data signal 7 3 TANK 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 4 TANK DATS IN OUT Ink tank data signal 8 5 GND GND 6 TANK CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal 7 TANK DAT9 IN OUT Ink tank data signal 9 8 TANK DATIO IN OUT Ink tank data signal 10 9 TANK 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 10 TANK DATII IN OUT Ink tank data signal 11 11 GND GND 12 TANK CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal 13 GND GND 14 INK SNS6 L IN Ink detection sensor output signal 6 15 INK SNS7 L IN Ink detection sensor output signal 7 16 INK SNS8 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 8 17 GND GND 18 INK SNS9 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 9 19 INK SNS10 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 10 20 INK SNSII IN Ink detection sensor output signal 11
19. T 8 7 Code Description Action E141 4046 Number of recovery rotations reaching Replace the purge kit and then clear the parts counter in 50 000 or more the service mode E144 4047 Ink supply count error Replace the ink supply unit and then clear the parts counter in the service mode E146 4001 Borderless flow idle ejection mist recovery Replace the platen duct or mist fan or mist filter or count error suction fan and then clear the parts counter in the service mode E161 403E Abnormal temperature rise in printhead R Replace the printhead E161 403F Abnormal temperature rise in printhead L Replace the printhead L E194 404A Non discharging nozzle count error Replace the head management sensor unit and then clear the parts counter in the service mode E196 4034 Multi sensor unit version error Replace the multi sensor unit 8 25 Chapter 8 Code Description Action E196 4040 Checksum error Replace the main controller PCB E196 4041 Flash memory erase error Replace the main controller PCB E196 4042 Flash memory write error Replace the main controller PCB E196 4045 EEPROM write error Replace the main controller PCB E196 404C Serial number mismatch between boards Execute PCB replacement mode or replace the main controller PCB E196 404D Machine ID mismatch between boards Replace the main controller PCB E196 404E EEPROM read error Replace the
20. 03 25 Ink error 03 280 Printhead error 03 281 Maintenance cartridge error 03 282 Adjustment error 03 2 26 Head management sensor unit error Other errors Exxx 40xx Service call error x stands for a numeric or letter Chapter 8 8 2 Warning Table 8 2 1 Warnings iPF6100 Codes represent the numbers that are displayed in DISPLAY in service mode and that are recorded in PRINTINF Messages that are not accompanied by a code indication are not logged T 8 2 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Ink Level Check 0180104 1000 BK ink tank near empty Renew the ink tanks Ink Level Check 0180101 1001 Y ink tank near empty Ink Level Check 0180102 1002 M ink tank near empty Ink Level Check 0180103 1003 C ink tank near empty Ink Level Check 0180112 1004 PM ink tank near empty Ink Level Check 0180113 1005 PC ink tank near empty Ink Level Check 0180106 1006 MBK ink tank near empty Ink Level Check 0180106 1007 2 ink tank near empty Ink Level Check 01810105 1008 GY ink tank near empty Ink Level Check 01810115 1009 PGY ink tank near empty Ink Level Check 01810107 100A R ink tank near empty Ink Level Check 01810109 100B B ink tank near empty Ink Level Check 01810108 100C G in
21. etse 6 2 6 1 3 4 03010000 2820 03010000 282 1 03010000 2822 03010000 2823 03130031 2F32 03010000 2F33 Adjustment error 6 3 6 1 3 5 03010000 2E1F 03060000 2E14 03061000 2E15 03060000 2E16 03060200 2E03 03060200 2E0B 03060A00 2E00 03060A00 2E01 03860002 2E0A Path mismatch error csi ueterem eae e tene dt eene leere 6 3 6 1 3 6 03010000 2E25 03010000 2E27 Paper feed delivery jam error sees ennemi 6 3 6 1 3 7 03030000 2E2 1 TREE 1394 errors EE 6 4 6 1 3 8 03060A00 2EO0E Roll media unit uninstallation eseeseeseeeeeeeeneeeeennenn nennen 6 4 6 1 3 9 03060A00 2E1B Roll media end error 6 4 6 1 3 10 03430031 291B Lift home TEE 6 4 6 1 3 11 03130031 291D Supr cam sensor 1 0 10 tree tne teen tnter 6 5 6 1 3 12 03130031 2E23 Cutter unit breakdOwn i ite 6 5 6 1 3 13 03130031 2F13 A D Converter external trigger output stoppe 6 5 6 1 3 14 03130031 2F14 ASIC Register cannot be written 6 1 3 15 03130031 2F16 Mist IER QE GE ES YER I EPIS RERO GERI LR EE ETC 6 1 3 17 03130031 2F20 03130031 2F28 03130031 2F22 03130031 2F23 Defective sensor in purge unit eese 6 6 6 1 3 18 03130031 2F24 Cutter
22. 1 2 1 4 93 8 Remove the four screws 1 and joint 3 and then remove the two ink tank unit R 2 1 4 42 Chapter 4 9 Remove the four screws 1 and joint 3 and then remove the two ink tank unit F 2 T zn EPA syn L b Removing the valve motor unit 1 When removing the valve motor unit remove the ink tank cover 2 Remove the two screws 1 disconnect the the two connectors 2 and then remove the valve motor unit 3 HE 2 F 4 95 4 43 Chapter 4 4 3 13 Head Management Sensor iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Removing the head management sensor 1 Remove the screw 1 disconnect the connector 2 and then remove the head management sensor 3 F 4 97 b Procedure after replacing the head management sensor Since the distance between the head management sensor and the carriage unit varies among printers the optical axis is factory adjusted to adjust the non discharging detection position When you have replaced the head management sensor or performed assembly reassembly of surroundin
23. Chapter 6 J1101 Connect to IEEE1394 board Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 3 INTA IN Interrupt signal 4 GND GND 5 RST OUT PCI reset signal 6 CLK OUT PCI clock signal 7 GNT OUT Grant signal 8 GND GND 9 REQ IN Request signal 20 AD31 IN OUT Address and data signal 31 21 AD30 IN OUT Address and data signal 30 22 AD29 IN OUT Address and data signal 29 23 AD28 IN OUT Address and data signal 28 24 GND GND 25 AD27 IN OUT Address and data signal 27 26 AD26 IN OUT Address and data signal 26 27 AD25 IN OUT Address and data signal 25 28 AD24 IN OUT Address and data signal 24 29 CBE3 IN OUT Bus command and byte enable signal 3 30 IDSEL OUT Initialization device select signal 31 GND GND 32 GND GND 33 AD23 IN OUT Address and data signal 23 34 AD22 IN OUT Address and data signal 22 35 AD21 IN OUT Address and data signal 21 36 AD20 IN OUT Address and data signal 20 37 GND GND 38 AD19 IN OUT Address and data signal 19 39 AD18 IN OUT Address and data signal 18 40 AD17 IN OUT Address and data signal 17 41 AD16 IN OUT Address and data signal 16 42 2 OUT Bus command and byte enable signal 2 43 GND GND 44 FRAME IN OUT Cycle frame signal 45 IRDY IN OUT Initiator redy signal 46 TRDY IN OU
24. Chapter 6 T 6 15 J3401 Carriage PCB J11 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 GND GND 4 GND GND 5 GND GND 6 GND GND 7 GND GND 8 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 9 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 10 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 11 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 12 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 13 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 14 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 15 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 16 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 17 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 18 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 19 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 20 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 21 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 22 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 23 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 24 GND GND 25 GND GND 26 GND GND 27 GND GND 28 GND GND 29 GND GND 30 GND GND T 6 16 J3402 Carriage PCB J21 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 GND GND 4 GND GND 5 GND GND 6 GND GND 7 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 8 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 9 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 10 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 11 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 12 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 13 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 14 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 15 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 16 VH OUT
25. Chapter 1 T 1 28 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Media Menu Manual Paper Type FineArt Txtr 5 FineArt Wtrclr 5 FineArtBlockP 5 Canvas Matte2 5 JPN Paper Washi 5 Colored Coated 5 CAD Trace Paper 5 CAD Matte Film 5 POP Board 5 Special Here the number is 1 to 10 5 Manual Paper Size ISO Al ISO A24 ISO A2 ISO A34 ISO A3 ISO A4 ISO B2 ISO B3 ISO B4 JIS B2 JIS B3 JIS B4 22 X34 ANSI D 17 22 ANSI 11 X17 Ledger 13 X19 Super B Letter 8 5 X11 Legal 8 5 X14 24 X36 ARCH D 18 X24 ARCH 12 X18 ARCH 9 XI2 ARCH A DIN C2 DIN C3 DIN C4 1 55 Chapter 1 1 56 T 1 29 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Media Menu Manual Paper Size 20 x24 8 x22 4 x17 2 x16 0 x12 0 x15 8 x10 6 x20 20 X30 3 X22 300x900 mm Free size setting Roll Media Type Plain Paper 5 Plain Paper HQ 5 Plain Paper HG 5 Recycled Coated 5 High Resolution 5 Coated Paper 5 HW Coated 5 Ex HW Coated 5 Premi
26. Media Type Print Priority DD m Printing direction Resolution PER dpi Coated Paper Coated Paper Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Heavyweight Coated Paper Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK High Resolution Paper Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Premium Matte Paper Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Matte Photo Paper Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image Hig 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Recycled Coated Paper Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Premium Coated Paper Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK LightWeight Coated paper Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK High Resolution Barrier Paper Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1
27. When handling the Printhead always hold it by the grips 1 Never touch the printhead nozzles 2 or the metal contacts 3 The printhead can damage or a printing failure can occur Do not reattach the removed protective caps Dispose of these parts following the local regulation Never touch the ink supply section 4 This may cause printing problems The Printhead is filled with ink When removing Safety Cap 1 1 and Satety Cap 2 2 be careful not to spill it Do not reattach the protective material after removing it Dispose of these materials according to local regulations Chapter 3 15 With the nozzles facing down and the metal contacts toward the back insert the Printhead into the Carriage Carefully push the Printhead firmly into the Car riage ensuring that the nozzles and metal contacts do not touch the Carriage F 3 19 16 Pull the Printhead Fixer Cover down toward the front to lock the Printhead in place F 3 20 17 Push the Printhead Fixer Lever toward the back of the printer until it clicks 18 Repeat steps 11 17 to install the second Printhead 19 Close the Top Cover F 3 22 F 3 23 Chapter 3 21 Press the tip of the Ink Tank Lock Lever of the color for installation and open the Ink Tank Lock Lever F 3 24 22 Before removing the Ink Tank from the pouch shake it gently seven or eight times Agitate the ink in the Ink Tank by rotatin
28. 11 X17 Ledger 13 X19 Super B Letter 8 5 X11 Legal 8 5 X14 24 X36 ARCH D 18 X24 ARCH 12 X18 ARCH 9 XI2 ARCH A DIN C2 DIN C3 DIN C4 1 75 Chapter 1 1 76 T 1 50 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Media Menu Manual Paper Size 20 x24 8 x22 4 x17 2 x16 0 x12 0 x15 8 x10 6 x20 20 X30 3 X22 300x900 mm Free size setting Roll Media Type Plain Paper 5 Plain Paper HQ 5 Plain Paper HG 5 Recycled Coated 5 High Resolution 5 Coated Paper 5 HW Coated 5 Ex HW Coated 5 Premium MatteP 5 Matte Photo 5 Glossy Photo 5 Semi GI Photo 5 HW Glossy Photo2 5 HW SemiGI Photo2 5 Poster Semi GI 5 SatinPhoto 190 5 Photo PaperPlus 5 PhotoPlusSemiGI 5 Syn Paper 5 Adh Syn Paper 5 Backlit Film 5 Backprint Film 5 Flame Res Cloth 5 ThinFab Banner2 5 Proofing Paper 5 News Proof 1 5 News Proof 2 5 FineArt Photo 5 FineArt HW Photo 5 Chapter 1
29. 1 Cape Verde Date Format yyyy mm dd dd mm yyyy mm dd yyyy Date amp Time Date yyyy mm dd 8 Time hh mm Chapter 1 T 1 36 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level System Setup Language Japanese Engulish Francais Italiano Deutsch Espanol Pyccknn Chinese Korea Contrast Adj 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 Reset PaprSetngs No Yes Test Print Status Print No Yes Media Details No Yes Print Job Log No Yes Menu Map No Yes Nozzle Check No Yes Information System Info Error Log HHH HE Job Log Choose from information Document Name ao the latest three print User Name Page Count Job Status Print Start Time Print End Time Print Time Print Size Media Type Interface Ink Consumed Displayed if a roll is loaded 2 Displayed if Chk Remain Roll is On 3 Displayed if IP Mode is Automatic 4 Only these menus are displayed during printing 5 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Media Guide The media type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install Media Configuration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by
30. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 99 F 3 32 1 Stand L 2 Stand R 3 Stand Stay 4 Output Stacker 5 Stand Board 6 Basket Bolts 2pcs 7 Basket Decorative Nuts 2pcs 8 Basket Rod 1 2pcs 9 Basket Rod 2 10 Basket Rod 3 11 Support Rod 12 Basket Arm 2pcs 13 Basket Rod Caps 2pcs 14 Main Unit Securing Bolts long 4pcs 15 Table Bolts short 4pcs 16 Allen Wrench 17 Wrench 18 Accessory Box 19 Velcro Tape 3 10 Chapter 3 b Assembling the Stand 1 Position the Stand L 1 and Stand R 2 so that the Basket Fasteners are on the front facing out 3 35 Chapter 3 3 To secure the Stand Stay 2 use the M10 side of the Wrench 1 to tighten hex nuts in four positions on the top and bottom of both sides F 3 36 Be careful not to pinch your fingers between the Stand Board and Stand 5 To secure the Stand Board 3 to the Stand use the Allen Wrench 1 to tighten the four short Table Bolts 2 in the order shown 3 12 Chapter 3 c Assembling the Output Stacker 1 Insert Basket Rod 1 1 in the Basket Fastener so that the hole 2 of Basket Rod 1 and the hole 3 of the Basket Fastener on the right are aligned and the Support Rod Holder 4 faces up F 3 40 3 Use Basket Decorative Nuts 2 to secure the Basket Bolts 1 Chapter 3 4 As in steps 1 to 3 insert Bas
31. 8 1 Outline 8 1 1 Outline iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S The printer indicates errors using the display and LEDs If an error occurs during printing the printer status is also displayed on the status monitor of the printer driver The following three types of errors are displayed on the display Warning Status where the print operation can be continued without remedying the cause of the problem This can however adversely affect the printing results Error Status where the print operation is stopped and the regular operation cannot be recovered until the cause of the problem is remedied Service call error When a service call error occurs the error is not cleared and the error indication remains on the operation panel even if the printer is powered off and on again Occurrence of the service call error is indicated again at power on This measure is taken to prevent user s recovery of the service call error and damages to the printer Service call errors can be cleared however by starting up the printer in the service mode For how to take actions against warnings and errors refer to Troubleshooting Overview of warnings and error codes T 8 1 Code Diagnosis 0181010x 100x Ink warning 01841001 1100 Waste ink warning 013412xx 103x GARO warning 01800500 1010 Printhead warning 03 20 24 Media feeding error Data mismatch error Cover open error 03 2
32. GND Chapter 6 J3701 Connect to Carriage PCB J22 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 11 HI F HE 10 OUT Head L heat enable signallO F 12 GND GND 13 HI F DATA 11 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 1 1 F 14 GND GND 15 HI F HE 11 OUT Head L heat enable signal I F 16 GND GND 17 H1 F DATA 11 EV OUT Even head L data signalll F 18 GND GND 19 H1 F DATA 10 EV OUT Even head L data signal 10 F 20 GND GND 21 H1 E HE 9 OUT Head L heat enable signal9 E 22 GND GND 23 HI E DATA 9 EV OUT Even head L data signal9 E 24 HI DLD LICC2 OUT Head L analogue switch latch signal 25 H1 DATA LICC2 OUT Head L analogue switch data signal 26 H1 DASLK LICC2 OUT Head L analogue switch clock signal 27 GND GND 28 H1 DSOUT2 IN Head L temperature output 2 29 H1 DSOUT 1 IN Head L temperature output I 30 GND GND 31 PWLED4 ON OUT Multi sensor LED 4 drive signal 32 PWLED3 ON OUT Multi sensor LED 3 drive signal 33 PWLED2 ON OUT Multi sensor LED 2 drive signal 34 PWLED1 ON OUT Multi sensor LED I drive signal 35 GND GND 36 MILT SNS UN IN Multi sensor signal 1 37 MILT 555 2IN IN Multi sensor signal 2 38 GND GND 39 H1 B DATA 2 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 2 B 40 GND GND 41 H1 B DATA 3 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 3 B 42 GND GND
33. 18 18 18 138 15 20 gt 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 A2 4 6 A42 14 A46 A 18 A 20 A 22 A 24 om o 0 0 0 0 0 o o AN gt gt 2 gt 2 2 gt 2 2 2 gt E ME 2 4 4 AR 4 4 m A S 6 m e 6 SN s gt 8 A e 8 8 s 10 0 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ENSE o 12 oo 12 12 EE 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 6 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 8 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Ei E2 ES EA ES Ee ET 9 E40 11 0 0 0 o 0 0 o 0 o 0 o 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 FA F2 0 2 4 6 8 o 2 4 8 10 12 10 12 f BASIC A sample printout that is produced by executing SERVICE MODE gt ADJUST HEAD ADJ gt AUTO HEAD ADJ gt BASIC is shown below Printhead Adjustment Pattern Di D 2 D 3 D 4 D 5 D 6 D 13 D 14 D 15 D 16 0 17 0 18 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 o 0 0 o 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
34. Adjust Length Displayed if Feed Priority is Print Length Adjustment relative to the amount of stretching or shrinkage of the current paper For paper that tends to stretch increase the feed amount by setting the adjustment value toward For paper that tends to shrink decrease the feed amount by setting the adjustment value toward The setting for the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage is relative If you access it again later it will be displayed as 0 00 96 Head Height Adjust the Printhead height Skew Check Lv If you print on Japanese Paper Washi or other handmade paper that has an irregular width choose Loose for a higher skew detection threshold or choose Off to disable skew detection However if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur If strict skew detection is required choose High Accuracy VacuumStrngth Specify the level of suction that holds paper against the Platen NearEnd RollMrgn Specify a margin at the leading edge of roll paper to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3 mm it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy The printed surface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the the leading edge Cut Speed Choose the cutting speed For media such as film that are more likely to generate debris when cut choose Fast to r
35. Eject Manual Bordless Margin Automatic Fixed CutDustReduct Off On NearEnd Sht Mrgn 3 mm 20 mm Manual Feed Front Top Return Defaults No Yes Job Management Job Queue Ope Job List Choose a print job Delete Priority Com BOX Ope Job List Choose a print job Print Delete Print Job List No Yes Psnl BOX Ope Folder List Enter a password if one has been set Job List Choose a print job Print Delete Print Job List No Yes Chapter 1 T 1 53 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Adjust Printer Auto Head Adj Standard Adj No Yes Advanced Adj No Yes Auto Print Off On Manual Head Adj 12 No Yes Auto Band Adj Standard Adj No Yes Advanced Adj No Yes Manual Band Adj No Yes Adj Far Ed Feed No Yes Adjust Length 3 No Yes Calibration Auto Adjust No Yes Execution Log Date Media Use Adj Value No Yes Restore Defaults No Yes Interface Setup EOP Timer 10 sec 30 sec 1 min 2 min 5 min 10 min 30 min 60 min TCP IP IP Mo
36. Not decentered Feed amount ig Feed roller ig Feed roller once once F 2 41 2 46 Chapter 2 2 3 3 2 8 Structure of Ejection Spur iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Outline The ejection spur unit consists of a spur a spur motor that moves the spur a spur cam sensor and an eject roller b Spur lift mechanism The spur must be moved up and down according to the selected media type and feed mode The spur motor and spur cam sensor are used to control the spur stop position In case of manual feed from front When the above mode is selected in the user mode the spur moves to the upper limit position and then stops Stop position depending on media type To prevent the spur from damaging the media the spur stops at a proper position according to the media type selected in the user mode Eject roller drive The drive power of the eject roller is transmitted from the feed roller via the drive belt Feed roller Eject roller Drive belt Spur cam sensor Spur unit Spur motor F 2 42 2 47 Chapter 2 2 3 3 3 Cutter Unit 2 3 3 3 1 Structure of Cutter unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S If roll media are used the cutter unit attached on the front of the spur unit cuts the leading end of the media on loading and cuts the media on ejection Whether to perform cutting or not is determined by the choice of the main menu and the specifications of the printer driver The cutter in
37. CLEAR CLR UNIT x EXC PARTS COUNTER PARTS xx xx Unit number of consumable parts For details refer to Maintenance and Inspection gt Consumable Parts Initialize the counter amount of the consumable parts Clear COUNTER gt PARTS CNT gt PARTS x After replacing the consumable part be sure to execute this menu 7 25 Chapter 7 7 1 6 Details of Service Mode iPF6200 This section provides details of the Service mode menu a DISPLAY Displays and prints the printer information 1 PRINF INF Prints adjustment values in the User menu DISPLAY and COUNTER parameters on A4 size or lager paper When a roll media is used the layout is optimized according to the media width 2 SYSTEM Displays the printer information shown below T 7 44 Display Description Unit S N Serial number of printer TYPE Type setting on main controller PCB iPF6200 is represented by 24 LF TYPE Feed roller type 0 or 1 TMP Ambient temperature degrees C SIZE LF Detected size of loaded media feed direction mm 0 is always detected for the roll media SIZE LF Detected size of loaded media feed direction inch 0 is always detected for the roll media SIZE CR Detected size of loaded media carriage scan direction mm SIZECR Detected size of loaded media carriage scan directi
38. 03830206 2546 ink tank ID error Replace with a valid MBk ink tank Press and place ink tank d k tank error 03830206 2547 MBK2 ink tank ID error Replace with a valid MBk ink tank eplace ink tank m k tank error 03830205 2548 GY ink tank ID error Replace with a valid GY ink tank Press OK and place ink tank d k tank error 03830215 2549 PGY ink tank ID error Replace with a valid PGY ink tank Press and eplace ink tank tank error 03830207 254A R ink tank ID error Replace with a valid R ink tank Press OK and place ink tank d k tank error 03830209 254B B ink tank ID error Replace with a valid B ink tank Press and eplace ink tank tank error 03830208 254C G ink tank ID error Replace with a valid G ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and chec k ink tank 03830 04 2520 BK ink tank not installed Install a Bk ink tank 03830 01 2521 Y ink tank not installed Install a Y ink tank k ink tank 03830 02 2522 M ink tank not installed Install a M ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and k ink tank 03830 03 2523 C ink tank not installed Install a C ink tank k ink tank 03830 12 2524 PM ink tank not installed Install a
39. 2 1 Cape Verde Date Format yyyy mm dd dd mm yyyy mm dd yyyy Date amp Time Date yyyy mm dd 8 Time hh mm Chapter 1 T 1 14 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level System Setup Language Japanese Engulish Francais Italiano Deutsch Espanol Pyccknn Chinese Korea Contrast Adj 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 Reset PaprSetngs No Yes Erase HDD Data High Speed No Yes Secure High Spd No Yes Secure No Yes Output Method Print Print auto delete Save in mail box Save beforePrint Off On Save in Comm Box Off On Test Print Status Print No Yes Media Details No Yes Print Job Log No Yes Menu Map No Yes Nozzle Check No Yes Information System Info Error Log HHH HE Job Log Choose from information Document Name SES the latest three print User Name Page Count Job Status Print Start Time Print End Time Print Time Print Size Media Type Interface Ink Consumed HDD Information HDD Space xx xGB Displayed if a roll is loaded 2 Displayed if Chk Remain Roll is On 3 Displayed if IP Mode is Automatic 4 Only these menus are displayed during printing
40. 7 33 ENT EN Oe EE 7 41 7 2 Special Mee Sea eR RD eR RR RSS 7 45 7 2 A Special Modes for Seryiemg eem Rue perte EE Ure EUR EET ONERE 7 45 Chapter 7 7 1 Service Mode 7 1 1 Service Mode Operation iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a How to enter the Service mode Enter the Service mode following the procedure below 1 Turn off the printer 2 Turn on the printer while holding down the Paper Source button and Information button Keep pressing the above buttons until Initializing appears on the display 3 S is displayed in the upper right corner of the display showing the version 4 After display of Online pressing the Menu button displays the SERVICE MODE top menu and the MESSAGE LED flashes The Service mode is added to the options in the Main menu The Service mode can be entered even in the error status when an error message is shown on the display by turning the power off and then using the above key operation b How to exit the Service mode Turn off the printer Key operation in the service mode Selecting menus and parameters 4 or gt button Going to the next lower level menu V button Going to the next higher level menu key Determining a selected menu or parameter OK button Chapter 7 7 1 2 Map of the Service Mode iPF6100 The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Service Mode is as shown below 7 2
41. Driver IC 3001 This IC generates a lift motor control signal based on the control signal from the ASIC f DIMMs 1C301 1C302 1C601 1C602 1C603 1C 604 The DIMM comprising a 256 MB SDRAM is connected to the 32 bit data bus to be used as a work area During print data reception it is also used as an image buffer It cannot be expanded g FLASH ROM 1C701 A 32 MB flash ROM is connected to the 8 bit data bus to store the printer control program h EEPROM 1 802 The 128 KB EEPROM stores various setting values adjustment values log data counter values related to the user servicing MEMO After replacement of the main controller PCB the printer must be started up in the service mode to take over the setting and adjustment values to the new PCB properly the service mode will be switched to the PCB replacement mode automatically 2 4 2 4 HDD expansion PCB components iPF6200 iPF6000S F 2 53 a HDD controller IC IC201 This controller control the hard disk drive 2 4 3 Carriage Relay PCB 2 4 3 1 Carriage PCB components iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S 2 59 Chapter 2 IC 7 IC 6 Ic 3 IC 1 F 2 54 a Latch ICs and IC3 DI sensor reading control function This function obtains the DI sensor value in the printhead and head rank for each color and sends it to
42. Entering the PCB replacement mode Follow the same procedure as that for entering the service mode With the Paper Source button and Information button pressed down turn on the Power button When the printer starts up compare the serial number memorized in the main PCB s EEPROM with that memorized in the MC relay PCB s EEPROM If they do not match or no serial number is memorized in either EEPROM enter the PCB replacement mode While you are in the PCB replacement mode the MESSAGE LED roll media LED and ONLINE LED are lit b Procedure Select CPU BOARD or MC BOARD using the 4 buttons and then press the OK button to determine it CPU BOARD Select this after replacing the main PCB The data in the MC relay PCB is copied to the main PCB MC BOARD Select this before replacing the main PCB The data in the main PCB is copied to the MC relay PCB Use this when the MC relay PCB is a new one c Exiting the PCB replacement mode Turning off the Power button of the printer allows you to exit the PCB replacement mode For details on how to replace the PCB see Parts Replacement Procedure gt Disassembly Reassembly gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt Boards 2 Download mode Use this mode only when updating the firmware without performing initialization a Entering the download mode 1 Turning off the Power button of the printer 2 With the Stop and Information buttons press
43. Valve open closed detection sensor Pump encoder sensor F 2 59 Pump cam sensor The photo interrupter type pump cam sensor detects that the sensor light is shielded or unshielded by the rotary cam The sensor detects the purge unit capping and wiping states with the combination of the state detected by the pump cam and the state of pump motor rotation control performed by the pump encoder Rotary flag Sensor 553 Carriage lock Capping Air passage valve open Printing Suction Idle suction Suction during printing Wiping Carriage lock Carriage move ldle ejection Air passage Idle suction F 2 60 2 63 Chapter 2 Pump encoder sensor The pump encoder is a photo interruptive type sensor It reads the slits on the pump motor s encoder film to control the amount of pump motor rotation Slits F 2 61 Valve open closed detection sensor The photo interrupter type valve open closed detection sensor detects the valve cam state When the link that operates in conjunction with the valve cam shields light this sensor detects that the ink supply valve has been opened Ink detection sensor Presence of absence of ink in the ink tank is detected according to whether the two hollow needles are electrically connected When the ink level in the ink tank lowers below the wall around the hollow needle at the air passage this hollow needle is electrically disconnected form the hollow needle located
44. 03061000 2E15 Paper type mismatch Check the type of paper that can be fed and reload the paper Manual printing is selected but a roll is loaded Press Load Eject and remove the roll 03862000 2E0C Data with a cut sheet specification has been received when roll media are loaded Load cut sheets at the paper tray port Hardware error 03130031 291D Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 291D Spur cam sensor detection failure Check the spur cam sensor Hardware error 0313003 1 2E23 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2E23 Cutter unit failure Check the cutter unit Hardware error 03130031 2E14 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F14 Writing to the ASIC register disabled Replace the main controller PCB Hardware error 03130031 2E16 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F16 Mist fan error Check the mist fan Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Hardware error 03130031 2E17 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F17 Suction fan lock detection error Check the suction fan Hardware error 03130031 2E20 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F20 Pump motor cam position error Check the purge unit Hardware error 03130031 2E22 Turn off printer wait then turn
45. 1 F 4 68 4 32 Chapter 4 4 Remove the two screws 1 and then remove the roll motor 2 F 4 69 b Removing the roll feed unit 1 When removing the roll motor remove the roll feed unit 2 from the main body and then remove the right cover 3 by removing the two screws 1 2 F 4 70 2 Remove the four screws 1 and then remove the left cover 2 and paper tray 3 3 1 2 4 71 4 33 Chapter 4 3 Remove the three screws 1 and then remove the right inner cover 2 F 4 72 4 Remove the two screws 1 and then remove the roll feed unit PCB 2 Chapter 4 4 3 10 Purge Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Removing the purge unit 1 Turn the gear 1 of the purge unit 3 in the direction of the arrow to unlock and uncap the carriage Next move the carriage 2 onto the platen 2 Remove the connector 1 from the rear of the unit to free the harness from the harness guide T di MO H ER Ds 2 EN ty 3 6 4 pr R p 49 SS SS f 592 KE 2 A 9 4 75 Chapter 4 3 Remove the three screws 3 and press two claws 1 in the joint of the waste ink tube in the arrow direction to remove the purge unit 2 P a d PR Q 7 D Q e lt lt XN amp TN F 4 76 b Precaution for mounting the purge unit 1 When attaching the waste ink tube make
46. 2 4 1 3 Overview iPF6000S The printer electrical system consists of the main controller PCB and power supply PCB and hard disk drive which are mounted on the left side of the printer the carriage PCB and print head which are mounted in the carriage and other electrical components such as the operation panel sensors and motors The main controller PCB manages the image data processing and the entire electrical system and controls relay PCBs and driver functions Power supply HDD expansion PCB HDD Maintenance cartridge relay PCB N lt Roll feed unit Main controller PCB Carriage PCB Operation panel PCB F 2 48 2 53 Chapter 2 2 54 Power supply 1 AC inlet gt 26V generation function 21 5V generation function IC1501 1C1701 1601 1603 Power supply control function 301 1 302 IC601 10604 SDRAM IC1 Host computer HDD expansion PCB RTC EEPROM Image data control function 201 Hard disk drive control function HDD HDD Controller Carriage PCB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Interface control function 1 1 1 1 1 1 Linear encoder DI sensor reading control function Temperature reading control function Multi sensor 1C6 1C7 EERROM B Multi sensor control function 1C2801 1C2901 1C3001 1C3101 Motor driver Chapter 2 2 4 2 Main Controller 2 4 2 1 Ma
47. Chapter 7 T 7 8 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level COUNTER EXCHANGE CUTTER EXC MTC EXC HEAD R EXC HEAD L EXC BOARD EXC M B UNIT A EXC UNIT B EXC UNIT D EXC D 1 EXC D 5 EXC NIT F EXC NIT H EXC NIT L EXC NIT R EXC NIT V EXC U U U UNIT P EXC U U U NIT X EXC DETAIL CNT MOVE PRINTER N INK CHK Y N INK CHK B MEDIACONFIG CNT INK USEI INK USEI Y INK USEI B INK USELI TTL N INK USEI Y N INK USEI B N INK USEI TTL INK USE2 INK USE2 Y INK USE2 B INK USE2 TTL N INK USE2 Y N INK USE2 B N INK USE2 TTL INK EXC INK EXC Y INK EXC B INK EXC TTL N INK EXC Y N INK EXC B N INK EXC TTL 7 9 Chapter 7 7 10 T 7 9 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level COUNTER MEDIA 1 NAME TTL TTL ROLL ROLL CUTSHEET CUTSHEET MEDIA 7 NAME TTL TTL ROLL ROLL CUTSHEET CUTSHEET MEDIA OTHER NAME TTL TTL ROLL ROLL CUTSHEET CUTSHEET MEDIASIZE1 ROLL P SQ 24 36 P SQ 24 36 P SQ 17 24 P SQ 17 24 P SQ 17
48. Cleaning 16 CLN A 16 Precipitated ink agitation Performs the agitation ink supply valve open close operation to prevent the ink ingredient from precipitating Cleaning 17 CLN A 17 Cleaning weak Performs cleaning weaker than normal cleaning to unclog nozzles 2 31 Chapter 2 Cleaning operation timings are as follows 2 32 secondary installation Consumption Printer status Cleaning operation typ 1 Standby 168 hours elapsed capped Cleaning 1 Normal lg Cleaning At least 720 hours elapsed since the last session of Cleaning 2 3 6 or 10 360 hours after initial Cleaning 6 Normal 5g installation strong Cleaning At initial installation and 96 hours elapsed since the last session of Cleaning 16 Cleaning 16 Precipitated ink agitation 1 hour elapsed capped with a specified number of dots discharged per chip completed after last Wiping Idle ejection 0 013g wiping Power on At initial installation Cleaning 3 initial filling 15g ink Both heads and inks The print operation has completed 168 to 720 hours elapsed capped Cleaning I Normal lg available Cleaning At least 720 hours elapsed since the Cleaning 6 Normal 5g last session of Cleaning 2 3 6 or 10 strong Cleaning 360 hours after initial installation At least 96 hours elapsed since the Cleaning 16 last sessio
49. F 4 102 Note on installing the cable holder In installing the cable holder secure ferrite core 1 to the flexible cable on the carriage with the cable holder before hooking the flexible cable from the operation panel at the three claws 2 4 46 Chapter 4 d Removing the power supply PCB 1 To remove the power supply PCB open the top cover and remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover left cover lower rear cover lower rear left cover and left rear cover Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt External Covers 2 Disconnect the two connectors 2 from the power supply PCB 1 3 Remove the five screws 3 and remove the power supply PCB 1 together with the mounting plate F 4 104 e Procedure for replacing the maintenance cartridge relay PCB ROM board 1 Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord 2 Replace the maintenance cartridge relay PCB 3 Plug the power cord to the outlet and then turn on the printer whth the PAPER SOURCE button and INFORMATION button pressed down The printer will start up in the PCB Replacement mode 4 Check that Initializing appears on the display and then release the buttons When the printer enters the PCB Replacement mode the message lamp goes on 5 What until REPLACE appears on the display 6 Select MC BOA
50. Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03010000 2016 Paper worked out of position while printing Reload the paper Use another paper Press Online to clear the error 03010000 2F33 Unadjustable because of transparent media Replace with adjustable media Paper loaded askew Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03016000 2010 Skew Correct the skew in the paper and reload it Hardware error 03130000 2E21 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130000 2E21 1 1394 interface error Check that the optionalIEEE1394 board is mounted Check the cable connection Wrong paper type 03061000 2E15 The first and second sheets used for Prepare paper of the same type as used for the first adjustment printing or the like differed sheet for adjustment printing or the like Stop Stop Printing in paper type Load Eject Change Paper Paper size not 03010000 200A Unable to detect the paper width Paper Reload the paper detected loaded at an improper position Press Load Eject and reload the paper Paper jam 03010000 2016 Paper jam during feeding printing Reload the paper ejection Press Load Eject and reload the paper Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Cannot feed paper Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03010000 2016 Paper jam Reload the paper Paper size not det
51. A checksum error was detected in the EEPROM of the printhead R Unable to correct printhead R DI Printhead R was installed right and left and oppositely Probable fault location Printhead carriage PCB carriage unit or main controller PCB Countermeasure 1 Replace the printhead 2 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the carriage PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 3 Replace the carriage PCB 4 Replace the carriage unit 6 8 Chapter 6 5 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 28 03810101 2501 03810102 2502 03810103 2503 03810104 2500 03810105 2508 03810106 2506 03810107 250A 03810108 250C 03810109 250B 03810112 2504 03810113 2505 03810115 2509 No ink error iPF6000 Cause No ink status was detected in the ink tank lt Probable fault location Ink tank ink tank unit or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Replace the ink tank 2 Replace the ink tank unit 3 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 29 03830101 2521 03830104 2520 03830102 2522 03830103 2523 03830112 2524 03830113 2525 03830106 2526 03830105 2528 03830115 2529 03830107 252A 03830109 252B 03830108 252C Ink tank is not installed This error occurs when the ink tank is replaced iPF6000 lt Cause gt When the ink tank was replaced the closed state of the ink cover was detected with the ink tank removed Probable fault location gt Operation method ink tank in
52. E 2 58 2 4 2 4 HDD expansion PCB componente sse nennen 2 59 24453 carriage Relay d ue ope e ER te Ue ipe ad UR ERU ee ad ee pote iade tod 2 59 2 4 3 1 Carriage PCB compohents ctrca oerte ec date e redegi Dae do oe e rev P i P dri b ded 2 59 p WE Motor Driver cx 2 60 2 44 1 Roll feed unit PCB components Dee Rege re e E Eee nte e ne acra cad 2 60 Contents 2 4 5 Maintenance Cartridge Relay DCH 2 60 2 4 5 1 Maintenance cartridge relay components nennen nennen nennen enne testen nnne enne 2 60 posae gsm 2 61 2 4 6 1 Powersupply block diagram coe soc coe e then ent den c eer EE PR ERE Eoo dee 2 61 2 5 Detection Functions With Sensors uci cedente ene n re a e Y eae dren 2 62 25 1 Sensors ie dee iac eee ee te ees edi eure as ee del nila E Le o sU e eL oen re E e Ee uS 2 62 2 5 21 teet LER EE ee EUR CREE AEE depen det ied ada 2 63 253 Ink PASSAGE System nee EGER E HE e PU DIO 2 65 25 4 Carriage System aiat ca e e een ee e UL EN ge Pet OCA ERU e A ts STG 2 67 2 5 5 Paper path system eate tard be ex indie 2 68 255 DEES ipen enn fen Sane 2 70 Chapter 3 INSTALLATION Installation tette ANE 3 1 3 tI Making Pre Checks eR UR eR RR de iiti pde Le b
53. GND 5 PWLEDI OUT Multi sensor LED1 drive signal 6 PWLED2 OUT Multi sensor LED2 drive signal 7 PWLED3 OUT Multi sensor LED3 drive signal 8 PWLED4 OUT Multi sensor LED4 drive signal 9 VH OUT Power supply 421 5V 10 OUTI IN Multi sensor input signal 1 11 OUT2 IN Multi sensor input signal 2 12 H1 5V OUT Power supply 5V T 6 69 J11 Connect to Main controller PCB J3401 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 GND GND 4 GND GND 5 GND GND 6 GND GND T GND GND 8 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 9 VH IN Power supply 421 5V 10 VH IN Power supply 421 5V 11 IN Power supply 421 5V 12 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 13 VH IN Power supply 421 5V 14 VH IN Power supply 421 5V 15 VH IN Power supply 421 5V 16 VH IN Power supply 421 5V 17 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 18 VH IN Power supply 421 5V Chapter 6 J11 Connect to Main controller PCB J3401 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 19 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 20 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 21 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 22 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 23 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 24 GND GND 25 GND GND 26 GND GND 27 GND GND 28 GND GND 29 GND GND 30 GND GND T 6 70 J12 Connect to Main controller PCB J35
54. Print Size Displays the paper size in the print job Media Type Displays the paper type in the print job Interface Displays the interface used for the print job Ink Consumed Displays the ink density of each color in the print job 1 71 Chapter 1 6 Color calibration print chart The following chart sample is printed when executing Calibration 1 72 Chapter 1 1 6 4 Main Menu iPF6200 The printer has a Main menu which includes a menu related to maintenance such as adjustment of ink ejection position of each nozzle and head cleaning a menu related to printing settings such as auto cutting and ink drying time and a menu related to parameters such as a message language 1 Main menu operations a How to enter the Main menu To enter the Main menu press the Menu button on the operation panel b How to exit the Main menu To exit the Main menu press the Online button c Buttons used with the Main menu Selecting menus and parameters 4 or gt button Going to the next lower level menu V button Going to the next higher level menu button Determining a selected menu or parameter OK button 1 73 Chapter 1 2 Main Menu The structure of the main menu is as follows T 1 48 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Paper Cut 1 No Yes Rep Ink Tank No Yes Head Cl
55. RTC ASIC BAT 801 Lithium battery USB 1C1201 LAN LAN Controller lt gt Ink tank ROM PCB 11 012 42601 J13 J21 2 J22 J23 ASIC J3401 J3402 J3501 J3601 oll cam sensor J3701 J3801 2 Roll media sensor we J2511 J2512 Roll motor J3011 J3202 J3211 J3301 J2 J3 J3 J3411 J3911 IC1 Motor driver Roll feed unit PCB J2511 Fan Suction fan Mist fan J2511 J2801 IC2801 1C2901 IC3001 IC3101 Motor driver J3011 J3101 Carriage motor Feed motor Lift motor Purge motor Valve motor Spur motor Cutter motor F 2 3 2 3 Chapter 2 2 1 4 Print Signal Sequence iPF6100 iPF6200 The signal sequence from when the printer receives the print signals until printing starts is shown in Figure HE z gt mage data ost computer gt Mask pattern data e gt Heat pulse Printer driver gt Command data gt PCI bus EE Data bus MED Universal sirial bus Interface unit Expansion ASIC IC1 L COA Image processing Printhead unt E EEPROM Carriage PCB e FLASH ROM Latch IC _ ASIC 1 2 Sensor and drive unit Main controller F 2 4 a The printer driver on the host computer transmits print data including command data to the printer after compressing the image data without resolution color and 12 color binarization conversion To achieve high quality image output the image processing table data use
56. gt Consumable Parts Display the status and the days passed since the counter resetting Status OK Use rate until part replacement of all consumable parts included in each unit are below 90 Wl Use rate until part replacement of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached 9046 or more W2 Use rate until part replacement of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached 100 but no need to stop the printer E Use rate until part replacement of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached 100 and the printer needs to be stopped Day s PARTS yy yy Unit number of consumable parts For detail refer to Maintenance and Inspection gt Consumable Parts Counter of the consumable part current Life of the consumable part Use rate until part replacement Counter of the consumable part accumulate 7 33 Chapter 7 f SETTING Make various settings 1 Pth Turn on or off the head pulse rank control function Default OFF 2 RTC Set real time clock after replacing the lithium battery on the main controller PCB T 7 70 Display Description DATE yyyy mm dd Set date TIME hh mm Set time 3 PV AUTO JUDGE Sets ink saver mode Default OFF g INITIALIZE Clear the DISPLAY histories ADJUST settings COUNTER values and other parameters
57. iPF6200 iPF6000S Printhead set on the carriage is a 6 color integral disposable type On the printhead two rows of 1 280 nozzles total 2 560 nozzles are arranged in a staggered pattern If print quality does not improve despite carrying out the specified cleaning the printhead must be replaced with a new one Generally it is recommended that the printhead be replaced about 12 months after you have opened the package 1 2 5 Ink Tank iPF6100 iPF6200 The ink tank is disposable There are twelve pigment based ink colors matte black black photo cyan cyan photo magenta magenta yellow red blue green gray and photo gray This printer features a mechanism by which only the correct color ink tank will fit in the given slot When the message No Ink is displayed replace the ink tank with a new one Also each ink tank should generally be replaced six months after you have opened the package Chapter 1 1 2 6 Ink Tank iPF6000S The ink tank is disposable There are eight pigment based ink colors matte black black photo cyan cyan photo magenta magenta yellow and gray This printer features a mechanism by which only the correct color ink tank will fit in the given slot When the message No Ink is displayed replace the ink tank with a new one Also each ink tank should generally be replaced six months after you have opened the package Chapter 1 1 2 7 Cutter iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S A round blade
58. lt Remedy gt 1 Maintenance cartridge Select SERVICE MODE gt COUNTER gt PRINTER gt 1 INK to check the free space in the maintenance cartridge If there is almost no free space replace the maintenance cartridge 2 Replace the main controller 6 1 2 3 Mist Full Soon 1101 iPF6000 lt Cause gt The waste ink in the waste ink box is nearly full about 97 of the total capacity lt Probable problem locations gt waste ink box main controller lt Remedy gt 1 Replace the waste ink box After replacing the waste ink box select SERVICE MODE gt INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS Vi to reset the waste ink counter 2 Replace the main controller 6 1 2 4 GARO W12xx xx stands for digits 1221 1222 1223 1225 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 iPF6000 Cause The GARO command was erroneous during data reception Probable problem locations Operation error main controller Remedy 1 Check the operation method and print again 2 Replace the main controller Chapter 6 6 1 2 5 Feed Limit 100F iPF6000 Cause The main controller has detected that the roll media was fed by the maximum amount in the manual feed mode Maximum feed amount in reverse feed mode Printing standby position on feed roller Probable problem locations Main controller Remedy 1 Replace the main controller 6 1 2 6 Check printed document 1010 iPF6000 Cause Many nozzle on printhead did not eject ink
59. shifted 120 de grees in phase The direction of carriage motion is detected from the status of the ENCODER B signal relative to the leading edge of the ENCODER A signal The printhead is driven using a 2400 dpi timing signal internal signal which is generated by dividing the ENCODER signal detected at the 150 dpi timing into 16 equal sections Printing in the forward direction is triggered at the leading edge of the detection signal ENCODER A Printing in the backward direction is carried out the same way as printing in the forward direction but at the trailing edge of the detection signal ENCODER when the order of heated nozzles is reversed depending on the sequence of transfer of even numbered nozzle data and odd numbered nozzle data eom ENCODERA ENCODER B d 2400dpi Internal signal f m ME __ c 2400dpi HO CLK 150dpi Linear scale HO A DATA 0 EV x Data of block 0 Data of block 2 A DATA 0 OD Dara of biok o ata ofbiowe2 A Send pe Yr HO A DATA 1 OD x Data ofblocko Data of block2 Des of block 4 yee HOLT HO A HE 1 Low active F 2 7 Data of block 4 so Data of block 22 Y HO A DATA 1 EV x Data of block 0 Data of block 2 Data of block 4 en Data of block 22 w 2 7 Chapter 2 2 1 7 Print Driving iPF6000S Print and control signal
60. 2 L R PRINTHEADS Replaces printheads L and R e COUNTER Displays the life operation frequency and time of each unit print counts for each media type and else The count values can be printed from PRINT INF 1 PRINTER Counters related to product life T 7 52 Display Description Unit LIFE TTL Cumulative number of printed media equivalent of A4 sheets LIFE ROLL Cumulative number of printed roll media equivalent of A4 sheets LIFE CUTSHEET Cumulative number of printed cut sheets equivalent to A4 sheets LIFE A F Cumulative number of printed media for environments A to F sheets POWER ON Cumulative power on time excluding the sleep time Hours W INK Remaining capacity of the maintenance cartridge CUTTER Number of cutting operations count as 1 by moving back and forth Times WIPE Number of wiping operations Times 2 CARRIAGE Counters related to carriage unit T 7 53 Display Description Unit PRINT Cumulative printing time Hours CR COUNT Cumulative carriage scan count count as 1 by moving back and forth Times CR DIST Cumulative carriage scan distance count as 1 by moving 210mm Times PRINT COUNT Cumulative print end count count as 1 by capping Times 3 PURGE Counters related to purge unit T 7 54 Display Description Unit CLN A 1 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 1 normal suction operations Times
61. 2 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 4 7 E198 401C E198 401D E198 401E RTC error iPF6000 lt Cause gt The RTC of the main controller is not found Chapter 6 The battery capacity is low Probable fault location Lithium battery or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Start up the printer in the service mode and then turn off the power 2 Replace the lithium battery 3 Replace the main controller 6 2 Location of Connectors and Pin Arrangement 6 2 1 Main controller PCB iPF6100 1 J3411 J3101 F 6 1 T 6 1 J1001 USB Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 VBUS IN USB VBUS 5V 2 D IN OUT USB data 3 D IN OUT USB data 4 GND USB GND 5 GND GND Connector shell 6 GND GND Connector shell T 6 2 J1101 Connect to IEEE 1394 board Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 GND GND 4 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 5 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 6 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 7 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 8 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 9 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 10 NC 11 GND GND 12 IN Power management enable signal 6 12
62. 2 Turn off the power and then move the carriage over the platen Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt Opening the Cap Moving the Wiper Unit 3 Remove the printhead 4 Remove the joint of the ink tube unit Wrap the removed joint with a plastic bag or other covering so that ink does not splashes then close the plastic bag F 4 40 5 Remove the linear scale 1 from the right clamp plate s spring and then remove it rightward 1 When removing the linear scale take care not to damage or stain it The stained or damaged liner plate can cause malfunction 6 While sliding the pulley 2 to the left remove the carriage belt 1 Tie the removed belt lightly on the unit 2 F 4 42 TET 4 21 Chapter 4 The flexible cable connectors 2 are provided with a locking mechanism When disconnecting or reconnecting the flexible cable be sure to release the lock Oth erwise the flexible cable can damage resulting in malfunction 8 Insert the flat head screwdriver 3 into the part shown to release the hook 2 and then remove the flexible cable retainer 1 If the flexible cable retainer 1 is marked with index A insert the flat head screw driver to meet the index F 4 44 9 Turn the gear 1 so that the sensor flag of the lift gear 2 leaves the interrupt position of the lift cam sensor 3 then remove the ring 4 th
63. 2 from the harness guide and remove the main controller mounting plate 3 F 4 110 c Note on installing the cable holder In installing the cable holder secure ferrite core 1 to the flexible cable on the carriage with the cable holder before hooking the flexible cable from the operation panel at the three claws 2 F 4 111 d Removing the power supply PCB 1 To remove the power supply PCB open the top cover and remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover left cover lower rear cover lower rear left cover and left rear cover Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt External Covers 2 Remove the four screws 1 and remove the shield plate 2 4 50 Chapter 4 3 Remove the three screws 1 and then remove the shield cover 2 and the guide 3 F 4 113 4 Disconnect the four connectors 2 from the power supply PCB 1 and Hard disk drive 5 Remove the five screws 3 and then remove the power supply PCB 1 together with the mounting plate 2 F 4 114 e Procedure for replacing the maintenance cartridge relay PCB ROM board 1 Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord 2 Replace the maintenance cartridge relay PCB 3 Plug the power cord to the outlet and then turn on the printer whth the PAPER SOURCE button and INFORMATION button
64. 5 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Media Guide The media type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install Media Configuration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using Media Configuration Tool 6 Available only if Auto Detect is Off 7 Available only if NetWare is On 8 Follows the setting in Date Format 12 Displayed if paper is loaded in the tray 14 This menu is only displayed during printing 16 Not displayed if a roll or a sheet has been fed 1 43 Chapter 1 3 Main menu during printing The structure of the main menu during printing is as follows 1 44 T 1 15 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Menu Durng Prtng Head Cleaning Head Cleaning A Head Cleaning B Fine Band Adj 5to5 Information System Info Error Log HHHHHHIEHHHHE Job Log Choose from information Document Name about the latest three print jobs User Name Page Count Job Status Print Start Time Print End Time Print Time Print Size Media Type Interface Ink Consumed HDD Information HDD Space xx xGB Chapter 1 4 Main Menu Settings Paper Settings
65. 5 Press the and buttons to select Yes and press OK button 6 Open the top cover 7 If the paper dust has accumulated in the suction holes 1 on the platen or in the borderless printing ink grooves 2 use the cleaning brush provided with the printer to wipe it away 2 1 F 5 11 MEMO Rinse the cleaner brush with water when it gets dirty Chapter 5 8 Wipe off dirt inside the top cover with a cloth moistened with water and then wrung tight Wipe off ink smears from the entire surface of the platen the pinch roller unit borderless printing ink grooves and else F 5 12 Do not dry the interiors of the top cover with a dry cloth Electrostatic charges could make the internal components susceptible to dirt resulting in degraded print quality Do not use flammable solvents such as thinner and benzine on the printer Solvents coming into contact with any electrical parts inside the printer could result in fires or electrical shock hazards Do not touch linear scale 1 and carriage shaft 2 F 5 13 9 Remove the roll feed unit and fold plain paper 1 two to three times and then insert through the printer rear into the underside 2 of the pinch roller unit to wipe off dirt on the pinch roller unit Chapter 6 TROUBLESHOOTING Contents Contents 6 1 Troubleshoofifig e EROR a ee e a a I ete E EAD 6 1
66. Display massage Code Condition detected Action nk insufficient Press OK and replace ink tank 03810207 259A Low on the R ink tank during pre printing checks Replace with a fully replenished R ink tank Ink insufficient Press OK and replace ink tank 03810209 259B Low on the B ink tank during pre printing checks Replace with a fully replenished B ink tank nk insufficient Press OK and replace ink tank 03810208 259C Low on the G ink tank during pre printing checks Replace with a fully replenished G ink tank Ink tank error 03830204 2540 Bk ink tank ID error Replace with a valid Bk ink tank Press OK and replace ink tank Ink tank error 03830201 2541 Y ink tank ID error Replace with a valid Y ink tank Press OK and replace ink tank Ink tank error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830202 2542 M ink tank ID error Replace with a valid M ink tank Press and replace ink tank nk tank error 03830203 2543 C ink tank ID error Replace with a valid C ink tank Ink tank error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830212 2544 PM ink tank ID error Replace with a valid PM ink tank Press and replace ink tank nk tank error 03830213 2545 PC ink tank ID error Replace with a valid PC ink tank Press and eplace ink tank nk tank error 03830206 2546 ink t
67. Fine Art Textured Fine Art Watercolor Fine Art Block Print Graphic Canvas Canvas Matte 2 Japanese Paper Washi Commercial Proofing Paper Commercial RC Proofing 210gsm Commercial RC Proofing 270gsm Proofing Paper Newsprint for Proofingl Newsprint for Proofing2 Newsprint for Proofing3 Durable Banner Synthetic Paper Adhesive Synthetic Paper Flame Resistant Cloth Thin Fabric Banner 2 Backlit Film Durable Backlit Film Backprint Film Colored Coated Paper CAD Tracing Paper CAD Translucent Matte Film Cut sheet manual feed from top Plain Paper Economy Bond Paper Universal Bond Paper Plain Paper High Quality Plain Paper High Grade Recycled Coated Paper Matte Coated Paper 90gsm High Resolution Paper Coated Paper Premium Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Premium Matte Paper Matte Photo Paper Glossy Photographic Paper 190gsm Satin Photographic Paper 190gsm Glossy Photographic Paper 240gsm Satin Photographic Paper 240gsm HW Glossy Photo Paper HW Satin Photo Paper Premium RC Photo Luster Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper 2 Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Paper 2 Poster Semi Glossy Photo Paper Photo Paper Plus Photo Paper Plus Semi Gloss Fine Art Photo Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Fine Art Textured Fine Art Watercolor Fine Art Block Print Graphic Canvas Canvas Matte 2 Japanese Paper Washi Commercial Proofing Paper Commercial RC Proo
68. Instructions Head Cleaning Specify Printhead cleaning options Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint oddly colored or contains foreign substances Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A Fine Band Adj Displayed during print jobs Fine tune the feed amount manually Information Displays the information about the printer and history of print jobs Information T 1 47 Setting Item Description Instructions System Info Firmware Displays the version of the printer and firmware Boot Displays the Boot ROM version of the printer MIT Displays the DB format version of the MIT IP Displays the printer IP address Ext Interface Displays the interface used the expansion slot s n Displays the printer serial number Error Log HHH THE Displays the most recent error messages up to two Job Log Choose from Document Name _ Displays the document name in the last print job information about the latest three print jobs User Name Displays the name of the user who sent the print job Page Count Displays the number of pages in the print job Job Status Displays the results of the print job processed Print Start Time Displays the time when the print job was started Print End Time Displays the time when the print job was finished Print Time Displays the time required to print the job
69. Main menu items are described in the following tables T 1 16 Setting Item Description Instructions Paper Cut Displayed if a roll is loaded Choose Yes to cut the roll at the current position The paper will be fed if necessary so that the sheet is at least 10 cm 39 4 in long after the cut The paper will not be cut if there is not enough paper left to feed the paper this much Rep Ink Tank When exchanging the ink tank choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen Head Cleaning Specify Printhead cleaning options Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint oddly colored or contains foreign substances Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A Media Menu Specify the type and size of paper Paper Details Specify detailed paper related settings including the ink drying time and borderless printing options Job Management Manage print jobs on the printer s hard disk Adjust Printer Adjust the Printhead alignment or amount of feed by printing a test pattern Interface Setup Configure the network settings Maintenance Replace the Printhead prepare to transfer the printer and clean the Pick Up Roller System Setup Specify the printer system settings including the date format and display language Test Print Choose Status Print to print information about the printer Choose Media Details to print the paper settings as specified in Med Detail
70. Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 AC H Power supply AC 120V or AC 230V 2 AC H Power supply AC 120V or AC 230V T 6 78 CN2 Connect to Main controller PCB Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 HDI VHFBH IN VH feedback voltage 4 2 HDI VHFBG IN VH feedback voltage 3 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 4 GND GND 5 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 6 GND GND 7 RGV20 VCC OUT Power supply 21 5V 8 GND GND 9 VM OUT Power supply 26V 10 GND GND 11 VM OUT Power supply 426V 12 GND GND 13 VH ENB IN VH power supply ON OFF signal 14 PW CONT IN Normal power saving switch signal 6 55 Chapter 6 6 2 6 Roll feed unit PCB iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S V J3 J2 F 6 6 T 6 79 J1 Connect to Main controller PCB Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 ROLL CLK IN Roll motor driver clock signal 4 ROLL DAT IN Roll motor driver data signal 5 ROLL STB IN Roll motor driver strobe signal 6 ROLL SLEEP IN Roll motor driver sleep signal 7 VM IN Power supply 426V 8 VM IN Power supply 426V 9 ROLL UNIT OUT Roll unit detection signal 10 ROLL PAPER SNS OUT Roll media sensor signal 11 ROLL CAM SNS OUT Roll cam sensor signal 12 GND GND 13 OPT 5V IN Power supply 45V T 6 80 J2 Roll media sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 45V OUT P
71. Probable fault location Printhead Countermeasure 1 The printhead is cleaned 2 Replace the printhead 6 1 3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur 6 1 3 1 01800500 1012 01800500 1013 Defective printhead nozzle iPF6000 Cause Many non discharging nozzles of the printhead L were detected Many non discharging nozzles of the printhead R were detected Probable fault location Printhead or head management sensor Countermeasure 1 Clean the printhead 2 Replace the printhead 3 Replace the head management sensor 6 1 3 2 03010000 200C 03010000 2017 03010000 2018 03016000 2010 Multi sensor error iPF6000 Cause When media was fed the multi sensor could not detect the media width When the right edge of media was detected the multi sensor detected that the media had been loaded at a wrong position When the leading edge of media was to be detected the multi sensor could not detect the leading edge of media When media was fed the multi sensor detected media smaller than the specified size When media was fed the multi sensor detected media larger than the specified size When media was fed the multi sensor detected skew greater than the specified one When media was fed the multi sensor could not detect the right edge of media When media was fed the multi sensor could not detect the left edge of media Probable fault location Media media loading method paper path multi sensor carriage PCB
72. Sensor Switch Valve open closed detection sensor Feed roller HP sensor Feed roller encoder sensor Lift cam sensor Paper detection sensor Cutter right position sensor Spur cam sensor Pump cam sensor Pump encoder sensor Ink detection sensor Temperature humidity sensor Head management sensor Top cover sensor Cutter HP sensor Ink tank cover switch IC1 Motor driver Roll feed unit PCB J2511 Suction fan Mist fan J2511 J2801 1C2801 1C2901 J3011 J3101 103001 1C3101 Motor driver Carriage motor Feed motor Lift motor Purge motor Valve motor Spur motor Cutter motor F 2 1 2 1 Chapter 2 2 1 2 Printer Diagram iPF6200 Shown below is a printer diagram Power supply PCB HDD expansion PCB Carriage PCB Linear encoder Head 11 012 J13 J21 J22 J23 J3401 J3402 Multi J3501 J3601 sensor J5 IC6 IC7 J3701 J3801 m J3011 J3202 J3211 J3301 J3411 J3911 Sensor Switch Valve open closed detection sensor Feed roller HP sensor Feed roller encoder sensor Lift cam sensor Paper detection sensor Cutter right position sensor Spur cam sensor Pump cam sensor Pump encoder sensor Ink detection sensor Temperature humidity sensor Head management sensor Top cover sensor Cutter HP sensor Ink tank cover switch 2 2 CN2 J1801 IC803 IC1 RTC ASIC BAT 801 Lithium battery USB 1C1201 LAN Controller lt S Main controller
73. Specify a margin at the leading edge of roll paper to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3 mm it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy The printed surface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the the leading edge Cut Speed Choose the cutting speed For media such as film that are more likely to generate debris when cut choose Fast to reduce the amount of debris Trim Edge First If a roll is loaded the end of the paper will be cut Choose Forced to have 40 mm 1 6 in cut off the leading edge of the roll ensuring a straight edge after you load the roll Scraps are then removed When Automatic is selected if the left and right side of the leading edge of the roll are uneven by 3 mm 0 12 in or more the edge is cut an amount relative to the slant to ensure a straight edge after you load the roll Scraps are then removed If the unevenness is less than 3 mm or if No Cutting is selected the edge is not cut and scraps are not removed Cutting Mode Specify if the Cutter Unit is used for cutting Choose Automatic to have roll paper cut automatically after printing If you choose Eject the paper will not be cut after printing Instead a line will be printed at the cut position Bordless Margin Adjust the margin during borderless printing CutDustReduct Choose On to reduce the amount of debris generated when cutting film and similar media by printing
74. T 7 71 Display Description WARNING Initialize the history of WARNING All displayed contents of DISPLAY gt WARNING will be initialized ERROR Initialize the history of ERROR All displayed contents of DISPLAY gt ERROR will be initialized ADJUST Initialize the value of band adjustment by user and head adjustment The automatically adjusted value will not be initialized W INK Initialize the remaining capacity of the maitenance cartridge Clear COUNTER gt PRINTER gt W INK PURGE Initialize the counter related to purge unit Clear COUNTER gt PURGE INK USE CNT Initialize the consumption amount of ink 7 34 Clear COUNTER gt INK USE2 and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR INK CONSUME CUTTER CHG CNT Initialize the cutter unit replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt CUTTER EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR CUTTER EXC W INK CHG CNT Initialize the maintenance cartridge replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt MTC EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR MTC EXC HEAD CHG R CNT Initialize the printhead R replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt HEAD R EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR HEAD R EXC HEAD CHG L CNT Initialize the printhead L replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt HEAD L EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR
75. W1 Use rate until part replacement of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached 90 or more W2 Use rate until part replacement of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached 100 but no need to stop the printer E Use rate until part replacement of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached 100 and the printer needs to be stopped PARTS yy yy Unit number of consumable parts For detail refer to Maintenance and Inspection gt Consumable Parts Counter of the consumable part current Life of the consumable part Use rate until part replacement Counter of the consumable part accumulate Chapter 7 f SETTING Make various settings 1 Pth Turn on or off the head pulse rank control function Default OFF 2 RTC Set RTC real time clock after replacing the lithium battery on the main controller PCB T 7 42 Display Description DATE yyyy mm dd Set date TIME hh mm Set time 3 PV AUTO JUDGE Sets ink saver mode Default OFF g INITIALIZE Clear the DISPLAY histories ADJUST settings COUNTER values and other parameters T 7 43 Display Description WARNING Initialize the history of WARNING All displayed contents of DISPLAY gt WARNING will be initialized ERROR Initialize the history of ERROR All displayed contents of DISPLAY gt ERROR will
76. data on your computer to resume printing Press Stop to cancel printing 031A1002 2906 The store executed when 32 jobs are stored in the Personal Box Delete unneeded jobs stored in Personal Boxes 8 23 Chapter 8 8 24 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Hard disk error Press OK to reformat 031A1001 2908 Hard disk format error Press the OK button to start reformatting the hard disk When formatting is finished the printer automatically restarts File read error Turn off printer wait a while and turn it on again Invalid files will be deleted 031A1006 2909 Hard disk file error Restart the printer Only the corrupted files will be deleted and the printer will restart Chapter 8 8 4 Sevice Call Table 8 4 1 Service Call Errors iPF6100 Codes correspond to the numbers shown on the DISPLAY in the service mode T 8 6 Code Description Action E141 4046 Number of recovery rotations reaching Replace the purge kit and then clear the parts counter in 50 000 or more the service mode E144 4047 Ink supply count error Replace the ink supply unit and then clear the parts counter in the service mode E146 4001 Borderless flow idle ejection mist recovery Replace the platen duct or mist fan or mist filter or count error suction fan and then clear the
77. in the printer driver b Standard mode In the standard mode a single band equivalent to the width of a nozzle array is printed using 4 8 4 6 or 8 paths To use this mode select Standard under Print Quality in the printer driver c High quality mode In the high quality mode a single band is printed using 8 or 12 paths To use this mode select High under Print Quality in the printer driver d Highest quality mode In the high quality mode a single band is printed using 12 or 16 paths To use this mode select Highest under Print Quality in the printer driver T 2 1 Printing Modes 2 12 Chapter 2 T 2 2 Media Type Print Priority See Sur Printing direction fe PRE dpi Plain Paper Plain Paper Office Document Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Recycled Paper Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Plain Paper High Quality Office Document Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directi
78. launched before a second session of non discharging nozzle detection is conducted If more than a specified number of non discharging nozzles are located in the second session of non discharging nozzle detection the normal High cleaning session is launched before a third session of non discharging nozzle detection is conducted If 30 or more non discharging nozzles and less than 100 non discharging nozzles per train are located as a result of the third session of non discharging nozzle detection the print operation can resume after the message display as needed If 100 or more non discharging nozzles are located a head replacement prompt message is displayed Printhead Nozzle unit Head management sensor unit F 2 68 2 66 Chapter 2 2 5 4 Carriage system iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Linear encoder sensor Multi sensor Lift cam sensor Multi sensor The photo reflection type multi sensor is composed of four LEDs red blue green and infrared and two light sensitive sensors It detects the leading edge skewing and width of media and is used for adjustment of the registration head height and color calibration During head adjustment the light reflected by the infrared LED and green LED is detected by two light sensitive sensors to calculate the head height from the difference between the measurements When color calibration is executed a color chart printed is read with three color LED red b
79. paper in the display press the button when paper is loaded to view instructions on how to remove the paper 15 Power button Turns the printer on and off 16 4 button Press this button when the printer is in offline mode to manually feed roll media in the direction opposite to that of ejection Press this button when the printer is in menu mode to view the last item or setting 1 31 Chapter 1 17 Color labels Represent ink tank colors in association with the remaining ink levels shown in the display 18 Display Displays the printer menu status or messages 1 32 Chapter 1 1 6 2 Main Menu iPF6000S The printer has a Main menu which includes a menu related to maintenance such as adjustment of ink ejection position of each nozzle and head cleaning a menu related to printing settings such as auto cutting and ink drying time and a menu related to parameters such as a message language 1 Main menu operations a How to enter the Main menu To enter the Main menu press the Menu button on the operation panel b How to exit the Main menu To exit the Main menu press the Online button c Buttons used with the Main menu Selecting menus and parameters 4 or gt button Going to the next lower level menu V button Going to the next higher level menu button Determining a selected menu or parameter OK button 1 33 Chapter 1 2 Main Menu The
80. replace the valve motor 4 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the valve open close detection sensor valve motor and main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 5 Replace main controller PCB 6 1 3 25 03180003 2E22 MIT error iPF6000 Cause When set to cassette paper feed No with MIT the job of the cassette specification was received Probable fault location Main controller PCB Countermeasure 1 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 26 03180101 2E17 Cassette uninstallation iPF6000 Cause The cassette has come off Probable fault location Cassette detection sensor or main controller PCB Countermeasure 1 Cassette detection sensor Select SEVICE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the cassette detection sensor 2 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the cassette detection sensor and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 3 Replace the main controller 6 1 3 27 03800200 2802 03800400 2803 03800300 2801 03800201 280A 03800401 280B 03800301 2809 03800200 2804 03800202 2807 Printhead error iPF6000 Cause Improper installation of the printhead L was detected A checksum error was detected in the EEPROM of the printhead L Unable to correct printhead L DI Printhead L was installed right and left and oppositely Improper installation of the printhead R was detected
81. select Automatic Choose Print Length if you prefer to feed the paper an exact amount However note that choosing Print Length may result in slight banding in the direction of Carriage scanning Adjust Length Displayed if Feed Priority is Print Length Adjustment relative to the amount of stretching or shrinkage of the current paper For paper that tends to stretch increase the feed amount by setting the adjustment value toward For paper that tends to shrink decrease the feed amount by setting the adjustment value toward The setting for the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage is relative If you access it again later it will be displayed as 0 00 96 Head Height Adjust the Printhead height Skew Check Lv If you print on Japanese Paper Washi or other handmade paper that has an irregular width choose Loose for a higher skew detection threshold or choose Off to disable skew detection However if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur If strict skew detection is required choose High Accuracy VacuumStrngth Specify the level of suction that holds paper against the Platen NearEnd RollMrgn Specify a margin at the leading edge of roll paper to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3 mm it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy The printed s
82. 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 13 Not Used 0 14 Not Used 0 15 Not Used 0 16 Not Used 0 17 Roll Media Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 18 Roll Cam Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 19 Not Used 0 20 Cutter Right Position Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 21 Cutter HP Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 22 Not Used 0 23 Not Used 0 24 Not Used 0 25 Not Used 0 26 Roll unit detection 0 Roll unit not detected 1 Roll unit detected 27 Cutter unit detection 0 Cutter unit not detected 1 Cutter unit detected 28 Not Used 0 29 Not Used 0 30 Not Used 0 31 Not Used 0 32 Not Used 0 7 27 Chapter 7 ADJUST Performs adjustments and prints the adjustment and check patterns necessary for adjusting the printer parts 1 PRINT PATTERN T 7 50 Display Description NOZZLE 1 Prints the nozzle check pattern by single direction single pass without using the non discharging back up It is used to check for the non discharging nozzles Media size A4 Media type any OPTICAL AXIS Prints the pattern and adjusts the optical axis of the multi sensor For details refer to Disassembly Reassembly gt Adjustment and Setup Items gt Procedure after replacing the carriage unit or multi sensor Media type photo glossy paper LF amp HAKUSHA For Factory SENSOR CHECK For Factory LF amp HAKUSYA and SENSOR CHECK are intended for fact
83. 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 21 Cutter HP Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 22 Not Used 0 23 Not Used 0 24 Not Used 0 25 Not Used 0 26 Roll unit detection 0 Roll unit not detected 1 Roll unit detected 27 Cutter unit detection 0 Cutter unit not detected 1 Cutter unit detected 28 Not Used 0 29 Not Used 0 30 Not Used 0 31 Not Used 0 32 Not Used 0 7 18 Chapter 7 ADJUST Performs adjustments and prints the adjustment and check patterns necessary for adjusting the printer parts 1 PRINT PATTERN T 7 22 Display Description NOZZLE 1 Prints the nozzle check pattern by single direction single pass without using the non discharging back up It is used to check for the non discharging nozzles Media size A4 Media type any OPTICAL AXIS Prints the pattern and adjusts the optical axis of the multi sensor For details refer to Disassembly Reassembly gt Adjustment and Setup Items gt Procedure after replacing the carriage unit or multi sensor Media type photo glossy paper LF amp HAKUSHA For Factory SENSOR CHECK For Factory LF amp HAKUSYA and SENSOR CHECK are intended for factory adjustment purposes No adjustment by service personnel is required 2 HEAD ADJ Set or initialize the registration adjustment values of each printheads T 7 23 Display Description AUTO HEAD ADJ ROUGH Prints the patter
84. 03010000 2018 Paper left edge detection error Check the left edge of paper Check the paper type Press Online to clear the error and readjust printhead paper Cannot adjust 03010000 2820 Printhead registration unadjustable Check the paper on which a pattern is printed for printhead smears Check the environment for interferences from outside light Clean the printheads Cannot adjust printhead Press Online to clear the error and readjust printhead 03010000 2821 LF unadjustable Check the paper on which a pattern is printed for smears Check the environment for interferences from outside light Clean the printheads Hardware error 03010000 2823 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03010000 2823 Printhead check error Check to see if paper has not jammed Check the paper on which a pattern is printed for smears Cannot print as specified Press Load Eject and replace paper with vertical or larger 03010000 2E1F Undersized paper loaded for internal printing A4 or larger Replace with A4 Letter or any larger sized paper 8 14 Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Cannot print as specified Press Load Eject and replace paper with A3 11 x17 vertical or larger 03010000 2E1F Undersized paper loaded for internal printing A3 or larger Replace with A3 11 x17 or any larg
85. 12 GND GND 13 HI F DATA 11 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 11 F 14 GND GND 15 H1 F HE 11 OUT Head L heat enable signalll F 16 GND GND 17 H1 F DATA 11 EV OUT Even head L data signalll F 18 GND GND 19 HI F DATA 10 EV OUT Even head L data signallO F 20 GND GND 21 H1 E HE 9 OUT Head L heat enable signal9 E 22 GND GND 23 HI E DATA 9 EV OUT Even head L data signal9 E 24 HI DLD LICC2 OUT Head L analogue switch latch signal 25 H1 DATA LICC2 OUT Head L analogue switch data signal 26 HI DASLK LICC2 OUT Head L analogue switch clock signal 27 GND GND 28 H1 DSOUT2 IN Head L temperature output 2 29 H1 DSOUT 1 IN Head L temperature output I 30 GND GND 31 PWLED4 ON OUT Multi sensor LED 4 drive signal 32 PWLED3 ON OUT Multi sensor LED 3 drive signal 33 PWLED2 ON OUT Multi sensor LED 2 drive signal 34 PWLEDI ON OUT Multi sensor LED 1 drive signal 35 GND GND 36 MLT SNS IIN IN Multi sensor signal I 37 MLT SNS 2IN IN Multi sensor signal 2 38 GND GND 39 HI B DATA 2 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 2 B 40 GND GND 41 HI B DATA 3 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 3 B 42 GND GND 43 HI C HE 4 OUT Head L heat enable signal8 E 44 GND GND 45 H1 C DATA 4 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 4 C 46 SNS_5V OUT Power supply 5V 47 ENCODER_B IN Carriage encoder output signalB 48 SNS_5V OUT Power supply 5V 49 ENCODER_A IN Carriage encoder output signalA 50 GND GND T 6 65 J3801 Connect to Carriage PCB J23 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Functio
86. 17 P SQ 17 P CNT 24 36 P CNT 17 24 P CNT 17 7 15 Chapter 7 7 16 T 7 15 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level COUNTER MEDIASIZE1 CUT D SQ 24 36 D SQ 24 36 D SQ 17 24 D SQ 17 24 D SQ 17 D SQ 17 D CNT 24 36 D CNT 17 24 D CNT 17 HEAD DOT CNT 1 PC M TTL HEAD DOT CNT 2 PC M TTL PARTS CNT COUNTER A OK W1 W2 E PARTS Al 1 00 2 00 3 00 4 00 COUNTER X OK W1 W2 E PARTS X1 1 00 2 00 3 00 4 00 SETTING Pth ON OFF RTC DATE XXXX XX XX Date entry TIME XX XX Time entry PV AUTO JUDGE ON PFF INITIALIZE WARNIG Press the OK button to clear ERROR Press the OK button to clear ADJUST Press the OK button to clear W INK Press the OK button to clear PURGE Press the OK button to clear INK USE CNT Press the OK button to clear CUTTER CHG CNT Press the OK button to clear W INK CHG CNT Press the OK button to clear HEAD CHG R CNT Press the OK button to clear HEAD CHG L CNT Press the OK button to clear HDD BOX PASS ALL FOLDERS Press the OK button to clear FOLDER Press the OK button to clear FOLDER 29 Press the OK button to clear PARTS CHG CNT PARTS 1 Press the OK button to clear PARTS X1 Press the OK button to clear PARTS COUNTER PARTS A
87. 2 Matte Photo 27 40 8 2007 02 20 0 9 2007 02 15 3 10 2007 02 15 2 Special 1 20 59 11 12007 02 15 2 Special 1 20 58 12 2007 02 15 2 Special 1 20 57 13 12007 02 15 2 Special 1 20 56 14 12007 02 15 2 Special 1 20 55 15 12007 02 15 2 Special 1 20 54 16 12007 02 15 2 Special 1 20 53 17 12007 02 15 2 Special 1 20 52 18 12007 02 15 2 Special 1 20 51 19 12007 02 15 2 Special 1 20 50 20 2007 02 02 2 Glossy Photo 27 38 b d J F 7 1 1 Version numbers of the firmware installed in the printer boot ROM and MIT DB format 2 Printer information For more item details see Detail of Service Mode gt a Display 3 Counter information For more item details see Detail of Service Mode gt e Counter a Consumables status b Number of days elapsed since the counter was last reset c Counter value d Value with which consumables reach their replacement timing e Ratio of the current count to the replacement timing Cumulative counter value 4 History of execution of color calibration a Order of the date of execution When the value becomes larger the date becomes older b Date of execution c Operation executed 0 Automatic Restore Default with Head Replacement 1 Replace Multisensor 2 General Adj 3 Restore Default 7 44 Chapter 7 4 Media Based Adj not used 5 Media Based Dfls initialization not used d If General Adj is executed the paper type is in
88. 2 drive signal 34 PWLED1 ON OUT Multi sensor LED I drive signal 35 GND GND 36 MILT SNS UN IN Multi sensor signal 1 37 MILT 555 2IN IN Multi sensor signal 2 38 GND GND 39 H1 B DATA 2 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 2 B 40 GND GND 41 H1 B DATA 3 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 3 B 42 GND GND 43 H1 C HE 4 OUT Head L heat enable signal8 E 44 GND GND 45 H1 C DATA 4 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 4 C 46 SNS_5V OUT Power supply 5V 47 ENCODER_B IN Carriage encoder output signalB 48 SNS_5V OUT Power supply 5V 49 ENCODER_A IN Carriage encoder output signalA 50 GND GND 6 21 Chapter 6 6 22 T 6 21 J3801 Carriage PCB J23 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 HI E DATA 8 EV OUT Even head L data signal 8 E 2 GND GND 3 H1 D HE 7 OUT Head L heat enable signal 7 D 4 GND GND 5 IO ASIC SDA IN OUT Head ROM control signal data 6 GND GND 7 H1 D DATA 7 EV OUT Even head L data signal 7 D 8 GND GND 9 H1 D DATA 6 EV OUT Even head L data signal 6 D 10 GND GND 11 H1 D DATA 6 OD OUT Odd head L data signal6 D 12 GND GND 13 IO ASIC SCL IN OUT Head ROM control signal clock 14 GND GND 15 H1 D HE 6 OUT Head L heat enable signal 6 D 16 GND GND 17 H1 C HE 5 OUT Head L heat enable signal 5 C 18 GND GND 19 H1 C DATA 5 OD OUT Odd head L
89. 27 H1 C DATA 5 EV OUT Even head L data signal 5 C 28 GND GND 29 HI B HE 3 OUT Head L heat enable signal 3 B 30 GND GND 31 H1 C DATA 4 EV OUT Even head L data signal 4 C 32 GND GND 33 H1 B DATA 3 EV OUT Even head L data signal 3 B 34 GND GND 35 H1 B DATA 2 EV OUT Even head L data signal 2 B 36 GND GND 37 H1 A DATA 1 EV OUT Even head L data signal 1 A 38 GND GND 39 H1 A HE 1 OUT Head L heat enable signal 1 A 40 GND GND 41 H1 A DATA 0 EV OUT Even head L data signal 0 A 42 GND GND 43 H1 A HE 0 OUT Head L heat enable signal 0 A 44 GND GND 45 H1 A DATA 0 OD OUT Odd head L data signal0 A 46 GND GND 47 H1 A DATA 1 OD OUT Odd head L data signall A 48 GND GND 49 H1 B HE 2 OUT Head L heat enable signal 2 B 50 GND GND T 6 44 J3911 Top cover sensor Ink tank cover switch Cutter HP sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TANK_COVER_SW IN Ink tank cover switch output signal 2 GND GND 3 SNS_3V_1 OUT Power supply 3 3V 4 GND GND 5 TOP COVER SNS IN Top cover sensor output signal 6 SNS 1 OUT Power supply 43 3V 7 GND GND 8 CUTTER L SNS IN Cutter HP sensor signal Chapter 6 6 2 3 Main controller PCB
90. 4 1 4 5 F 4 88 d Note on attaching ink tubes to the front duct In attaching ink tubes to the front guides insert joint 1 into guide 2 first and then attach them to the guides making sure that the tubes are not broken or twisted The marks appearing on the tubes were used for factory assembly purposes and are not used for servicing F 4 89 4 40 Chapter 4 4 3 12 Ink Tank Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Removing the ink tank unit 1 Drain the ink Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt Draining the ink 2 Remove the output guide left and right circle covers tank cover left and right covers left and right front covers right upper cover operation panel mist filter filter cover filter lower rear cover upper front cover and lower front cover Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt External Cover 3 Move the carriage unit to the center Refer to Removing the Purge Unit 4 Remove the three screws 1 and then remove the tube guide 2 and wire guide 3 F 4 90 4 41 Chapter 4 Put the removed joint base in a plastic bag so that ink does not splash F 4 92 6 Remove the cutter unit and cutter mounting plate Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Point to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt Cutter 7 Remove the two screws 1 and then remove the support plate 2
91. 43 H1 C HE 4 OUT Head L heat enable signal8 E 44 GND GND 45 H1 C DATA 4 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 4 C 46 SNS_5V OUT Power supply 5V 47 ENCODER_B IN Carriage encoder output signalB 48 SNS_5V OUT Power supply 5V 49 ENCODER_A IN Carriage encoder output signalA 50 GND GND T 6 43 J3801 Connect to Carriage PCB J23 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 H1 E DATA 8 EV OUT Even head L data signal 8 E 2 GND GND 3 HI D HE 7 OUT Head L heat enable signal 7 D 4 GND GND 5 IO ASIC_SDA IN OUT Head ROM control signal data 6 GND GND 7 H1 D DATA 7 EV OUT Even head L data signal 7 D 8 GND GND 9 H1 D DATA 6 EV OUT Even head L data signal 6 D 0 GND GND 1 H1 D DATA 6 OD OUT Odd head L data signal6 D 2 GND GND 3 IO ASIC SCL IN OUT Head ROM control signal clock 4 GND GND 5 H1 D HE 6 OUT Head L heat enable signal 6 D 6 GND GND 6 33 Chapter 6 6 34 J3801 Connect to Carriage PCB J23 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 17 H1 C HE 5 OUT Head L heat enable signal S C 18 GND GND 19 H1 C DATA 5 OD OUT Odd head L data signal5 C 20 GND GND 21 CLK OUT Head L clock signal 22 GND GND 23 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 43V 24 GND GND 25 HI LT OUT Head L latch signal 26 H DASH LICC2 B OUT Analogue switch AD triggar
92. 5 MAINTENANCE 5 1 Periodic Replacement Parts eb earn bed ERE T EE Rai exe 5 1 SON Weeer ul In CEET 5 1 52 Consumable Parts eeh e eiie eant 5 1 52 GonsurmablePatisuu 24474752 5 1 5 22 Consumable EE 5 2 5 3 Periodic Maintenant Esis Glenda Sene ee 5 3 5 3 T Periodic EN CEET EE 5 3 5 32 Periodic Maintenance 23 5 cb hele IBI EE DEMNM II 5 6 Chapter 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 1 TrOUDISSMOOUING E Ec cc 6 1 Qutli eege eR ed ee ge 6 1 6L 1 1 OQutline of Troubleshooting coii tree tiere c ee eie Pad iege re a des beet intei onere 6 1 6 1 2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur nennen nennen nennt enne 6 1 6 1 2 1 Ink Lvl Chk XX 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1008 1009 100 100 100 6 1 6 12 2 MTGart Soon 1100 rro e RE ident pese tee ete dr a E RENE E 6 1 6 1 2 3 Mist ESTER UR H 6 1 6 1 2 4 GARO W12xx xx stands for digits 1221 1222 1223 1225 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 6 1 612 5 keed Limits OOK o aec itecto rei Ered RETI ELEC 6 2 6 1 2 6 Check printed 1010 then nnne nnne nn senten nnne tn etre 6 2 6 1 3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur ne
93. 6 or 10 Cleaning 1 Normal lg Cleaning When the Manual Cleaning Head Cleaning A Cleaning 1 Normal lg Head Cleaning Cleaning Manual cleaning Head cleaning Cleaning 6 Normal 5g menu choice strong Cleaning is executed When the After head replacement Cleaning 2 ink level 10g Replace Print adjustment and Head menu cleaning Cleaning 4 choice is ink drainage for head executed replacement When the After the Move Printer menu choice is executed Cleaning 5 ink drainage 10g Move Printer for secondary transport menu choice m Jav BRI ie After power on at secondary installation After power on at 15g 1 Quantities of ink consumption by nozzle train Chapter 2 2 3 2 5 2 Structure of Purge Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Purge unit a Cap unit The cap unit is used to cap the print head nozzles during capping and cleaning The portion that touches the face plate is made from rubber Two left caps are ar ranged for the printhead six arrays of nozzles installed in the carriage During cleaning the caps used for both suction and capping are used to suck ink from the printhead using the suction pump Each of the right caps is used to cap the six arrays of nozzles This cap is used only for capping During capping the caps are raised by the cap cams operated by the purge motor to cover the arrays when the carriage has moved to the home position thus pro tecting the nozzles Carriage
94. 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper 2 Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Image Hig 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Paper 2 Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Image High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Poster Semi Glossy Photo Paper Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Image High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Premium RC Photo Luster Image High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Instant Dry Papers Glossy 200g Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Instant Dry Papers Satin 200g Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Photo paper High Glossy 250g Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Photo paper Semi Matt 250g Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Photo paper Satin 240g Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x120
95. Bi directional 200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK 2 13 Chapter 2 2 14 Media Type Print Priority Dust Lo Printing direction Resolution E dpi Coated Paper Coated Paper Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Heavyweight Coated Paper Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK High Resolution Paper Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Premium Matte Paper Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Matte Photo Paper Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Recycled Coated Paper Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Premium Coated Paper Image High 8 Bi direction
96. CLN A 2 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 2 ink level adjusting operations Times CLN A 3 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 3 initial filling operations Times CLN A 6 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 6 strong normal suction operations Times CLN A 7 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 7 aging operations CLN A 10 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 10 ink filling after secondary transportation operations Times CLN A 11 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 11 ink filling after head replacement operations Times CLN A 15 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 15 dot count small suction operations Times CLN A 16 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 16 sedimented ink agitation operations Times CLN A 17 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 17 small suction operations Times CLN A TTL Total number of automatic cleaning operations Times CLN M 1 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 1 normal suction operations Times CLN M 4 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 4 ink draining from head after head replacement operations Times CLN M 5 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 5 ink draining from head and tube before transportation operations Times CLN M 6 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 6 normal strong suction operations Times CLN M TTL Total number of manual cleaning operations Times 7 29 Chapter 7 4 CLEAR Counters related to counter initialization
97. Chapter 2 2 3 2 3 Carriage Unit 2 3 2 3 1 Functions of Carriage Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Printhead mounting function The carriage mechanically locks the printhead and is connected to the printhead via the terminals on the carriage PCB b Control function The carriage incorporates a carriage PCB that relays the signal from the main controller a linear encoder that generates a print timing signal based on the detected carriage position and a multi sensor that detects the media width and skewing to adjust the registration and height The carriage PCB and main controller PCB are connected with a flexible cable Carriage drive function The carriage motor moves the carriage back and forth on the platen via the carriage belt d Printhead maintenance function The printer performs the printhead cleaning operation such as printhead wiping and suction at the home position of the carriage The cleaning operation accompanied by ink suction is performed only at the left cap e Nozzle check function The printer detects a non discharging nozzle using the head management sensor attached to the maintenance jet tray by discharging ink with the carriage stopped at the maintenance jet tray f Media thickness adjustment function If the gap between the printhead face and the media increases due to the difference in media thickness cockling curling and so on more ink mist is generated In reverse if the gap decreases the head c
98. Cumulative print area of roll media metric m2 ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media inch Sq f CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet metric m2 CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet inch Sq f 7 31 Chapter 7 12 MEDIASIZE1 ROLL Counters related to roll media printing T 7 63 Display Description Unit P SQ 24 36 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches physical size m2 Sq f P SQ 17 24 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches physical size m2 Sq f P SQ 17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches physical size m2 Sq f P CNT 24 36 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches sheets physical size P CNT 17 24 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches sheets physical size P CNT 17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper less than 17 inches physical size sheets 13 MEDIASIZE2 ROLL Counters related to roll media printing T 7 64 Display Description Unit D SQ 24 36 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches data size m2 Sq f D SQ 17 24 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 1
99. D DATA 7 EV OUT Even head R data signal 7 D 6 GND GND 7 H0 D DATA 6 EB OUT Even head R data signal 6 D 8 GND GND 9 H0 D DATA 6 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 6 D 0 GND GND 1 H0 D HE 6 OUT Head R heat enable signal 6 D 2 GND GND 3 H0 C HE 5 OUT Head R heat enable signal 5 C 4 GND GND 5 H0 C DATA 5 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 5 C 6 GND GND 7 H0 DSOUT2 IN Head R temperature output 2 8 GND GND 9 H0 DSOUTI IN Head R temperature output 1 20 GND GND 21 GND GND 22 LICSELO OUT Head R analogue switch clock signal 23 LICSEL2 OUT Head R analogue switch latch signal 24 LICSEL1 OUT Head R analogue switch data signal 25 GND GND 26 GND GND 27 HO_CLK OUT Head R data clock signal 28 GND GND 29 HO LT OUT Head R data latch signal 30 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 43V 31 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 43V 32 GND GND 33 H0 C DATA 5 EV OUT Even head R data signal 5 C 34 GND GND 35 H0 B HE 3 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 36 GND GND 37 H0 C DATA 4 EV OUT Even head R data signal 4 C 38 GND GND 39 H0 B DATA 3 EV OUT Even head R data signal 3 B 40 GND GND 41 H0 B DATA 2 EV OUT Even head R data signal 2 B 42 GND GND 43 HO A DATA 1 EV OUT Even head R data signal 1 A 44 GND GND 45 H0 A HE 1 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 46 GND GND 47 H0 A DATA 0 EV OUT Even head R data signal 0 A Chapter 6 J3601 Carriage PCB J13
100. E 2 60 2 4 0 POWerSSupply dene te tte er eee esp Poo orae PN iere A INN HR ERN ane 2 61 2 4 6 1 Power supply block diagram ecce eee E o DG LEN RE EVER ERU RE RET OX Pe EEG saan RUD daa 2 61 2 5 D tection Functions With Sensors regere PER uet ce ER eee ce Eee ERR EHE eee 2 62 25 Sensors Tor COVERS nee stie EE 2 5 2 Ink passage System edite ptr Pee e nme eei i re e te ei pie peii 2 5 3 Ink passage system 2 54 Carriage systems sat SRG GERNER ted cela eae 2 5 5 Paper path systems de oo re EUREN EE PARS E P dd Chapter 2 2 1 Basic Operation Outline 2 1 1 Printer Diagram iPF6100 Shown below is a printer diagram Linear encoder Multi sensor Main controller PCB IC601 10604 SDRAM CN2 J1801 IC802 C701 Power Supply PCB EEPROM FLASH ROM IEEE1394 Board Carriage PCB a BAT 801 Maintenance cartridge Lithium battery relay USB 5 22 Maintenance cartridge ROM PCB E 1C1201 LAN LAN Controller Ink tank J101 803 Operation panel RTC ASIC Ink tank J11 J12 J2601 ROM PCB J13 J21 2 J22 J23 ASIC J3401 J3402 J3501 J3601 oll cam sensor y J3202 Roll media sensor IC6 1C7 JON J3301 i J2511 J2512 Roll motor J3011 J3202 J3211 J3301 J2 J3 J3 J3411 J3911
101. ENCB IN Pump encoder sensor output signal B 7 PUMP CAM 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 8 GND GND 9 PUMP CAM SNS IN Pump cam sensor output signal T 6 55 J3101 Carriage motor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 CR HWP IN Carriage motor hole device W phase signal 2 CR HWM IN Carriage motor hole device W phase signal 3 CR W OUT Carriage motor W phase drive signal 4 HVM IN Carriage motor hole device V phase signal 5 CR U OUT Carriage motor U phase drive signal 6 GND GND 7 CR V OUT Carriage motor V phase drive signal 8 SNS 5V Power supply 45V 9 10 _ IN Carriage motor hole device V phase signal 11 CR HUM IN Carriage motor hole device U phase signal 12 CR HUP IN Carriage motor hole device U phase signal T 6 56 J3202 Ink tank ROM PCB Ink detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TANK DATO IN OUT Ink tank data signal 0 2 TANK DATI IN OUT Ink tank data signal 1 3 TANK 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 4 TANK DAT2 IN OUT Ink tank data signal 2 5 GND GND 6 TANK CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal 7 TANK DAT3 IN OUT Ink tank data signal 3 8 TANK DAT4 IN OUT Ink tank data signal 4 9 TANK 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 0 TANK DATS IN OUT Ink tank data signal 5 1 GND GND 2 TANK CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal 3 GND GND 4 INK SNSO IN Ink detection sensor output signal 0 5 INK SNSI IN Ink detection sensor output signal 1 6 INK SNS2 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 2 7 GND GND 8 INK SNS3 IN
102. GND 14 MLT SNS 2IN OUT Multi sensor signal2 15 MILT SNS IIN OUT Multi sensor signal I 16 GND GND 17 PWLEDI ON IN Multi sensor LED 1 drive signal 18 PWLED2 ON IN Multi sensor LED 2 drive signal 19 PWLED3 ON IN Multi sensor LED 3 drive signal 20 PWLED4 ON IN Multi sensor LED 4 drive signal 21 GND GND 22 H1 DSOUT 1 OUT Head L temperature output I 23 H1 DSOUT2 OUT Head L temperature output 2 24 GND GND 25 H1 DASLK LICC2 IN Head L analogue switch clock signal 26 H1 DATA LICC2 IN Head L analogue switch data signal 27 H1 DLD LICC2 IN Head L analogue switch latch signal 28 HI E DATA 9 EV IN Even head L data signal9 E 29 GND GND 30 HI E HE 9 IN Head L heat enable signal9 E 31 GND GND 32 H1 F DATA 10 EV IN Even head L data signal 10 F 33 GND GND 34 H1 F DATA 11 EV IN Even head L data signalll F 35 GND GND 36 HI F HE 11 IN Head L heat enable signalll F 37 GND GND 38 HI F DATA 11 OD IN Odd head L data signal 11 F 39 GND GND 40 HI F HE 10 IN Head L heat enable signallO F 41 GND GND 42 HI E DATA 9 OD IN Odd head L data signal 9 E 43 GND GND 44 HI F DATA 10 OD IN Odd head L data signal 10 F 45 GND GND 46 HI E DATA 8 OD IN Odd head L data signal 8 E 47 GND GND 48 HI E HE 8 IN Head L heat enable signal8 E 49 GND GND 50 H1 D DATA 7 OD IN Odd head L data signal 7 D T 6 75 J23 Connect to Main controller PCB J3801 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 HI B
103. GND 38 IO ASIC SCL IN OUT Head ROM control signal clock 39 GND GND 40 H1 D DATA 6 OD IN Odd head L data signal 6 D 41 GND GND 42 H1 D DATA 6 EV IN Even head L data signal 6 D 43 GND GND 44 H1 D DATA 7 EV IN Even head L data signal 7 D 45 GND GND 46 IO ASIC SDA IN OUT Head ROM control signal data 47 GND GND 48 H1 D HE 7 IN Head L heat enable signal 7 D 49 GND GND 50 HI E DATA 8 EV IN Even head L data signal 8 E T 6 76 J24 Head L Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 OUT Power supply 21 5V 2 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 3 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 4 VHT2 OUT Head L transistor drive power supply 5 H1 F DATA 10 EV OUT Even head L data signal10 F 6 EEPROM_SDA IN OUT EEPROM control signal data 7 EEPROM SCL OUT EEPROM control signal clock 8 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 43V 9 HI C DIAI IN Heal L DI sensor signal 1 C 10 H1 A HE 1 OUT Head L heat enable signal 1 A 11 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 12 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 13 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V Chapter 6 J24 Head L Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 14 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 15 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 16 HI E DATA 9 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 9 E 17 HI F HE 11 OUT Head L h
104. GND 28 GND GND 29 GND GND 30 GND GND T 6 39 J3411 Temperature humidity detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TH2 OUT IN Thermistor output signal 2 GND GND 3 RHV OUT IN Temperature humidity detection sensor output signal 4 SNS 5V Power supply 45V 6 30 Chapter 6 T 6 40 J3501 Connect to Carriage PCB J12 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 H DASH LICC2 B OUT Analogue switch A D trigger signal 4 GND GND 5 H0 D DATA 7 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 7 D 6 GND GND 7 HO E HE 8 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 8 GND GND 9 H0 E DATA 8 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 8 E 10 GND GND 11 H0 F DATA 10 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 10 F 12 GND GND 13 H0 E DATA 9 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 9 E 14 GND GND 15 0 10 OUT Head heat enable signal 10 16 GND GND 17 H0 F DATA 11 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 11 F 18 GND GND 19 0 11 OUT Head R heat enable signal 1 1 F 20 GND GND 21 H0 F DATA 11 EV OUT Even head R data signal 11 F 22 GND GND 23 H0 F DATA 10 EV OUT Even head R data signal 10 F 24 GND GND 25 0 9 OUT Head R heat enable signal 9 E 26 GND GND 27 H0 E DATA 9 EV OUT Even head R data signal 9 E 28 GND
105. HE 0 OUT Head L heat enable signal 0 A 50 H1 B DATA 2 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 2 B 51 H1 B DATA 3 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 3 B 52 H1 C DATA 4 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 4 C 53 GND GND 54 GND GND 55 GND GND 56 H1 F DATA 11 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 11 F 57 H1 E DATA 9 EV OUT Even head L data signal9 E 58 GND GND 59 H1 D DATA 6 OD OUT Odd head L data signal6 D 60 H1 C HE 5 OUT Head L heat enable signal 5 C 61 HI B HE 3 OUT Head L heat enable signal 3 B 62 H1 A DIA1 IN Heal L DI sensor signal 1 A 63 H1 A DATA 1 OD OUT Odd head L data signall A 64 GND GND 65 GND GND 66 GND GND 67 GND GND 68 H1 F DATA 10 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 10 F 69 HI F DIAI IN Heal L DI sensor signal 1 F 70 H1 D HE 7 OUT Head L heat enable signal 7 D 71 GND GND 72 HI CLK OUT Head L clock signal 6 53 Chapter 6 6 54 J24 Head L Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 73 HI LT OUT Head L latch signal 74 H1 B DATA 2 EV OUT Even head L data signal 2 B 75 H1 A DATA 0 OD OUT Odd head L data signal0 A 76 GND GND 77 GND GND 78 GND GND Chapter 6 6 2 5 Power supply iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S F 6 5 T 6 77 CN1
106. HO E DIA1 IN Head R DI sensor signal 1 E 19 H0 D DIAI IN Head R DI sensor signal 1 D 20 GND GND 21 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 43V 22 H0 B DATA 3 EV OUT Even head R data signal 3 B 23 H0 A DATA 0 EV OUT Even head R data signal 0 A 24 H0 B HE 2 OUT Head R heat enable signal 2 B 25 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 26 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 27 H0 D DIA2 IN Head R DI sensor signal 2 D 28 0 8 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 29 HO E DIA2 IN Head R DI sensor signal 2 E 30 HO F DIA2 IN Head R DI sensor signal 2 F 31 0 9 OUT Head R heat enable signal 9 E 32 H0 D DATA 7 EV OUT Even head R data signal 7 D 33 H0 D HE 6 OUT Head R heat enable signal 6 D 34 H0 C DATA 5 0D OUT Odd head R data signal 5 C 35 H0 C DATA 4 EV OUT Even head R data signal 4 C 36 HO A DATA 1 EV OUT Even head R data signal 1 A 37 H0 A DIA2 IN Head R DI sensor signal 2 A 38 H0 B DIA2 IN Head R DI sensor signal 2 B 39 H0 C HE 4 OUT Head R heat enable signal 4 C 40 H0 D DATA 7 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 7 D 41 H0 E DATA 8 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 8 E 42 0 10 OUT Head heat enable signal 10 43 H0 F DATA 11 EV OUT Even head R data signal 11 F 44 H0 F DATA 8 EV OUT Even head R data signal 8 F 45 H0 D DATA 6 EV OUT Even head R data signal 6 D 46 H0 C DIA2 IN Head R DI sensor signal 2 C 47 H0 C DATA 5 EV OUT Even head R data signal 5 C 48 HO B DIA1 IN Head R DI sensor signal 1 B 49 H0 A HE 0 OUT Head R heat enable sign
107. Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Thin Fabric Thin Fabric Banner 2 Standard 6 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Banner Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Flame Resistant Cloth Standard 6 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Synthetic Synthetic Paper Standard 6 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Paper Image Hig 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Adhesive Synthetic Paper Standard 6 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image Hig 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 6 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Outdoor Polypropylene Durable Banner Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 6 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK ma qd Mate High Resolution Graphic paper Self ADH Image Hig 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Board POP Board Standard 6 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Hig 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK CAD CAD Tracing Paper Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Hig 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK CAD Translucent Matte Film Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Hig 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Special Spe
108. Open top cover and replace the left 03800402 280B Printhead L EEPROM error Replace printhead L printhead Right printhead 03800201 2812 Wrong printhead model installed on Install printhead PF 03 on printhead R error printhead Open top cover and replace the right printhead Left printhead 03800202 2813 Wrong printhead model installed on Install printhead PF 03 on printhead L error printhead Open top cover and replace the left printhead Hardware error 03800500 2F2F Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03800500 2F2F Non discharging error Identify the non discharging unit Replace the non discharging unit Replace the printheads Hardware error 03800500 2F30 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03800500 2F30 Non discharging position adjustment error Identify the non discharging unit Replace the non discharging unit Replace the printheads Ink tank is empty 03810104 Bk ink tank empty Renew the Bk ink tank Press OK and 2500 replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810101 2501 Y ink tank empty Renew the Y ink tank Press OK and replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810102 M ink tank empty Renew the M ink tank Press OK and 2502 replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810103 C ink tank empty Renew the C ink tank Press OK and 2503 replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810112 PM ink tank empty Renew the PM ink tank Press OK a
109. P SQ 17 P CNT 24 36 P CNT 17 24 P CNT 17 MEDIASIZE2 ROLL D SQ 24 36 D SQ 24 36 D SQ 17 24 D SQ 17 24 D SQ 17 D SQ 17 D CNT 24 36 D CNT 17 24 D CNT 17 MEDIASIZE1 CUT P SQ 24 36 P SQ 24 36 P SQ 17 24 P SQ 17 24 P SQ 17 P SQ 17 P CNT 24 36 P CNT 17 24 P CNT 17 Chapter 7 T 7 10 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level COUNTER MEDIASIZE1 CUT D SQ 24 36 D SQ 24 36 D SQ 17 24 D SQ 17 24 D SQ 17 D SQ 17 D CNT 24 36 D CNT 17 24 D CNT 17 HEAD DOT CNT 1 Y B TTL HEAD DOT CNT 2 Y B TTL PARTS CNT COUNTER A OK WI W2 B PARTS 1 1 00 2 00 3 00 4 00 COUNTER X OK WI W2 B PARTS X1 1 00 2 00 3 00 4 00 SETTING Pth ON OFF RTC DATE XXXX XXIXX Date entry TIME XX XX Time entry PV AUTO JUDGE ON PFF INITIALIZE WARNIG Press the OK button to clear ERROR Press the OK button to clear ADJUST Press the OK button to clear W INK Press the OK button to clear PURGE Press the OK button to clear INK USE CNT Press the OK button to clear CUTTER CHG CNT Press the OK button to c ear W INK CHG CNT Press the OK button to clear HEAD CHG R CNT Press the OK button to clear HEAD CHG L CNT Press the
110. Paper Size ISO Al ISO A24 ISO A2 ISO A34 ISO A3 ISO A4 ISO B2 ISO B3 ISO B4 JIS B2 JIS B3 JIS B4 22 X34 ANSI D 17 22 ANSI 11 X17 Ledger 13 X19 Super B Letter 8 5 X11 Legal 8 5 X14 24 X36 ARCH D 18 X24 ARCH 2 8 ARCH 9 12 A DIN C2 DIN C3 DIN C4 1 35 Chapter 1 1 36 T 1 7 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Media Menu Manual Paper Size 20 x24 8 x22 4 x17 2 x16 0 x12 0 x15 8 x10 6 x20 20 X30 3 X22 300x900 mm Free size setting Roll Media Type Plain Paper 5 Plain Paper HQ 5 Plain Paper HG 5 Recycled Coated 5 High Resolution 5 Coated Paper 5 HW Coated 5 Ex HW Coated 5 Premium MatteP 5 Matte Photo 5 Glossy Photo 5 Semi GI Photo 5 HW Glossy Photo2 5 HW SemiGl Photo2 5 Poster Semi GI 5 SatinPhoto 190 5 Photo PaperPlus 5 PhotoPlusSemiGI 5 Syn Paper 5 Adh Syn Paper 5 Backlit Film 5 Backprint Film 5 Flame Res Cloth 5 ThinFab Banner2 5 Proofing Paper 5 News Proof
111. Paper type mismatch Check the type of paper that can be fed and reload the paper Manual printing is selected but a roll is loaded Press Load Eject and remove the roll 03862000 2E0C Data with a cut sheet specification has been received when roll media are loaded Load cut sheets at the paper tray port Hardware error 03130031 291D Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 291D Spur cam sensor detection failure Check the spur cam sensor Hardware error 0313003 1 2E23 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2E23 Cutter unit failure Check the cutter unit Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Hardware error 03130031 2E14 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F14 Writing to the ASIC register disabled Replace the main controller PCB Hardware error 03130031 2E16 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F16 Mist fan error Check the mist fan Hardware error 03130031 2E17 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F17 Suction fan lock detection error Check the suction fan Hardware error 03130031 2E20 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F20 Pump motor cam position error Check the purge unit Hardware error 03130031 2E22 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 031300
112. Photographic Paper 240gsm Satin Photographic Paper 240gsm HW Glossy Photo Paper HW Satin Photo Paper Premium RC Photo Luster Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper 2 Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Paper 2 Poster Semi Glossy Photo Paper Fine Art Photo Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Fine Art Textured Fine Art Watercolor Fine Art Block Print Chapter 1 Printable area Cut sheet Area excluding 3 mm from the leading edge 3 mm from the trailing edge 23 mm when supplied from manual feed from top or selected the fine art and 3 mm from the left and right edges Printing recommendation area Area excluding 20 mm from leading edge 5 mm from the trailing edge Roll media and 5 mm from the left and right edges standard size Printing recommendation area Area excluding 20 mm from the leading edge 27 mm from the trailing Cut sheet edge and 5 mm from the left and right edges standard size Memory 384MB Increase of memory none Hard disk drive 80GB Firmware Flash ROM update from USB or Ethernet Printer description language GARO Graphic Arts language with Raster Operation Interface USB2 0 Ethernet Operation panel LCD 160 X 128 dots 12 keys 5 LEDs Panel language English Message language English German French Italian Spanish Chinese Korean Russianand and Japanese Printhead Ink Tank type Printhead and separate ink tanks P
113. Reassembly Ink Tank Unit Chapter 4 4 8 Chapter 4 4 3 4 External Covers iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S 2 Left right circle cover Removing the left right circle cover 1 When removing the left circle cover 1 turn it in the direction of the arrow F 4 4 2 When removing the right circle cover 1 turn it in the direction of the arrow F 4 5 Chapter 4 Attaching the left right circle cover fit itin place with the two hooks 2 up and turn it toward the rear side of the printer 1 1 When attaching the left circle cover fit it in place with the three hooks 1 up and turn it toward the rear side of the printer When attaching the right circle cover aN Kl 2 F 4 6 I I I FI zr zz zz zz im zm gt SS ES S D b Roll Feed Unit Removing the roll feed unit 1 Remove two coin screws 1 to remove roll feed unit 2 2 Chapter 4 c Tank cover Removing the tank cover 1 When removing the tank cover 4 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit and left circle cover 2 Open the tank cover 4 remove the three screws 1 and then release the three hooks 2 while opening the hook 3 outward 1 F 4 8 d Left cover Removing the left cover 1 When removing the left cover 3 open the top cover and then remove the left circle cover and tank cover 2 Remove the screw 1 and the hook 2 and slide th
114. T 1 12 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Maintenance Replace P head Printhead L No Yes Printhead R No Yes Move Printer No Yes Clean Platen No Yes System Setup Warning Buzzer Off On Detect Mismatch Pause Warning None Keep Media Size Off On Paper Size Basis Sht Selection ISO A34 13 x19 Super B Roll Selection 1 ISO A3 297 mm 300 mm Roll Roll Selection 2 10 in 254 mm JIS B4 257 mm TrimEdge Reload Off On Automatic Noz Check Freq Off page 10 pages Automatic Sleep Timer 5 min 10 min 15 min 20 min 30 min 40 min 50 min 60 min 240 min 1 41 Chapter 1 1 42 1 13 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level System Setup Length Unit meter feet inch Time Zone 0 London GMT 1 Paris Rome 2 Athens Cairo 3 Moscow 4 Eerenan Baku 5 Islamabad 6 7 Bangkok 8 9 Tokyo Seoul 10 Canberra 11 NewCaledonia 12 Wellington 12 Eniwetok 11 Midway is 10 Hawaii AHST 9 Alaska AKST 8 Oregon PST 7 Arizona MST 6 Texas CST 5 NewYork EST 4 Santiago 3 Buenos Aires
115. THE Displays the most recent error messages up to two Job Log Choose from Document Name _ Displays the document name in the last print job information about the User Name Displays the name of the user who sent the print job latest three print jobs Page Count Displays the number of pages in the print job Job Status Displays the results of the print job processed Print Start Time Displays the time when the print job was started Print End Time Displays the time when the print job was finished Print Time Displays the time required to print the job Print Size Displays the paper size in the print job Media Type Displays the paper type in the print job Interface Displays the interface used for the print job Ink Consumed Displays the ink density of each color in the print job HDD Information HDD Space Display the space available on the printer s hard disk 1 51 Chapter 1 6 Color calibration print chart The following chart sample is printed when executing Calibration 1 52 Chapter 1 1 6 3 Main Menu iPF6100 The printer has a Main menu which includes a menu related to maintenance such as adjustment of ink ejection position of each nozzle and head cleaning a menu related to printing settings such as auto cutting and ink drying time and a menu related to parameters such as a message language 1 Main menu operations a How to enter the Main menu To enter the Main menu press
116. Tate as PARTS xx COUNTER x States Error Code Service SUCTION FAN UNIT QM3 0701 000 1 15000 1 OK W1 E146 4001 DUCT UNIT PLATEN QM3 0800 000 1 15000 1 B OK W1 E146 4001 CARRIAGE UNIT QM3 0784 000 1 15000 D1 D OK W1 W2 LEVER R INK TUBE QC2 0659 050 1 15000 LEVER L INK TUBE QC2 0660 050 1 15000 LINK LEVER TUBE QC2 0661 000 4 15000 SPRING TENSION QC2 1396 000 2 15000 PAD OIL QC2 0664 000 2 15000 HOLDER WIRE MECH QC2 0663 000 1 15000 TUBE GUIDE UNIT QM3 0704 000 1 15000 CLEANING UNIT R RAIL QM3 0543 000 1 15000 D1 D3 CARRIAGE CLEANING UNIT L RAIL QM3 0542 000 1 15000 CARRIAGE FLEXIBLE CABLE ASS Y QM3 0786 000 1 15000 D2 ENCODER SENSOR UNIT QM2 3421 000 1 15000 D3 SCALE LINEAR QC2 0696 000 1 15000 CAM LIFTER QC2 0675 000 2 15000 D4 MULTI SENSOR UNIT QM3 0365 000 1 15000 D5 X OK WI W2 INK SUPPLY UNIT QM3 5295 000 1 15000 1 OK W1 E144 4047 INK SUPPLY UNIT R QM3 5294 000 1 15000 INK TUBE UNIT 1 QM3 5295 000 1 15000 INK TUBE UNIT R QM3 5296 000 1 15000 PURGE KIT QM3 0654 040 1 15000 HI H OK W1 E141 4046 HEAD MANAGEMENT QM3 0529 000 1 15000 LI L OK W1 E194 404A SENSOR MOTOR 26 4V DC QK1 0447 000 1 15000 PI P OK WI W2 MIST FAN UNIT QM3 0807 000 1 15000 VI OK W1 E146 4001 MIST FILTER UNIT QM3 0212 030 1 15000 User See Product Overview Features Consumables After supplies have been replaced execute INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS xx in service mode to initial
117. Temperature humidity detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TH2 OUT IN Thermistor output signal 2 GND GND 3 RHV OUT IN Temperature humidity detection sensor output signal 4 SNS 5V Power supply 45V T 6 62 J3501 Connect to Carriage PCB J12 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 H DASH LICC2 B OUT Analogue switch A D trigger signal 4 GND GND 9 H0 D DATA 7 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 7 D 6 GND GND 7 H0 E HE 8 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 8 GND GND 9 H0 E DATA 8 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 8 E 10 GND GND 11 H0 F DATA 10 OD OUT Odd head data signal 10 F 12 GND GND 13 H0 E DATA 9 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 9 E 14 GND GND 15 H0 F HE 10 OUT Head R heat enable signal 10 F 16 GND GND 17 H0 F DATA 11 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 11 F 18 GND GND 19 H0 F HE 11 OUT Head R heat enable signal 11 F 20 GND GND 21 H0 F DATA 11 EV OUT Even head R data signal 11 F 22 GND GND 23 HO F DATA 10 EV OUT Even head R data signal 10 F 24 GND GND 25 HO E HE 9 OUT Head R heat enable signal 9 E 26 GND GND 27 HO E DATA 9 EV OUT Even head R data signal 9 E 28 GND GND 29 GND GND 30 GND GND 31 GND GND 32 GND GND 33 GND GND 34 GND GND 35 H0 A DATA 0 OD OUT Odd head data signal 0 A 36 GND GND 37 H0 A DATA 1 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 1 A 38 GND GND 39 H0 B HE 2 OUT Head R heat enable signal 2 B 40 GND GND 41 H0 B DATA 2 OD OUT Odd hea
118. The main menu choice Calibration can be executed to correct the coloring of printed matter in the wake of initial installation of the printer the replacement of its printheads or otherwise changes in the coloring of printed matter j Remaining roll media detection function The amount of the remaining roll paper can be detected using the multi sensor mounted at the lower left of the carriage by printing a barcode at delivery of the roll media k Internal temperature detection function The internal temperature around the printhead is detected using the thermistor mounted on the carriage PCB 2 27 Chapter 2 2 3 2 3 2 Structure of Carriage Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Printhead mounting unit The printhead is secured to the carriage by the printhead fixer lever When the printhead is secured to the carriage the signal contact of the carriage PCB touches the signal contact point of the printhead allowing print signals to be transmitted The ink passage from the ink tank is connected to the printhead through the ink tube and joint Printhead fixer cover Printhead fixer lever Joint for ink supply Carriage motor Ink tube F 2 18 b Ink port Ink is supplied to the printhead through the ink tubes Ink tube run through the ink tube guide mounted on the carriage and move in conjunction with the carriage c Control unit The carriage PCB is connected to the main controller PCB with a flexible cable The f
119. Used 0 10 Ink Tank Cover Switch 0 Cover open 1 Cover close 11 Not Used 0 12 Paper Detection Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 13 Not Used 0 14 Not Used 0 15 Not Used 0 16 Not Used 0 17 Roll Media Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 18 Roll Cam Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 19 Not Used 0 20 Cutter Right Position Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 21 Cutter HP Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 22 Not Used 0 23 Not Used 0 24 Not Used 0 25 Not Used 0 26 Roll unit detection 0 Roll unit not detected 1 Roll unit detected 27 Cutter unit detection 0 Cutter unit not detected 1 Cutter unit detected 28 Not Used 0 29 Not Used 0 30 Not Used 0 31 Not Used 0 32 Not Used 0 7 36 Chapter 7 ADJUST Performs adjustments and prints the adjustment and check patterns necessary for adjusting the printer parts 1 PRINT PATTERN T 7 78 Display Description NOZZLE 1 Prints the nozzle check pattern by single direction single pass without using the non discharging back up It is used to check for the non discharging nozzles Media size A4 Media type any OPTICAL AXIS Prints the pattern and adjusts the optical axis of the multi sensor For details refer to Disassembly Reassembly gt Adjustment and Setup Items gt Procedure after replacing the carriage unit or multi sensor Media type photo glossy paper LF amp HAKUSHA F
120. Valve cam Ink supply valve F 2 15 2 24 Chapter 2 2 3 2 2 2 Structure of Ink Tank Unit iPF6000S a Ink tank Each ink tank contains 130 ml of ink the starter ink tank supplied with the printer contains 90 ml of ink for each color The amount of ink is memorized in the EEPROM mounted to the ink tank The amount of the ink remaining in the ink tank is detected as a dot count according to the data memorized in the EEPROM When the electrodes mounted to the hollow needle detect a con conductive state a message appears on the display to indicate that the ink is nearly empty If the dot count reaches the prescribed value the ink tank is considered to be empty b Ink port When the ink tank lock lever is pressed down the hollow needle enters the ink port covered with a rubber plug establishing an ink passage between the printer and ink tank Air passage When the ink tank lever of the printer is pressed down the hollow needle enters the air passage covered with a rubber plug and thus the internal pressure of the ink tank is released maintaining the internal pressure constant d Notches for preventing incorrect insertion The ink tanks have notches for preventing insertion Wrong ink tanks cannot be installed in place due to these notches The ink tank lock lever can lowered to start ink supply only when the ink tank has been installed in place e Agitation plate The agitation plate assists the ink agitation which is p
121. W or less Printer unit dimensions WxDxH 1177 x 670 x 344 mm With stand option 1177 x 870 x 991 mm Weight Approx 51 kg 1 3 3 Product Specifications iPF6000S Type Bubble jet large sized paper printer Feeding system Automatic feeding of one roll media One cut sheet manual feed from front One cut sheet manual feed from top Feeding capacity Roll media One roll at the back Outer diameter of roll 150 mm or less Inner diameter of paper tube 2 or 3 inches Cut sheet 1 sheet Delivery method Delivers the media with its printed side up in the forward direction Sheet delivery capability Using the stand option basket Roll media 1 sheet Cut sheet 1 sheet Cutter Automatically cuts paper laterally Cartridge type with round blade 1 15 Chapter 1 1 16 Type of media Roll media Plain Paper Economy Bond Paper Universal Bond Paper Plain Paper High Quality Plain Paper High Grade Recycled Coated Paper Matte Coated Paper 90gsm Coated Paper Premium Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Premium Matte Paper Glossy Photographic Paper 190gsm Satin Photographic Paper 190gsm Glossy Photographic Paper 240gsm Satin Photographic Paper 240gsm HW Glossy Photo Paper HW Satin Photo Paper Premium RC Photo Luster Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper
122. a line at the cut position This option reduces the amount of debris given off after cutting Manual Feed Choose how the paper is supplied Top for printing from the Tray or Front for printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot NearEnd Sht Mrgn Specify a margin at the leading edge of sheets to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3 mm it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy The printed surface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the the leading edge If you have selected 20 mm the test print sheet may not be printed completely Return Defaults Choose Yes to restore Med Detail Set to the factory default values Chapter 1 Job Management Adjust Printer T 1 19 Setting Item Description Instructions Job Queue Ope Job List Choose a print Delete Delete the current job or queued jobs job Priority Print the job first after the current print job is finished printing Com BOX Ope Job List Choose a print Print Print jobs in the Common Box job Delete Delete jobs in the Common Box Print Job List Print a list of jobs in the Common Box Psnl BOX Ope Folder List Enter a password Job List Print Print jobs in Personal Boxes if Se has been Job List Delete Delete jobs in Personal Boxes set Print Job List Print a list of jobs in Personal
123. and ink supply valve manualy To move the carriage with the power off you need to release the carriage lock pin and cap manually 1 Opening the Cap Releasing the Carriage Lock Pin 1 Remove the right circle cover and mist filter Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt External Cover 2 Turn the gear 1 of the purge unit 3 in the direction of the arrow from the hole 6 of the right cover The cap 5 and lock pin 4 move down allowing you to move the carriage 2 F 4 116 4 52 Chapter 4 2 Moving the Wiper Unit 1 Open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit output guide right circle cover right upper cover operation panel mist filter exhaust filter right cover right front cover cover guide cover plate right Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt External Cover 2 To move the wiper unit 3 turn the gear 1 of the purge unit 2 in the direction of the arrow F 4 117 4 53 Chapter 4 4 3 18 Opening Closing the Ink Supply Valve iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S 1 Open the top cover and then remove the left circle cover and tank cover 2 To open the ink supply valve turn the cam 2 in the direction of the arrow and press the link 1 2 F 4 118 If the tube is full of ink releasing the printhead lock lever with the ink supply va
124. aspects of image processing and print drive control by detecting the status of the individual printer components with refer ence to the adjustment values stored in EEPROM SDR SDRAM is used as work memory i The ASIC IC2 controls the general aspects of drive control by controlling button actuations and message displays on the basis of the firmware installed in flash ROM 2 5 Chapter 2 2 1 6 Print Driving iPF6100 iPF6200 Print and control signals are transferred via the carriage board to the printheads to discharge inks from the nozzle assembly at printing Each printhead has 12 trains of nozzles arranged in a zigzag pattern This printer uses two printheads arranged side by side In installed state from left to right Y PC C PGY GY BK PM M MBK R G B Print signals directed at each nozzle train are even numbered nozzle data Hx x DATA x EV and odd numbered nozzle data Hx x DATA x OD These are transferred in timing with a data transfer clock Hx CLK and data latch pulses Hx LT The Heat Enable Hx x HE x drive control signal enables inks to be discharged from the nozzles 1 Pint drive control Each train of nozzles in a printhead has 2 560 nozzles Ink discharge nozzles are selected split in 40 20 or 10 nozzle blocks according to the Block Enable information in the even numbered nozzle data and odd num bered nozzle data Each selected block of nozzles is impressed with a Heat Enable signal generated with va
125. automatic cleaning 6 strong normal suction operations Times CLN A 7 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 7 aging operations CLN A 10 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 10 ink filling after secondary transportation operations Times CLN A 11 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 11 ink filling after head replacement operations Times CLN A 15 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 15 dot count small suction operations Times CLN A 16 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 16 sedimented ink agitation operations Times CLN A 17 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 17 small suction operations Times CLN A TTL Total number of automatic cleaning operations Times CLN M 1 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 1 normal suction operations Times CLN M 4 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 4 ink draining from head after head replacement operations Times CLN M 5 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 5 ink draining from head and tube before transportation operations Times CLN M 6 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 6 normal strong suction operations Times CLN M TTL Total number of manual cleaning operations Times 7 20 Chapter 7 4 CLEAR Counters related to counter initialization T 7 27 Display Description Unit CLR INK CONSUME Cumulative count of ink section consumption amount clearing Times CLR CUTTER EXC Cumulative count
126. be written 6 5 6 1 3 15 03130031 2F16 Mist fan 6 5 6 1 3 16 03130031 2F17 Suction fan error cece ee ec e Ferte 6 6 6 1 3 17 03130031 2F20 03130031 2F28 03130031 2F22 03130031 2F23 Defective sensor in purge unit 6 6 6 1 3 18 03130031 2F24 Cutter drive time out error 6 6 6 1 3 19 03130031 2F25 Carriage home position error 6 6 6 1 3 20 03130031 2F26 03130031 2F27 Carriage motor error 6 7 6 1 3 21 03130031 2F2A Feed roller home position error 6 7 6 1 3 22 03130031 2F2D The cassette cannot work 6 7 6 1 3 23 03130031 2F2E Roll drive time out error 6 7 6 1 3 24 03130031 2F3A Valve open close error siccccciccecesveeniccceotcenecnesucanecncenceuesevesbecedteveedeueedsuresueendereeyscndedndonesscenedtesutevecteveraeeteseet 6 8 6 1 3 25 03180003 2E22 MIT erro eg addi RIDERE um 6 8 6 1 3 26 03180101 2E17 Cassette uninstallation 6 8 6 1 3 27 03800200 2802 03800400 2803 03800300 2801 03800201 280A 03800401 280B 03800301 2809 03800200 2804 03800202 2807 Printhead error cette rtr bene nte rte i d en e ne nei Dr a ere ara og 6 8 6 1 3 28 03810101 2501 03810102 2502 03810103 2503 03810104 2500 03810105 2508 03810106 2506 03810107 250A 03810108 250C 03810109 250B 038101 12 2504 038101 13 2505 038101 15 2509 No ink
127. box Select Print to perform normal printing Select Print Auto delete print data and remove it from the hard disk Select Save in mail box to only save data to the box without printing it Save beforePrint Select On to start printing data when its save is complete Save in Comm Box Select Off to print data without saving it to the common box 1 49 Chapter 1 Information T 1 24 Setting Item Description Instructions System Info Firmware Displays the version of the printer and firmware Boot Displays the Boot ROM version of the printer MIT Displays the DB format version of the MIT IP Displays the printer IP address Ext Interface Displays the interface used the expansion slot s n 1 Displays the printer serial number Error Log Displays the most recent error messages up to two Job Log Choose from Document Name Displays the document name in the last print job information aboutthe User Name Displays the name of the user who sent the print job atest three print jobs Page Count Displays the number of pages in the print job Job Status Displays the results of the print job processed Print Start Time Displays the time when the print job was started Print End Time Displays the time when the print job was finished Print Time Displays the time requir
128. cable between the cutter driver PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 10 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 13 03130031 2F13 A D Converter external trigger output stopped iPF6000 lt Cause gt Defective main controller PCB lt Probable fault location gt Main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 main controller PCB 6 1 3 14 03130031 2F14 ASIC Register cannot be written iPF6000 lt Cause gt A main controller PCB firm ware error occurred lt Probable fault location main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Turn off the printer and then turn it off again 2 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 15 03130031 2F16 Mist fan error iPF6000 Cause Mist fan rotation could not be detected during mist fan rotation lt Probable fault location Mist fan or main controller PCB Chapter 6 Countermeasure 1 Replace the mist fan 2 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the mist fan and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 3 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 16 03130031 2F17 Suction fan error iPF6000 Cause When the suction fan was driven the lock signal was detected for more the specified time lt Probable fault location Suction fan or main controller PCB Countermeasure 1 suction fan Select SERVICE MODE gt FUNCTION gt PLATEN FAN to check the suction fan for normal operation If the operation is abnor
129. careful to avoid back strain and other injuries F 3 50 When moving the printer grasp the carrying handles 1 on the left and right side of the bottom Holding other portions can drop the printer and you may be injured F 3 51 1 Move the Stand into position and make sure the front casters are locked F 3 52 2 With three people holding the printer carrying handles align the symbol on the back of the printer with the symbol on the back of the Stand Board 1 as you set the printer down on the Stand Chapter 3 3 To secure the printer to the stand use the provided Allen Wrench 2 to tighten the two long Main Unit Securing Bolts 1 firmly on either side from under the printer F 3 54 4 Assemble the Accessory Box 1 and use the Velcro Tape 2 to attach it to the Stand F 3 55 3 18 Chapter 3 3 1 3 Checking the Images Operations 3 1 3 1 Checking the Image and Operation iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Do the paper set and the driver installation and do the test print Chapter 3 3 2 Transporting the Printer 3 2 1 Transporting the Printer 3 2 1 1 Transporting the Printer iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S When transporting the printer the printhead must be capped and stay in the carriage In spite of this precaution shocks incurred during transportation can damage the printhead Print the nozzle check pattern before making preparations for transporting the
130. check If continuity of the cable between the roll media sensor and the roll feed unit PCB is abnormal replace the cable 4 Replace the roll feed unit PCB 5 Cable continuit check If continuity of the cable between the roll feed unit PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 6 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 10 03130031 291B Lift home position error iPF6000 Cause The Lift home position could not be detected within the specified time Probable fault location Lift drive unit lift cam sensor lift motor or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Visual check Remove foreign substances from the lift drive unit if any 2 Lift cam sensor Select SERVICE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the lift cam sensor 3 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the lift cam sensor lift motor and main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 4 Replace the lift motor 5 Replace the main controller PCB Chapter 6 6 1 3 11 03130031 291D Supr cam sensor error iPF6000 Cause It failed in the detection of the spur cam sensor lt Probable fault location Spur unit spur cam sensor or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Visual check Remove foreign substances from the spur unit if any 2 Spur cam sensor Select SEVECE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal rep
131. color calibration correction value and the execution history are cleared 1 67 Chapter 1 Interface Setup T 1 42 Setting Item Description Instructions EOP Timer Specify the timeout period for print jobs print J TCP IP IP Mode Choose whether the printer IP address is configured automatically or a static IP address is entered manually Protocol DHCP Specify the protocol used to configure the IP address automatically BOOTP RARP IP Setting IP Address Specify the printer network information when using a static IP address Subnet Mask Enter the IP address assigned to the printer as well as the network subnet mask and default gateway Default G W NetWare NetWare Specify the NetWare protocol To apply your changes choose Store Setting Frame Type Specify the frame type to use Print Service Choose the print service AppleTalk Specify whether to use the AppleTalk protocol To apply your changes choose Store Setting Ethernet Driver Auto Detect Specify the communication method To apply your changes choose Store Setting Choose On for automatic configuration of the LAN communication protocol Choose Off to use settings values of Comm Mode and Ethernet Type Comm Mode Choose the LAN communication method Ethernet Type Choose the LAN transfer rate Spanning Tree Choose whether spanning tree packets a
132. controller receives and processes internal interrupts and external interrupts from the USB image processing unit and expansion card slot Timer function Even when the printer is turned off the timer function is held on using the RTC IC803 and lithium battery BAT801 to assist the cleaning function When the power cord is plugged to the outlet power is supplied to the RTC and therefore the lithium battery power is not consumed Heat Enable signal control function This function uses the pulse width to perform variable control of the time of application of the Heat Enable signal to the nozzle heater board for each printhead nozzle array Linear scale count function This function reads the linear scale when the carriage moves thus generating the ink discharge timing It also counts the linear scale timing cycle using the reference clock to measure the carriage moving speed Dot count function This function controls the discharge dots used as the information for Heat Enable signal control maintenance jet control cleaning control and remaining ink level for each nozzle array Operation panel control function This function controls serial communication with the operation panel PWM control function This function controls driving of the suction fan and mist fan as well as the temperature of the printhead Remaining ink level detection function This function detects the remaining level of each color of ink based on the signal received from the
133. cover left cover lower rear cover lower rear left cover left rear cover right circle cover right upper cover operation panel exhaust filter and right cover 2 Remove the two screws 1 and then remove the lower back cover 2 w Cover guide Removing the cover guide 1 When removing the cover guide 2 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover left cover right circle cover right upper cover operation panel exhaust filter lower rear cover lower rear left cover left lower cover rear cover upper rear cover upper front cover 2 Remove the two screws 1 and then remove the cover guide 2 x Cover support plate right Removing cover support plate right 1 When removing the cover support plate right 2 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover left cover right circle cover right upper cover operation panel exhaust filter right cover lower rear cover left rear cover rear cover upper rear cover upper front cover and cover guide 2 Remove the three screws 1 and then remove the cover support plate right 2 2 1 Chapter 4 y Cover support plate left Rmoving the cover support plate left 1 When removing the cover support plate left 2 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover left front cover left cover right circle cover right upper cover operation
134. cuter comes with the cutter unit 1 2 8 Roll Feed Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Roll Feed Unit The roll feed unit is optionally available to use roll media with this printer Roll holder set This set consists of roll holder holder stopper 3 inch paper tube attachment and borderless printing spacer commonly used for 2 inch paper tube and 3 inch paper tube Roll holder F 1 12 Holder stopper for 2 inch paper tube and 3 inch paper tube F 1 13 3 inch paper tube attachment Borderless printing spacer MEMO A borderless printing spacer is used to perform borderless printing on Al size 594 mm and A2 size 420 mm roll media This printer is furnished with a number of borderless printing ink receiving channels on the platen to address multi sized borderless printing needs Borderless printing on A1 or A2 size roll media is made possible by using a spacer without needing to produce a new borderless printing ink receiving channel Chapter 1 1 2 9 Stand iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Stand Option It is a stand that puts the printer Equipped with casters so that the printer can be easily moved The output stacker included with stand can use by the two ways of the regular position or extended position F 1 16 MEMO Use the output stacker in the regular position A However for the specified media it can also be used in the extended position B The media can be removed more ea
135. data signal5 C 20 GND GND 21 CLK OUT Head L clock signal 22 GND GND 23 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 43V 24 GND GND 25 HI LT OUT Head L latch signal 26 H DASH LICC2 B OUT Analogue switch AD triggar 27 H1 C DATA 5 EV OUT Even head L data signal 5 C 28 GND GND 29 HI B HE 3 OUT Head L heat enable signal 3 B 30 GND GND 31 H1 C DATA 4 EV OUT Even head L data signal 4 C 32 GND GND 33 H1 B DATA 3 EV OUT Even head L data signal 3 B 34 GND GND 35 H1 B DATA 2 EV OUT Even head L data signal 2 B 36 GND GND 37 H1 A DATA 1 EV OUT Even head L data signal 1 A 38 GND GND 39 H1 A HE 1 OUT Head L heat enable signal 1 A 40 GND GND 41 H1 A DATA 0 EV OUT Even head L data signal 0 A 42 GND GND 43 H1 A HE 0 OUT Head L heat enable signal 0 A 44 GND GND 45 H1 A DATA 0 OD OUT Odd head L data signal0 A 46 GND GND 47 H1 A DATA 1 OD OUT Odd head L data signall A 48 GND GND 49 HI B HE 2 OUT Head L heat enable signal 2 B 50 GND GND T 6 22 J3911 Top cover sensor Ink tank cover switch Cutter HP sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TANK COVER SW IN Ink tank cover switch output signal 2 GND GND 3 SNS 1 OUT Power supply 43 3V 4 GND GND Chapter 6 J3911 Top cover sensor Ink tank cover switch Cutter HP sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 5 TOP COVER SNS IN Top cover sensor output signal 6 SNS 3V OU
136. data size m2 Sq f D SQ 17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches data size m2 Sq f D CNT 24 36 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches sheets data size D CNT 17 24 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches sheets data size D CNT 17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper less than 17 inches data size sheets 16 HEAD DOT CNT 1 Counter related to dot count T 7 39 Display Description Unit XX XX Ink color x 1 000 000 dots Dot counts of each colors of the currently installed printhead TTL Total dot counts of each colors of the currently installed printhead x 1 000 000 dots 17 HEAD DOT CNT 2 Counter related to dot count T 7 40 Display Description Unit XX XX Ink color x 1 000 000 dots Cumulative dot counts of each colors TTL Total cumulative dot counts of each colors x 1 000 000 dots 7 23 Chapter 7 18 PARTS CNT Counter related to consumable parts 7 24 T 7 41 Display Description Unit COUNTER x x Unit number of consumable parts Day s For detail refer to Maintenance and Inspection gt Consumable Parts Display the status and the days passed since the counter resetting Status OK Use rate until part replacement of all consumable parts included in each unit are below 90
137. detection by using the refilled ink tank in the order of Y PC C PGY GY BK PM M MBK R G and B 0 No execution 1 Executed at least once 7 26 Chapter 7 b O DISPLAY The information of each sensor and switch is shown in the display Sensor and switch status is shown in the display ON 1 OFF or not used 0 1 OFF or not used 0 Screen 1 T 7 47 I D I S P L A Y 1 Upper row 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lower row 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Display position Screen 2 T 7 48 I D I S P L A Y 2 Upper row 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lower row 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Display position Screens 1 and 2 are selectable with the Y and buttons These screens display the associated sensor status as listed in the table below T 7 49 Display position Sensor name LCD display contents 1 Pump Cam Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 2 Valve Open Closed Detection Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 3 Not Used 0 4 Not Used 0 5 Spur Cam Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 6 Lift Cam Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 7 Feed Roller HP Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 8 Top Cover Sensor 0 Cover open 1 Cover close 9 Not Used 0 10 Ink Tank Cover Switch 0 Cover open 1 Cover close 11 Not Used 0 12 Paper Detection Sensor
138. drive time OUt error iere e rain dais 6 6 6 1 3 19 03130031 2F25 Carriage home position tret trim etre tet rsen eoe eee dioe eee keen e E Fee 6 6 6 1 3 20 03130031 2F26 03130031 2F27 Carriage motor error POSS Ereda SEVENE SAVE PENESTE ENSE ONESTE 6 7 6 1 3 21 03130031 2F2A Feed roller home position ae eden eet tee rh cete Eb et e eg ea oer 6 7 6 1 3 22 03130031 2F2D The e E 6 7 6 1 3 23 03130031 2F2E Roll drive e WEE 6 7 6 1 3 24 03130031 2F3A Valve Open Close EE 6 8 BE EREM 6 8 6 1 3 26 03180101 2E17 Cassette umninstallaton esent ene 6 8 6 1 3 27 03800200 2802 03800400 2803 03800300 2801 03800201 280 03800401 280 03800301 2809 03800200 2804 03800202 2807 Printhead Lr ee ee e A ape e Meg EN MSIE MR ba ee RETI der Mei es 6 8 6 1 3 28 03810101 2501 03810102 2502 03810103 2503 03810104 2500 03810105 2508 03810106 2506 03810107 2504 03810108 250 03810109 250B 03810112 2504 03810113 2505 03810115 2509 No ink error eene eene 6 9 6 1 3 29 03830101 2521 03830104 2520 03830102 2522 03830103 2523 03830112 2524 03830113 2525 03830106 2526 03830105 2528 03830115 2529 03830107 252A 03830109 252B 03830108 252C Ink tank is not installed This err
139. fully replenished M ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810203 2583 Low on the C ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished C ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810212 2584 Low on the PM ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished PM ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810213 2585 Low on the PC ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished PC ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810206 2586 Low on the MBk ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished MBk ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810205 2588 Low on the GY ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished GY ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810215 2589 Low on the PGY ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished PGY ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810207 258A Low on the R ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished R ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810209 258B Low on the B ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished B ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810208 258C Low on the G ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished G ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810204 2590 Low
140. hollow needle mounted in the ink tank unit LED control function This function controls the LEDs on the ink tank unit port function This function controls input signals from sensors 2 58 Chapter 2 Power ON OFF control function This function controls turning on off of the drive power 26 V and 21 5 V supplied from the power supply PCB Head DI sensor read control function This function controls read operation by the head DI sensor Multi sensor control function This function controls the LED adjusts the gain and controls obtainment of the reading for the multi sensor EEPROM control function This function controls the EEPROMs of individual ink tanks the maintenance cartridge EEPROM the EEPROM on the maintenance cartridge relay PCB and the head EEPROM in addition to the on board EEPROM Motor control function This function controls the carriage motor feed motor valve motor spur motor purge motor lift motor and cutter motor based on the input signals from sensors HDD control function This function controls the hard disk drive b Driver IC IC3101 This IC generates a carriage motor control signal based on the control signal from the ASIC Driver IC IC2801 This IC generates feed motor and valve motor control signals based on the control signal from the ASIC d Driver IC 1 2901 This IC generates purge motor cutter motor and spur motor control signals based on the control signal from the ASIC
141. iPF6000S The paper path consist of roll feed unit feed roller unit pinch roller drive unit that applies releases pressure to from the pinch roller spur drive unit that moves the spur up down and various sensors that detect the media feed status allowing media to be fed in three ways fed and ejected Manually fed cut sheet top Paper detection sensor Multi sensor Roll media EU roller EK NTN ya PAO Roll medi 3 Manually fed cut sheet front gt 2 37 Chapter 2 2 3 3 2 Paper Path 2 3 3 2 1 Structure of Roll Media Pick up Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S When the roll media sensor detects media loaded with the printer powered the roll media pick up roller touches the media to rotate the roll media feed roller thus feeding the roll media onto the platen Roll media feeding is controlled by the roll motor and roll feed unit PCB The roll media pick up roller is moved up and down by the cam and the cam movement is detected by the roll media cam sensor When the printer is turned on with roll media loaded the roll media pick up operation starts automatically Roll cam sensor Roll feed unit PCB Roll motor F 2 30 If the roll media sensor detects that there is no roll during roll media pick up operation the roll media is ejected 2 38 Chapter 2 Roll Feed Unit Roll media sensor 2 31 2 39 Chapter 2 2 3 3
142. if necessary so that the sheet is at least 10 cm 39 4 in long after the cut The paper will not be cut if there is not enough paper left to feed the paper this much Rep Ink Tank When exchanging the ink tank choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen Head Cleaning Specify Printhead cleaning options Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint oddly colored or contains foreign substances Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A Media Menu Specify the type and size of paper Paper Details Specify detailed paper related settings including the ink drying time and borderless printing options Job Management Manage print jobs on the printer s hard disk Adjust Printer Adjust the Printhead alignment or amount of feed by printing a test pattern Interface Setup Configure the network settings Maintenance Replace the Printhead prepare to transfer the printer and clean the Pick Up Roller System Setup Specify the printer system settings including the date format and display language Test Print Choose Status Print to print information about the printer Choose Media Details to print the paper settings as specified in Med Detail Set Choose Print Job Log to print a record of print jobs including the paper type and size amount of ink used and so on Choose Menu Map to print a list of the main menu options Choose Nozzle Check to print a tes
143. lockpin Cap 2 e lt Glycerin tank AKA eC gt 0 1 Purge motor Sub cap Pump encoder encoder F 2 23 2 33 Chapter 2 b Wiper unit The wiper unit operated by the purge motor wipes the print head face The printer is provided with a pair of wiper blades for better wiping performance The wiping operation is performed by a slide wipe method by which the purge motor rotates in the normal direction to slide the wiper blade via the wiper cam It is performed by a constant speed movement toward the front of the printer as viewed from the printer front The wiper blade which is positioned at right angles to the print head wipes the entire printhead face and then the narrow blade is used to wipe the nozzle arrays After wiping the wipe blades are cleaned before they are set at the wiping position so that the maximum wiping performance is obtained During the wiper blade cleaning the ink removed form the head is rubbed off by the in scraper Absorbent material soaked with glycerin is pressed against the wiper blades to enhance the wiping performance The amount of glycerin used tank capacity 50 ml is managed by counting the number of times the wiper blade is pressed against the absorbent material When the count reaches the following value an advance notice of replacement printing can be continued or a request for replacement service call error is displayed
144. maintenance cartridge is nearly full If printing is continued an error message Maint Cartridge Replace Cart appears to indicate that the maintenance cartridge is full When this error occurs the printer judges the maintenance cartridge as being full of waste ink and stops printing immediately The printer stops even if printing is in progress and it will not operate until the maintenance cartridge is replaced with a new one The maintenance cartridge incorporates an EEPROM The main controller reads and writes the contents of the EEPROM to control the maintenance cartridge status Maintenance Cartridge F 2 26 2 35 Chapter 2 2 3 2 7 Air Flow 2 3 2 7 1 Air flow iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S This printer has two fans a mist fan used to collect mist and a suction fan used to suck media onto the platen Ink mist that floats inside the printer and ink splashes from the media are collected in the filter through the front duct and the air flow path inside the printer by the driving of the mist fan thus preventing mist from discharged outside the printer Fan filter Mist fan F 2 27 During operation of the suction fan suspended substances are collected in the filter through the airflow path inside the printer preventing them from being emitted to outside of the printer Fan filter Suction fan F 2 28 2 36 Chapter 2 2 3 3 Paper Path 2 3 3 1 Outline 2 3 3 1 1 Overview of Paper Path iPF6100 iPF6200
145. of cutter replacement count clearing Times CLR MTC EXC Cumulative count of maintenance cartridge replacement count clearing Times CLR HEAD L EXC Cumulative count of printhead L replacement count clearing Times CLR HEAD R EXC Cumulative count of printhead R replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT A EXC Cumulative count of unit A waste ink system replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT B EXC Cumulative count of unit B platen duct replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT D EXC Cumulative count of unit D carriage unit replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT F EXC Cumulative count of unit F ink supply system replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT H EXC Cumulative count of unit H purge replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT L EXC Cumulative count of unit L head management sensor replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT P EXC Cumulative count of unit P feed motor replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT R EXC Cumulative count of unit R spur cam replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT V EXC Cumulative count of unit V mist fan unit replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT X EXC Cumulative count of unit X multi sensor replacement count clearing Times CLR FACTORY CNT For factory Times 5 EXCHANGE Counters related to parts replacement T 7 28 Display Description Unit CUTTER EXC Cutter replacement count Times Count of executing cutter replacement mode MTC EXC Maintenance cartridge replacement count Times HEAD R EXC P
146. on again 0313003 1 2F22 Pump travel timeout Check the purge unit Hardware error 03130031 2E23 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F23 Pump motor error Pump inoperable Check the purge unit Hardware error 03130031 2E24 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F24 Cutter travel timeout Check the cutter unit Hardware error 03130031 2E25 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F25 Unable to detect the carriage motor home position Check the carriage unit Check the linear encoder for smears Hardware error 03130031 2E26 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F26 Carriage inoperable Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts Hardware error 0313003 1 2E27 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F27 Carriage travel timeout Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts Hardware error 03130031 2E17 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F17 Pump encoder sensor error Check the purge unit Hardware error 03130031 2E2A Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F2A Unable to detect the feed roller home position Check the feed roller encoder and surrounding part Check to see if paper has not jammed Hardware error 03130031 2E29 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03030000 2F29 Feed mot
147. on the Bk ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished Bk ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810201 2591 Low on the Y ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished Y ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810202 2592 Low on the M ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished M ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810203 2593 Low on the C ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished C ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810212 2594 Low on the PM ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished PM ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810213 2595 Low on the PC ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished PC ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810206 2596 Low on the MBk ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished MBk ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810205 2598 Low on the GY ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished GY ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810215 2599 Low on the PGY ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished PGY ink tank Press OK and replace ink tank printing checks Chapter 8
148. on the ink supply side thus detecting that the printer has run out of ink Ink tank H Wall JE aos Rubber plug Needle ink supply Needle air passage F 2 62 Head management sensor The photo transmission type sensor detects that the printhead is discharging ink The carriage moves to and stops at the detection positions for individual nozzle arrays When the carriage is at a stop nozzles discharge ink on after another The sensor detects each nozzle due to the voltage change caused when ink discharged from the nozzle blocks the sensor light Non discharging nozzle detection is carried out at the following timings After the execution of Cleaning 1 Cleaning 2 Cleaning 3 Cleaning 6 or Cleaning 10 After the number of copies that has been set by the user menu choice Nozzle Check Frequency have been printed If more than a specified number of non discharging nozzles have been located in one session of non discharging nozzle detection the normal cleaning sequence is launched before a second session of non discharging nozzle detection is conducted If more than a specified number of non discharging nozzles are located in the second session of non discharging nozzle detection the normal High cleaning session is launched before a third session of non discharging nozzle detection is conducted If 30 or more non discharging nozzles and less than 100 non discharging nozzles per train are located as a result of the third session of non dischargi
149. or main controller PCB Countermeasure 1 Media check If there is any print or stain in the detection area on the media or the media seze is not the specified one replace the media 2 Media loading position check If the media loading position is wrong load the media again 3 Visual check Remove foreign substances from multi sensor if any 4 Multi sensor Select SERVICE MODE gt DISPLA Y gt S YSTEM gt SIZE CR to check the value read by the multi sensor If the value is wrong replace the multi sensor 5 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the head relay PCB and the carriage relay PCB is abnormal replace the cable 6 Replace the Carriage PCB 7 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable beween the carriage PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 8 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 3 03010000 200D Cut sheet end cannot be detected iPF6000 Cause When cut media was fed by the specified length the media sensor could not detect the trailing edge of the cut media During printing the media sensor detected the trailing edge of the cut media at the position different from that detected during cut media feed 6 2 Chapter 6 lt Probable fault location Paper path media sensor or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Visual check Remove foreign substances from the paper path and media sensor if any If the paper feed surface or moving part of the paper
150. output 2 35 GND GND 36 H0 C DATA 5 OD IN Odd head R data signal 5 C 37 GND GND 38 H0 C HE 5 IN Head R heat enable signal 5 C 39 GND GND 40 H0 D HE 6 IN Head R heat enable signal 6 D 4l GND GND 42 H0 D DATA 6 OD IN Odd head R data signal 6 D 43 GND GND 44 H0 D DATA 6 EB IN Even head R data signal 6 D 45 GND GND 46 H0 D DATA 7 EV IN Even head R data signal 7 D 47 GND GND 48 H0 D HE 7 IN Head R heat enable signal 7 D 49 GND GND 50 HO E DATA 8 IN Even head R data signal 8 E Chapter 6 T 6 72 J14 Head R Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 OUT Power supply 21 5V 2 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 3 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 4 VHT OUT Head R Transistor drive Power supply 5 H0 F DATA 10 EV OUT Even head R data signal 10 F 6 EEPROM SDA IN OUT EEPROMcontrol signal data 7 EEPROM SCL OUT EEPROMcontrol signal clock 8 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 43V 9 H0 C DIAI IN Head R DI sensor signal 1 C 10 HO A HE 1 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 11 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 12 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 13 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 14 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 15 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 16 H0 E DATA 9 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 9 E 17 H0 F HE 11 OUT Head R heat enable signal 1 1 F 18
151. output signal 5 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 6 GND GND 7 LIFT CAM SNS IN Lift cam sensor output signal T 6 7 J2601 Operation panel Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 POWER ON IN Power switch signal 2 PM START OUT Power supply 45V 3 BUZZER OUT Buzzer control signal 4 PDODATA OUT Panel IC control signal 5 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 6 PDI DATA IN Panel IC data signal 7 GND GND 8 PANEL RESET OUT Panel reset signal 9 GND GND 10 PDOPCLK OUT Panel IC clock signal 11 SNS 5V OUT Power supply 45V 12 PDOCS L OUT Panel supply chip select signal T 6 8 J2703 Auto feed roll unit Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 _5 OUT Power supply 45V 2 GND GND 3 ROLL CAM SNS IN Roll cam sensor signal 4 ROLL PAPER SNS IN Roll media sensor signal 5 ROLL UNIT IN Roll unit detection signal 6 VM OUT Power supply 26V 7 VM OUT Power supply 26V 8 ROLL SLEEP OUT Roll motor driver sleep signal 6 15 Chapter 6 6 16 J2703 Auto feed roll unit Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 9 ROLL STB OUT Roll motor driver strobe signal 10 ROLL DAT OUT Roll motor driver data signal 11 ROLL CLK OUT Roll motor driver clock signal 12 GND GND 13 GND GND T 6 9 J2801 Feed motor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 LF OUTB OUT Feed motor drive signal B 2 LF OUTA OUT Feed motor drive signal A T 6 10 J3011 Purge motor Pump enco
152. parts counter in the service mode E161 403E Abnormal temperature rise in printhead R Replace the printhead E161 403F Abnormal temperature rise in printhead L Replace the printhead L E194 404A Non discharging nozzle count error Replace the head management sensor unit and then clear the parts counter in the service mode E196 4034 Multi sensor unit version error Replace the multi sensor unit E196 4040 Checksum error Replace the main controller PCB E196 4041 Flash memory erase error Replace the main controller PCB E196 4042 Flash memory write error Replace the main controller PCB E196 4045 EEPROM write error Replace the main controller PCB E196 404C Serial number mismatch between boards Execute PCB replacement mode or replace the main controller PCB E196 404D Machine ID mismatch between boards Replace the main controller PCB E196 404E EEPROM read error Replace the main controller PCB E198 401C RTC error Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller PCB E198 401D RTC low battery error Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller PCB E198 401E RTC clock stop Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller PCB E199 404B Temperature humidity sensor board Check the temperature humidity sensor board connector connector out of position or replace the board 8 4 2 Service Call Errors iPF6200 iPF6000S Codes correspond to the numbers shown on the DISPLAY in the service mode
153. position sensor the cutter HP sensor the cutter motor and the cutter driver PCB is abnormal replace the cable 4 Replace the cutter motor 5 Replace the cutter unit 6 Replace the cutter driver PCB 7 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the cutter driver PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 8 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 19 03130031 2F25 Carriage home position error iPF6000 Cause The carriage home position could not be detected within the specified time lt Probable fault location Carriage stopper linear scale linear encoder carriage PCB or main controller PCB Countermeasure 1 Visual check Remove foreign substances from the carriage stopper the linear scale and linear encoder if any 2 Replace the linear scale 3 Replace the linear encoder 4 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the linear encoder and the carriage PCB is abnormal replace the cable 5 Replace the carriage PCB 6 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the carriage PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 7 Replace the main controller PCB 6 6 Chapter 6 6 1 3 20 03130031 2F26 03130031 2F27 Carriage motor error iPF6000 Cause The carriage did not operate because the carriage motor was overloaded due to a physical cause such as a jam The carriage motor did not reach the specified time lt Probable fault l
154. sure that the waste ink tube has been firmly attached with the two projections 1 of the joint engaging to the each hook 2 If the waste ink tube has not been attached firmly it causes the ink leakage 1 F 4 77 Chapter 4 2 When mounting the purge unit pull out the waste ink tube 1 from the back of the printer to the position where the marking is visible It the waste ink tube is not pulled out to the marking position it may bend and cause ink leakage EJ 3 Check the waste ink tube 1 from the front of the unit to make sure that it is not broken or twisted F 4 79 4 Check that waste ink tube 1 is inserted in the hole 2 in the absorber 4 37 Chapter 4 4 3 11 Waste Ink Collection Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Removing the waste ink box 1 When removing the waste ink box 3 first remove the output guide 2 Remove the two screws 1 and connector cover 2 F 4 81 3 Disconnect the connector 2 and then remove the waste ink 1 F 4 82 b Removing the mist fan 1 When removing the mist fan first open the top cover and then remove the output guide right circle cover right upper cover operation panel mist filter filter cover filter right cover and right front cover Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt External Cover 2 Remove the three screws 1 and disconnect the connector and then remove the mist f
155. tanks ml N INK USE2 XX XX Ink color ml Consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently installed ink tank N INK USEX TTL Total consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently installed ink tanks ml T 7 88 Display Description Unit INK EXC XX XX Ink color ml Cumulative count of generic ink tank replacement INK EXC TTL Total amount of tho cumulative count of generic ink tank replacement ml N INK EXC XX XX Ink color ml Cumulative count of refilled ink tank replacement N INK EXC TTL Total amount of tho cumulative count of refilled ink tank replacement ml One to seven media types are displayed individually in order with large cumulative print area T 7 89 Display Description Unit NAME Media type TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet metric m2 TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet inch Sq f ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media metric m2 ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media inch Sq f CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet metric m2 CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet inch Sq f Displays the total amount of cumulative print area of the other media type than the above mentioned T 7 90 Display Description Unit TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet metric m2 TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet inch Sq f ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media metric m2 ROLL Cumulative prin
156. than 36 inches data size m2 Sq f D SQ 17 24 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches data size m2 Sq f D SQ 17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches data size m2 Sq f D CNT 24 36 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches sheets data size D CNT 17 24 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches sheets data size D CNT 17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper less than 17 inches data size sheets 16 HEAD DOT CNT 1 Counter related to dot count T 7 95 Display Description Unit XX XX Ink color x 1 000 000 dots Dot counts of each colors of the currently installed printhead TTL Total dot counts of each colors of the currently installed printhead x 1 000 000 dots 7 41 Chapter 7 17 HEAD DOT CNT 2 Counter related to dot count T 7 96 Display Description Unit XX XX Ink color Cumulative dot counts of each colors x 1 000 000 dots TTL Total cumulative dot counts of each colors x 1 000 000 dots 18 PARTS CNT Counter related to consumable parts 7 42 T 7 97 Display Description Unit COUNTER x x Unit number of consumable parts For detail refer to Maintenance and Inspection gt Consumable Parts Display the status and
157. the cutter unit stands by at the cutter home position except when it cuts roll media Power from the cutter drive motor is imparted to the circular belt to move the cutter from left to right for cutting roll media Cutter Cutter right position EO SOR Cutter motor Cutter HP sensor F 2 43 2 48 Chapter 2 2 4 Printer Electrical System 2 4 1 Outline 2 4 1 1 Overview iPF6100 The printer electrical system consists of the main controller PCB and power supply PCB which are mounted on the left side of the printer the carriage PCB and print head which are mounted in the carriage and other electrical components such as the operation panel sensors and motors The main controller PCB manages the image data processing and the entire electrical system and controls relay PCBs and driver functions Power supply Main controller PCB Maintenance cartridge relay PCB Roll feed unit PCB Carriage PCB Operation panel PCB F 2 44 2 49 Chapter 2 Powersupply 1 AC inlet gt 26V generation function IC1501 1C1701 1601 1603 Power supply control function BAT801 601 604 Lithium battery SDRAM IC803 IC802 RTC EEPROM IC1 Host computer DI sensor reading control function Temperature reading control function Thermistor Multi sensor EEPROM Multi sensor control function Remaining ink level detection function 1C2
158. the main controller PCB based on the control signals from the main controller Environmental temperature reading control This function sends the environmental temperature detected by the thermistor on the board based t the main controller PCB based on the control signals from the main controller PCB Image data relay function This function relays the image data from the main controller PCB to the printhead The function for processing image data is not supported b Multi sensor control ICs IC6 and IC7 These ICs are used to generate the multi sensor LED control signal and adjust the gain 2 4 4 Motor Driver 2 4 4 1 Roll feed unit PCB components iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S IC 1 F 2 55 a Driver IC IC1 Roll motor drive function This function controls the roll motor based on the control signals from the main controller Sensor relay function This function relays the input signals from the roll cam sensor and roll media sensor to the main controller PCB 2 4 5 Maintenance Cartridge Relay PCB 2 4 5 1 Maintenance cartridge relay PCB components iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S F 2 56 a EEPROM IC1 The 128 KB EEPROM stores all information written to the EEPROM on the main controller PCB 2 60 Chapter 2 2 4 6 Power Supply 2 4 6 1 Power supply block diagram iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S AC inlet 100V to 240V Operation panel Main controller PCB Power s
159. the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit output guide right circle cover operation panel exhaust filter right cover and lower rear cover 2 Remove the two screws 1 and then remove the right front cover 2 Chapter 4 p Rear cover Removing the rear cover 1 When removing the rear cover 2 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover left circle cover right upper cover operation panel exhaust filter right cover lower rear cover left cover and left rear cover 2 Remove the three screws 1 and then remove the rear cover 2 2 F 4 23 q Upper rear cover Removing the upper rear cover 1 When removing the upper rear cover 2 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover left cover right circle cover right upper cover operation panel exhaust filter right cover and lower rear cover 2 Remove the three screws 1 and then remove the upper rear cover 2 F 4 24 Note on attaching upper rear cover In attaching the upper rear cover allow flexible cable 1 in the control area to pass over the cover Chapter 4 r Upper front cover Removing the upper front cover 1 When removing the upper front cover 3 open the top cover and then remove left circle cover tank cover left cover right circle cover right upper cover op eration panel right cover and exhaust filter 2 Remove the two screws 1
160. to print a test pattern for adjusting the feed amount based on the paper type Two sheets are required when printing on sheets Adj Far Ed Feed Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the feed amount of the trailing edge of paper based on the paper type Adjust Length Standard Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment relative to paper stretching or shrinkage after Other which you can enter the amount of adjustment Calibration Auto Adjust Select Yes to print a color calibration adjustment pattern and adjust the correction value automatically This color calibration adjustment value is extended to all print tasks Execution Log The date of color calibration and the paper type are displayed for visual verification Use Effect Value Select Disable and press the OK button not to apply the color calibration correction value to printing The printer driver setting governs Select Enable and press the OK button to apply the color calibration correction value to printing It is overridden by the printer driver setting though Return Defaults The color calibration correction value and the execution history are cleared 1 47 Chapter 1 Interface Setup T 1 21 Setting Item Description Instructions EOP Timer Specify the timeout period for print jobs TCP IP IP Mode Choo
161. turn it on again 03031000 2E0F Top cover abnormally open Close the top cover and turn on the printer again Ink tank cover is open Turn off printer wait a while and turn it on again 03031000 2 10 Ink tank cover abnormally open Close the ink tank cover and turn on the printer again Maintenance cartridge full Replace the maintenance cartridge 03841001 2819 Maintenance cartridge full Renew the maintenance cartridge No Maintenance Cartridge capacity Replace the maintenance cartridge 03841001 281B Not enough space in the maintenance cartridge prior to cleaning Replace the maintenance cartridge No maintenance 03841101 2818 Maintenance cartridge not available Set a maintenance cartridge cartridge Insert the maintenance cartridge fully into position Check the maintenance cartridge Maintenance 03841201 2816 Maintenance cartridge EEPROM error Renew the maintenance cartridge cartridge problem Replace the maintenance cartridge Maintenance cartridge problem Replace the maintenance cartridge 03841201 2817 Maintenance cartridge ID error Renew the maintenance cartridge Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded Press OK remove the sheets and load a roll 03860002 2E0A Data with a roll media specification has been received when a sheet tray is loaded Reload the cut sheets Borderless printng not poss
162. you select the Manual Feed menu the pinch roller unit moves up to allow you to feed paper from the front of the printer according to the message shown on the operation panel The pinch roller unit is moved up and down by the lift motor The cam which is also operated by the lift motor via gears moves up and down the pinch roller Lift cam sensor Lift motor Pinch roller unit 2 41 Chapter 2 The pick up timing of the paper fed to the rear of the printer is controlled by the paper detection sensor Paper detection sensor F 2 35 b Manual feed from rear The paper loaded in the paper tray provided at the rear of the printer is fed onto the platen for printing This method of feeding paper can be used only when an acceptable media type is selected from the Manual Feed menu in the user mode The pick up timing of the paper loaded in the rear paper tray according to the message shown on the operation panel is controlled by the paper detection sensor Paper detection sensor F 2 36 2 42 Chapter 2 2 3 3 2 4 Manual Feed from Front Sequence iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S This sequence can be performed according to the messages shown on the operation panel only when a specific type of media is selected after selecting the manual feed mode from the menu shown on the operation panel When a cut sheet is loaded according to the message shown on the operation panel the printer performs various adjustments and detection usin
163. 0 CR HVP IN Carriage motor hole device V phase signal 11 CR HUM IN Carriage motor hole device U phase signal 12 CR HUP IN Carriage motor hole device U phase signal T 6 12 J3202 Ink tank ROM PCB Ink detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TANK DATO IN OUT Ink tank data signal 0 2 TANK DATI IN OUT Ink tank data signal 1 3 TANK 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 4 TANK DAT2 IN OUT Ink tank data signal 2 Chapter 6 J3202 Ink tank ROM PCB Ink detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 5 GND GND 6 TANK CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal 7 TANK DAT3 IN OUT Ink tank data signal 3 8 TANK DAT4 IN OUT Ink tank data signal 4 9 TANK 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 10 TANK DATS IN OUT Ink tank data signal 5 11 GND GND 12 TANK CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal 13 GND GND 14 INK 5350 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 0 15 INK SNSI IN Ink detection sensor output signal 1 16 INK SNS2 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 2 17 GND GND 18 INK SNS3 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 3 19 INK SNS4 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 4 20 INK SNS5 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 5 T 6 13 J3211 Valve motor Valve open closed detection sensor Feed roller HP sensor Feed roller encoder sensor
164. 0 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Office Document Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Economy Bond Paper Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Office Document Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Universal Bond Paper Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Office Document Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Standard Paper 1569B 80g Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Office Document Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Standard Paper 1570B 90g Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Chapter 1
165. 0 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Synthetic Synthetic Paper Standard 6 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Paper Image Hig 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Adhesive Synthetic Paper Standard 6 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 6 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Outdoor Polypropylene Durable Banner Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 6 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK RM Matt High Resolution Graphic paper Self ADH Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Board POP Board Standard 6 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK CAD CAD Tracing Paper Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK ior Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK CAD Translucent Matte Film Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Special Special 1 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Special 2 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Special 3 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK H
166. 0 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Photo paper Pearl 260g Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Chapter 1 Media Type Print Priority Pon Ve Printing direction Resolution PE dpi Art Paper Fine Art Photo Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Fine Art Textured Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Fine Art Block Print Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Fine Art Watercolor Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Canvas Matte 2 Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Japanese Paper Washi Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2
167. 00 17 0000 18 0000 19 0000 20 0000 NK CHK Y 0 PC 0 C 0 PGY 0 GY 0 BK 0 PM 0 0 MBK 0 R 0 G 0 B 0 3 COUNTER Bi PRINTER LIFE TTL 0 LIFE ROLL 0 LIFE CUTSHEET 0 LIFE A 0 B 0 C 0 F 0 MEDIA 7 MEDIA NAME NAME TTL 0 0m2 0 0 sq f TTL 0 0m2 0 0 sq f ROLL Q0 m2 0 0544 X ROLL 00m2 0 0644 CUTSHEET 0 0m2 0 0591 CUTSHEET 0 0m2 0 0sqf PARTS COUNTER 8 b d f COUNTERA OK 36 a i PARTSA1 0 0 36 1 096 0 0 COUNTERB OK 36 PARTSB1 0 0 64 0 096 0 0 COUNTERD OK 36 PARTS D1 1362 13028571 0 1362 PARTSD2 377 6700000 0 377 PARTS D3 2238 16500000 0 2238 PARTS D4 33 60000 0 33 PARTSD5 2238 16500000 0 2238 COUNTER OK 36 PARTSF1 377 4000000 0 377 COUNTERH OK 36 PARTSH1 15 50000 096 15 COUNTERL OK 36 PARTSL1 4 12500 0 4 COUNTERP OK 36 PARTSP1 0 750 096 0 COUNTERR OK 36 5 1 0 27500 0 0 COUNTER V OK 36 PARTS VI 0 0 15 2 0 0 0 COUNTER X OK 36 PARTSX1 J JU o J U 0 5 Pv AUTO JUDGE ON NORMAL 1 a 4 Calibration History Last 20times UN Date Action Media Temp C Humid 1 2007 02 24 0 2 2007 02 24 0 3 2007 02 24 10 4 2007 02 24 0 5 2007 02 24 10 6 2007 02 22 3 7 2007 02 21
168. 00 x 1200 dpi resolution can be made at a high speed Imaging processor L COA incorporated for high speed image data processing High speed processing of 12 color 2 bit large size images and printer control for high accuracy operation of high density double head can be performed with a single chip Support for roll media manual feed from front and manual feed from top 3 way paper supply A maximum of 1 5 mm thick of paper POP Board can be man ually fed from the front Borderless printing on and auto cutting of roll media Standard support for 10Base T 100Base TX Standard support for USB 2 0 Hi Speed Optional support for IEEE1394 Data scanned using CanoScan can be easily printed on large size paper just like a dedicated copier Just pressing the Start button allows you to blow up an original of up to A3 size in collaboration with Canon Image RUNNER Support for remote notification utility which is used to send an E mail when an alarm or error occurs Functional enhancements new to this model include Higher image quality Use of abrasion resistant inks MBK BK PGY GY offers enhanced image durability The color calibration feature adds to the faithfulness of color reproduction Enhanced ease of operation A 160 by 128 dot large LCD coupled with the new Paper Load Eject button offers drastically enhanced ease of operation The cassette feature has been removed in the interest of users who do not require a cassette
169. 01 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 SNS 5V IN Power supply 45V 4 H0 C DATA 4 OD IN Odd head R data signal 4 C 5 GND GND 6 H0 C HE 4 IN Head R heat enable signal 4 C 7 GND GND 8 H0 B DATA 3 OD IN Odd head R data signal 3 B 9 GND GND 10 H0 B DATA 2 OD IN Odd head R data signal 2 B 11 GND GND 12 H0 B HE 2 IN Head R heat enable signal 2 B 13 GND GND 14 H0 A DATA 1 OD IN Odd head R data signal 1 A 15 GND GND 16 H0 A DATA 0 OD IN Odd head R data signal 0 A 17 GND GND 18 GND GND 19 GND GND 20 GND GND 21 GND GND 22 GND GND 23 GND GND 24 H0 E DATA 9 EV IN Even head R data signal 9 E 25 GND GND 26 0 9 Head R heat enable signal 9 E 27 GND GND 28 H0 F DATA 10 EV IN Even head R data signal 10 F 29 GND GND 30 H0 F DATA 11 EV IN Even head R data signal 11 F 31 GND GND 32 0 11 Head R heat enable signal 11 33 GND GND 34 H0 F DATA 11 OD IN Odd head data signal 11 F 35 GND GND 36 H0 F HE 10 IN Head heat enable signal 10 F 37 GND GND 38 H0 E DATA 9 OD IN Odd head R data signal 9 E 39 GND GND 40 H0 F DATA 10 OD IN Odd head data signal 10 41 GND GND 42 H0 E DATA 8 OD IN Odd head R data signal 8 E 43 GND GND 44 0 8 Head R heat enable signal 8 E 6 47 Chapter 6 6 48 J12 Connect to Main controller PCB J3501
170. 1 5 News Proof 2 5 FineArt Photo 5 FineArt HW Photo 5 Chapter 1 T 1 8 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Media Menu Roll Media Type FineArt Txtr 5 FineArt Wtrclr 5 FineArtBlockP 5 Canvas Matte2 5 JPN Paper Washi 5 Colored Coated 5 CAD Trace Paper 5 CAD Matte Film 5 POP Board 5 Special Here the number is 1 to 10 5 Chk Remain Roll Off On Roll Length Set 1 2 m 16 HHH feet 16 Paper Details The paper type is displayed Roll DryingTime Off here 30 sec 1 min 3 min 5 min 10 min 30 min 60 min Scan Wait Time Off 1 sec 3 sec 5 sec 7 sec 9 sec 1 37 Chapter 1 1 38 T 1 9 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Paper Details The paper type is displayed here Feed Priority Automatic Band Joint Print Length Adjust Length A 0 70 to 0 70 Adjust Length B 0 70 to 0 70 Head Height Automatic Highest High Standard Low Lowest Skew Check Lv High Accuracy Standard Loose Off VacuumStrngth Automatic Strongest Strong Stan
171. 1 Adjustment value entry F2 Adjustment value entry SAVE SETTINGS YES NO RESET SETTINGS YES NO NOZZLE CHK POS YES NO GAP CALBB YES NO Chapter 7 7 12 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level REPLACE CUTTER YES NO L amp R PRINTHEADS YES NO COUNTER PRINTER LIFE TTL LIFE ROLL LIFE CUTSHEET LIFE A LIFE F POWER ON W INK CUTTER WIPE CARRIAGE PRINT CR COUNT CR DIST PRINT COUNT PURGE CLN A 1 CLN A 2 CLN A 3 CLN A 6 CLN A 7 CLN A 10 CLN A 11 CLN A 15 CLN A 16 CLN A 17 CLN A TTL CLN M 1 CLN M 4 CLN M 5 CLN M 6 CLN M TTL CLEAR CLR INK CONSUME CLR CUTTER EXC CLR MTC EXC CLR HEAD R EXC CLR HEAD L EXC CLR UNIT A EXC CLR UNIT B EXC CLR UNIT D EXC CLR D 1 EXC CLR D 5 EXC CLR UNIT F EXC CLR UNIT H EXC CLR UNIT L EXC CLR UNIT P EXC CLR UNIT V EXC CLR UNIT X EXC CLR FACTORY CNT 7 13 Chapter 7 7 14 T 7 13 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level COUNTER EXCHANGE CUTTER EXC MTC EXC HEAD R EXC HEAD L EXC BOARD EXC M B UNIT A EXC UNIT B EXC UNIT D EXC D 1
172. 1 5V 6 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 7 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 8 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 9 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 20 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 21 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 22 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 23 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 24 GND GND 25 GND GND 26 GND GND 27 GND GND 28 GND GND 29 GND GND 30 GND GND T 6 60 J3402 Connect to Carriage PCB J21 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 GND GND 4 GND GND 5 GND GND 6 GND GND 7 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 8 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 9 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 10 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 11 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 12 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 13 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 14 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 15 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 16 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 17 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 18 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 19 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 20 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 21 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 22 HDI VHFBH IN VH feed back voltage 23 HDI VHFBG IN VH feed back voltage 24 GND GND 25 GND GND 26 GND GND 27 GND GND 28 GND GND 29 GND GND 30 GND GND 6 41 Chapter 6 6 42 T 6 61 J3411
173. 101 Connect to HDD expansion PCB Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 23 AD28 IN OUT Address and data signal 28 24 GND GND 25 AD27 IN OUT Address and data signal 27 26 AD26 IN OUT Address and data signal 26 27 AD25 IN OUT Address and data signal 25 28 AD24 IN OUT Address and data signal 24 29 IN OUT Bus command and byte enable signal 3 30 IDSEL OUT Initialization device select signal 31 GND GND 32 GND GND 33 AD23 IN OUT Address and data signal 23 34 AD22 IN OUT Address and data signal 22 35 AD21 IN OUT Address and data signal 21 36 AD20 IN OUT Address and data signal 20 37 GND GND 38 AD19 IN OUT Address and data signal 19 39 AD18 IN OUT Address and data signal 18 40 AD17 IN OUT Address and data signal 17 41 AD16 IN OUT Address and data signal 16 42 2 OUT Bus command and byte enable signal 2 43 GND GND 44 FRAME IN OUT Cycle frame signal 45 IRDY IN OUT Initiator redy signal 46 TRDY IN OUT Target redy signal 47 DEVSEL IN OUT Device select signal 48 GND GND 49 STOP IN OUT Stop signal 50 LOCK IN OUT Lock signal 51 PERR IN OUT Parity error signal 52 SERR IN OUT System error signal 53 PAR IN OUT Parity signal 54 CBEl IN OUT Bus command and byte enable signal 1 55 GND GND 56 GND GND
174. 2 Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Paper 2 Poster Semi Glossy Photo Paper Fine Art Photo Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Fine Art Textured Fine Art Watercolor Fine Art Block Print Graphic Canvas Canvas Matte 2 Japanese Paper Washi Commercial Proofing Paper Commercial RC Proofing 210gsm Commercial RC Proofing 270gsm Proofing Paper Newsprint for Proofingl Newsprint for Proofing2 Newsprint for Proofing3 Durable Banner Synthetic Paper Adhesive Synthetic Paper Flame Resistant Cloth Thin Fabric Banner 2 Backlit Film Durable Backlit Film Backprint Film Colored Coated Paper CAD Tracing Paper CAD Translucent Matte Film Cut sheet manual feed from top Plain Paper Economy Bond Paper Universal Bond Paper Plain Paper High Quality Plain Paper High Grade Recycled Coated Paper Matte Coated Paper 90gsm High Resolution Paper Coated Paper Premium Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Premium Matte Paper Matte Photo Paper Glossy Photographic Paper 190gsm Satin Photographic Paper 190gsm Glossy Photographic Paper 240gsm Satin Photographic Paper 240gsm HW Glossy Photo Paper HW Satin Photo Paper Premium RC Photo Luster Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper 2 Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Paper 2 Poster Semi Glossy Photo Paper Photo Paper Plus Photo Paper Plus Semi Gloss Fine Art Photo Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Fine Art Textured Fine Art Watercolor Fine Art
175. 2 2 Roll Media Pick up Sequence iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S When the roll media detects the loaded roll media roll media pick up operation starts When media is fed from the auto roll feed unit by the specified length the nulti sensor performs the adjustments and detection shown below thus completing the roll media pick up operation Roll media is fed by controlling the roll motor and feed motor of the auto roll feed unit Roll media loading manual Roll media detection roll media sensor Light intensity Head hight adjustment Detection of leading edge of media 2 Detection of bar code pattern 1 1 This operation is performed only when ON is selected for Detect Remaining Roll Media If the roll media does not have a bar code pattern on it enter the length of the roll media using the menu on the operation panel 2 The purpose of the first leading edge detection is to detect presence of media The purpose of the second leading edge detection is to detect the printing start position F 2 32 2 40 Chapter 2 2 3 3 2 3 Structure of Manual Feed Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Manual feed from front The cut sheet fed from the front ejection unit of the printer is fed to the rear of the printer 1 and then fed onto to platen 2 for printing F 2 33 This method of feeding paper can be used only when an accept media type is selected from the Manual Feed menu in the use mode If
176. 200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Matt Coated Paper Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Extra Matt Coated Paper Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Opaque paper Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Matt Coated Paper Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Photo Realistic Paper Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Chapter 1 1 20 Media Type Print Priority Printing direction Resolution dpi Photo Paper Glossy Photo Paper Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Semi Glossy Photo Paper Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Photo Paper Plus Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Photo Paper Plus Semi Gloss Standard
177. 2504 replace ink tank nk tank is empty Press OK and eplace ink tank m 03810113 2505 PC ink tank empty Renew the PC ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810106 2506 MBk ink tank empty Renew the MBk ink tank Press OK and replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810106 2507 MBK2 ink tank empty Renew the MBk ink tank Press OK and replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810105 GY ink tank empty Renew the GY ink tank Press OK and 2508 replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810115 2509 PGY ink tank empty Renew the PGY ink tank Press OK and eplace ink tank m Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Ink tank is empty 03810107 R ink tank empty Renew the R ink tank Press OK and 250A replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810109 B ink tank empty Renew the B ink tank Press OK and 250B replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810108 G ink tank empty Renew the G ink tank Press OK and 250C replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810204 2580 Low on the Bk ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished Bk ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810201 2581 Low on the Y ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished Y ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810202 2582 L
178. 3 1 1 1 Making Pre Checks iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Package dimensions and weight are as follows Main body with a palette 1320 W mm x 914 D mm x 645 H mm Approx 79 kg 300mm 150 800mm AA 150mm F 3 1 Installation space Main body only 1477 W mm x 1770 D mm x 648 H mm Main body with stand 1477 W mm x 1961 D mm x 1293 H mm When printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot leave at least 1 300 mm 51 2 in of unobstructed space in front of the printer and 700 mm 27 6 in behind it 3 1 2 Unpacking and Installation 3 1 2 1 Unpacking and Installation iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S The printer must be moved with it held by three or more persons on both sides Be careful not to get your lower back and other regions hurt Chapter 3 When moving the printer grasp the carrying handles 1 on the left and right side of the bottom Holding other portions can drop the printer and you may be injured Chapter 3 1 Check to see that none of the accessories is missing 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 1 Printer 2 Power Cord 3 Printhead 4 Cleaning sheet 5 Roll Holder Set 6 Starter ink tanks 7 Cleaning brush 8 Reference Guides 9 CD ROM 10 Sample paper 3 3 Chapter 3 2 Unpack the printer and remove the packaging material F 3 5 3 Grasaping the carrying handles 1 on the left and right side of the
179. 3 1 2F22 Pump travel timeout Check the purge unit Hardware error 03130031 2E23 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F23 Pump motor error Pump inoperable Check the purge unit Hardware error 0313003 1 2E24 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F24 Cutter travel timeout Check the cutter unit Hardware error 03130031 2E25 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F25 Unable to detect the carriage motor home position Check the carriage unit Check the linear encoder for smears Hardware error 03130031 2E26 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F26 Carriage inoperable Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts Hardware error 03130031 2E27 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F27 Carriage travel timeout Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts Hardware error 03130031 2E17 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F17 Pump encoder sensor error Check the purge unit Hardware error 03130031 2E2A Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F2A Unable to detect the feed roller home position Check the feed roller encoder and surrounding part Check to see if paper has not jammed Hardware error 03130031 2E29 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03030000 2F29 Feed motor timeout Roll medi
180. 4 0 18106 1 27 1 5 5 onec Ree ec Ee 1 27 1 5 6 Roll Feed Unit Gover Inside carretera fedi eate e eR Ue YE xa sup ees 1 29 VS iF Gartiage iut eeiam d nbn aeo E e UC 1 29 1 30 1 6 Basic Operation are E dat ee s eevee dn te ahve ERR 1 81 1 6 1 Operation Panel ce at ties Ais ethene uei ie etes ance erat ede ean docu eds 1 31 16 2 Main Menu 1 2 hein e RE RUM Utt b E I M RCM 1 33 IER IERI I 1 53 1 6 4 Malmi Menu s iiie e d DUM IR PINE ite it melka 1 73 1 7 Safety and Precautions ka te RT Ro nen RR REA MR iet a REENEN kA eb nung 1 93 ON TEE 1 93 Ts WM te VIN ute TRETEN RN 1 93 E RADI Ee Reg 1 93 TS EGGE cte reu E OO Neige TATT 1 95 1 72 Other EI TEE 1 95 7 2 B d Tur zo Tass Ge BdEe aaa 1 95 1 722 Printhead 1 96 1722 3 TINK TANK cvs ot 1 97 1 7 24 Handling the Printer iter eene hne einer rene ain 1 98 Contents 1 7 3 Precautions When Servicing Printer AAA 1 101 1
181. 400x1200 MBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Graphic Matte Canvas Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Art paper smooth 225g Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Art paper embossed 225g Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Art Paper Extra Smooth 250g Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Water resistant paper Art Canvas Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Proofing Paper Proofing Paper Image Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Professional Proof and Photo Glossy 195g Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK oo Proof and Photo Semiglossy Hig 12 Bi directional 20051200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK m Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK er Proof and Photo Semigloss Hig 15 Bicdirectional 540051200 Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Film Paper Backprint Film Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Hig 12 Bi directi
182. 57 ADIS IN OUT Address and data signal 15 58 AD14 IN OUT Address and data signal 14 59 AD13 IN OUT Address and data signal 13 60 AD12 IN OUT Address and data signal 12 61 GND GND 62 ADII IN OUT Address and data signal 11 63 ADIO IN OUT Address and data signal 10 64 AD9 IN OUT Address and data signal 09 65 AD8 IN OUT Address and data signal 08 66 IN OUT Bus command and byte enable signal 0 67 GND GND 68 AD7 IN OUT Address and data signal 07 69 AD6 IN OUT Address and data signal 06 70 ADS IN OUT Address and data signal 05 71 AD4 IN OUT Address and data signal 04 72 GND GND 73 AD3 IN OUT Address and data signal 03 74 AD2 IN OUT Address and data signal 02 75 ADI IN OUT Address and data signal 01 76 ADO IN OUT Address and data signal 00 TI GND GND 78 HDD LED OUT HDD LED signal 79 45V OUT Power supply 45V 80 45V OUT Power supply 45V 81 45V OUT Power supply 45V 6 25 Chapter 6 6 26 J1101 Connect to HDD expansion PCB Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 82 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 83 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 84 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 85 GND GND 86 GND GND 87 GND GND 88 GND GND T 6 25 J1201 Network Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TX OUT Ethernet data TX line 2 TX OUT Ether
183. 6 IN OUT Address and data signal 26 27 AD25 IN OUT Address and data signal 25 28 AD24 IN OUT Address and data signal 24 29 IN OUT Bus command and byte enable signal 3 30 IDSEL OUT Initialization device select signal 31 GND GND 32 GND GND 33 AD23 IN OUT Address and data signal 23 34 AD22 IN OUT Address and data signal 22 35 AD21 IN OUT Address and data signal 21 36 AD20 IN OUT Address and data signal 20 37 GND GND 38 AD19 IN OUT Address and data signal 19 39 AD18 IN OUT Address and data signal 18 40 AD17 IN OUT Address and data signal 17 41 AD16 IN OUT Address and data signal 16 42 CBE2 OUT Bus command and byte enable signal 2 43 GND GND 44 FRAME IN OUT Cycle frame signal 45 IRDY IN OUT Initiator redy signal 46 TRDY IN OUT Target redy signal 47 DEVSEL IN OUT Device select signal 48 GND GND 49 STOP IN OUT Stop signal 50 LOCK IN OUT Lock signal 51 PERR IN OUT Parity error signal 52 SERR IN OUT System error signal 93 PAR IN OUT Parity signal 54 1 IN OUT Bus command and byte enable signal 1 55 GND GND 56 GND GND 57 ADIS IN OUT Address and data signal 15 58 AD14 IN OUT Address and data signal 14 59 AD13 IN OUT Address and data signal 13 60 AD12 IN OUT Address and data signal 12 61 GND GND 62 ADII IN OUT Address and data signal 11 63 ADIO IN OUT Address and data signal 10 64 AD9 IN OUT Address and data signal 09 65 AD8 IN OUT Address and data signal 08 66 IN OUT Bus command
184. 7 2 3 Ink Tank 0 1 97 19 24 Handling the Printer et ce T RO E OI A ae OTT 1 98 Contents 1 7 3 Precautions When Servicing PIDE iiri iot t dete i Enea d eda EE fen E 1 7 3 1 Not s ori the Data Stored in the Printer e ber mte eee rae eter e i e qa e D a ete cdi nn ertet 17 32 Confirming th Firm ware Versioni etti ecrit eeepc ep epo tb I e ERES EE FRE Pe eI HATH 1 7 3 3 Pr ecautions against Static Electricity E 1 7 3 4 Precautions for Disassembly Reassembly 17 3 5 Sel diagnostic Featur MEN Sead 1 7 36 Disposing of the Lithium Battery eet e etl ee M eee baka Chapter 1 1 1 Product Overview 1 1 1 Product Overview iPF6100 This printer is capable of printing on A4 to Al size cut sheets and its maximum print width is 24 inches This printer is a desktop large format printer twelve colors pigment based colors printer that can be used to print office documents as well as handy POP and posters An auto roll feed unit is equipped for printing on roll media 1 111111111111111111111111111111 13 12 1 2 1 1 1 Cover 10 Operation Panel 2 Ink Tank Cover 11 Roll Feed Unit 3 Cutter 12 Roll Feed Unit Cover 4 Front Manual Feed Guide 13 Manual Feed Cover 5 Peper Eje
185. 7 3 1 Notes on the Data Stored in the Printer tec re dete HC e C re E er e Ede e eroe 1 101 1 7 3 2 Confirming the Firmware Version EE 1 101 1 7 3 3 Precautioris against Static Electricity ttt cere iD dette i eee ree e D Ere c n Ed pice 1 101 1 7 3 4 Precautions for rennen 1 101 1 7 3 5 Self diagnostic 1 7 3 6 Disposing of the Lithium Battery Chapter 2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE 2 1 Basic Operation Outline unaturlige e a Ee e eet eiua ee ce ee eae Printer Diagram tco de eb ERR TEARS CS ER IAE d e d Tee cete id 2 12 dulde Le EE 21 3 Printer Diagram saa an daud eee Aere eder SNE NEIE ue 2 1 5 Print Signal Sequence PALM DIVING EE 240 Print DriVvIfig ERE PERRA IU ERR E ERU OAM eR M A CHE beid and 2 2 EITIIWABTO recte er Ai ee NUS es 2 2 1 Operation Sequence at 2 10 2 2 2 Operation Sequence Ee UE EE 2 11 22 3 Print Gontfol ret PROP UEHEMENTER ERR OU RM REDEEM 2 12 2 2 4 Print Position Adjustment Function nennen nennen nennen enne nnne nennen 2 18 2 2 5 Head Management eessen eeepc ete be E epi be ege e pa d Da Ret d 2 18 2 2 6 Printhead Overheating Protection
186. 7 inches but less than 24 inches data size m2 Sq f D SQ 17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches data size m2 Sq f D CNT 24 36 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches sheets data size D CNT 17 24 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches sheets data size D CNT 17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper less than 17 inches data size sheets 14 MEDIASIZEI CUT Counters related to cut sheet printing T 7 65 Display Description Unit P SQ 24 36 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches physical size m2 Sq f P SQ 17 24 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches physical size m2 Sq f P SQ 17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches physical size m2 Sq f P CNT 24 36 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches sheets physical size P CNT 17 24 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches sheets physical size P CNT 17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper less than 17 inches physical size sheets 15 MEDIASIZE2 CUT Counters related to cut sheet printing T 7 66 Display Description Unit D SQ 24 36 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or la
187. 801 1C2901 1C3001 1C3101 Motor driver 2 50 Chapter 2 2 4 1 2 Overview iPF6200 The printer electrical system consists of the main controller PCB and power supply PCB and hard disk drive which are mounted on the left side of the printer the carriage PCB and print head which are mounted in the carriage and other electrical components such as the operation panel sensors and motors The main controller PCB manages the image data processing and the entire electrical system and controls relay PCBs and driver functions Power supply HDD expansion PCB HDD Maintenance cartridge relay PCB N lt Roll feed unit Main controller PCB Carriage PCB Operation panel PCB F 2 46 2 51 Chapter 2 IC1501 1C1701 IC1601 101603 Power supply control function 1 801 IC601 10604 Lithium battery SDRAM IC803 IC802 RTC EEPROM Interface control function HDD expansion PCB HDD C201 Hard disk drive control function HDD Controller Carriage Multi sensor 1 DI sensor reading control function Remaining ink level 1 e detection function Temperature reading 1 control function SE E Maintenance cartridge relay PCB IC6 IC7 Multi sensor control function Mn eee Motor driver 1 2801 1 2901 P IC3001 1C3101 Motor driver 2 52 Chapter 2
188. A 11 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 11 8 GND GND 9 HO F HE 11 OUT Head R heat enable signal 11 F 20 GND GND 21 H0 F DATA 11 EV OUT Even head R data signal 11 F 22 GND GND 23 H0 F DATA 10 EV OUT Even head R data signal 10 F 24 GND GND 25 0 9 OUT Head R heat enable signal 9 E 26 GND GND 27 H0 E DATA 9 EV OUT Even head R data signal 9 E 28 GND GND 29 GND GND 30 GND GND 31 GND GND 32 GND GND 33 GND GND 34 GND GND 35 H0 A DATA 0 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 0 36 GND GND 37 H0 A DATA 1 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 1 A 38 GND GND 39 H0 B HE 2 OUT Head R heat enable signal 2 B 40 GND GND 41 H0 B DATA 2 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 2 B 6 19 Chapter 6 6 20 J3501 Carriage PCB J12 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 42 GND GND 43 H0 B DATA 3 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 3 B 44 GND GND 45 H0 C HE 4 OUT Head R heat enable signal 4 C 46 GND GND 4T H0 C DATA 4 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 4 C 48 SNS 5V OUT Power supply 45V 49 GND GND 50 GND GND T 6 19 J3601 Carriage PCB J13 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 H0 E DATA 8 OUT Even head R data signal 8 E 2 GND GND 3 H0 D HE 7 OUT Head R heat enable signal 7 D 4 GND GND 5 H0
189. ANDs it with the heat pulses for perform printing h The ASIC controls the general aspects of image processing and print drive control by detecting the status of the individual printer components with refer ence to the adjustment values stored in EEPROM SDR SDRAM is used as work memory i The ASIC IC2 controls the general aspects of drive control by controlling button actuations and message displays on the basis of the firmware installed in flash ROM 2 4 Chapter 2 2 1 5 Print Signal Sequence iPF6000S The signal sequence from when the printer receives the print signals until printing starts is shown in Figure ES gt Image data ost computer Mask pattern data gt Heat pulse Printer driver gt Command data gt PCI bus EE Data bus WP Universal sirial bus Interface unit Expansion ASIC IC1 L COA Image processing Printhead DDR SDRAM unit EEPROM SDR SDRAM Carriage PCB FLASH ROM gt f Ink tank ASIC 1 2 Operation panel Sensor and drive unit Main controller F 2 5 The printer driver on the host computer transmits print data including command data to the printer after compressing the image data without resolution color and 8 color binarization conversion To achieve high quality image output the image processing table data used for image data color conversion and binarization conversion are generated as command da
190. ARO setup Required parameter missing W1234 01341234 1038 GARO setup Data out of bounds W1235 01341235 1039 GARO setup Other warning End of paper feed Forced feed limit Check the remaining quantity of roll media Cannot feed paper more 8 2 Chapter 8 8 2 2 Warnings iPF6200 iPF6000S Codes represent the numbers that are displayed in DISPLAY in service mode and that are recorded in PRINTINF Messages that are not accompanied by a code indication are not logged T 8 3 Display massage Code Condition detected Action nk Level Check 0180104 1000 BK ink tank near empty nk Level Check 0180101 1001 Y ink tank near empty k Level Check 0180102 1002 M ink tank near empty nk Level Check 0180103 1003 C ink tank near empty nk Level Check 0180112 1004 PM ink tank near empty nk Level Check 0180113 1005 PC ink tank near empty nk Level Check 0180106 1006 MBK ink tank near empty k Level Check rA 0180106 1007 MBK2 ink tank near empty nk Level Check 01810105 1008 GY ink tank near empty nk Level Check 01810115 1009 PGY ink tank near empty nk Level Check 01810107 100A R ink tank near empty nk Level Check 01810109 100B B ink tank near empty nk Level Check 01810108 100C G in
191. Block Print Graphic Canvas Canvas Matte 2 Japanese Paper Washi Commercial Proofing Paper Commercial RC Proofing 210gsm Commercial RC Proofing 270gsm Proofing Paper Newsprint for Proofingl Newsprint for Proofing2 Newsprint for Proofing3 Durable Banner Synthetic Paper Adhesive Synthetic Paper Flame Resistant Cloth Thin Fabric Banner 2 Backlit Film Durable Backlit Film Backprint Film Colored Coated Paper CAD Tracing Paper CAD Translucent Matte Film Cut sheet manual feed from front POP Board Supported thickness Roll media 0 07 to 0 8 mm Manual feed from top 0 07 to 0 8 mm Manual feed from front 0 5 to 1 5 mm Media size Roll media Width 203mm X 610mm 24inch Lengh 203mm X 18m Maximum outside diameter 150 mm Media size Cut sheet Manual feed from top Width 203mm 8inch X 610mm 24inch Lengh 279mm X 1600mm Manual feed from front Width 250mm 8inch X 610mm 24inch Lengh 350mm X 914mm Printable area Roll media Area excluding 3mm from the leading edge 3 mm from the trailing edge and 3 mm from the left and right edges Borderless printing 0 mm from the leading edge trailing edge and left and right edges Width of media allowing borderless printing 10 254mm B4 257mm A3 329mm 14 356mm 16 407mm A2 420mm A24 17 432mm B2 515mm A1 594mm 24 610mm Media type allowing borderless printing Premium Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight
192. Boxes T 1 20 Setting Item Description Instructions Auto Head Adj Standard Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction Advanced Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the nozzle ink tank and printing direction Three sheets are required when printing on sheets Auto Print Choose On to have the printer automatically execute the Advanced Adj operations after you replace the Printhead Manual Head Adj Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction Enter the adjustment value manually based on the resulting pattern Auto Band Adj Standard Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for band adjustment based on which the printer automatically adjusts the feed amount Advanced Adj Choose this option when using paper other than genuine Canon paper or paper for purposes other than checking output Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for band adjustment based on which the printer automatically adjusts the feed amount Note that this function takes more time and requires more ink than Standard Adj Two sheets are required when printing on sheets Manual Band Adj Choose Yes
193. CLN A 11 CLN A 15 CLN A 16 CLN A 17 CLN A TTL CLN M 1 CLN M 4 CLN M 5 CLN M 6 CLN M TTL CLEAR CLR INK CONSUME CLR CUTTER EXC CLR MTC EXC CLR HEAD R EXC CLR HEAD L EXC CLR UNIT A EXC CLR UNIT B EXC CLR UNIT D EXC CLR UNIT F EXC CLR UNIT H EXC CLR UNIT L EXC CLR UNIT P EXC CLR UNIT R EXC CLR UNIT V EXC CLR UNIT X EXC CLR FACTORY CNT Chapter 7 74 T 7 3 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level COUNTER EXCHANGE CUTTER EXC MTC EXC HEAD R EXC HEAD L EXC BOARD EXC M B UNIT A EXC UNIT B EXC UNIT D EXC UNIT F EXC UNIT H EXC UNIT L EXC UNIT P EXC UNIT R EXC UNIT V EXC UNIT X EXC DETAIL CNT MOVE PRINTER N INK CHK Y N INK CHK B MEDIACONFIG CNT INK USEI INK USEI Y INK USE1 B INK USEL TTL N INK USEI Y N INK USEI B N INK USEI TTL INK USE2 INK USE2 Y INK USE2 B INK USE2 TTL N INK USE2 Y N INK USE2 B N INK USE2 TTL INK EXC INK EXC Y INK EXC B INK EXC TTL N INK EXC Y N INK EXC B N INK EXC TTL Chapter 7 T 7 4 First Level Sec
194. Carriage PCB J11 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 14 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 15 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 16 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 17 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 18 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 19 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 20 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 21 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 22 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 23 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 24 GND GND 25 GND GND 26 GND GND 27 GND GND 28 GND GND 29 GND GND 30 GND GND T 6 38 J3402 Connect to Carriage PCB J21 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 GND GND 4 GND GND 5 GND GND 6 GND GND 7 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 8 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 9 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 10 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 11 OUT Power supply 21 5V 12 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 13 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 14 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 15 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 16 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 17 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 18 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 19 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 20 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 21 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 22 HDI VHFBH IN VH feed back voltage 23 HDI VHFBG IN VH feed back voltage 24 GND GND 25 GND GND 26 GND GND 21 GND
195. Coated Paper Premium Matte Paper Glossy Photographic Paper 190gsm Satin Photographic Paper 190gsm Glossy Photographic Paper 240gsm Satin Photographic Paper 240gsm HW Glossy Photo Paper HW Satin Photo Paper Premium RC Photo Luster Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper 2 Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Paper 2 Poster Semi Glossy Photo Paper Fine Art Photo Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Fine Art Textured Fine Art Watercolor Fine Art Block Print Printable area Cut sheet Area excluding 3 mm from the leading edge 3 mm from the trailing edge 23 mm when supplied from manual feed from top or selected the fine art and 3 mm from the left and right edges Printing recommendation area Roll media Area excluding 20 mm from leading edge 5 mm from the trailing edge and 5 mm from the left and right edges standard size Printing recommendation area Cut sheet Area excluding 20 mm from the leading edge 27 mm from the trailing edge and 5 mm from the left and right edges standard size Memory 256MB Increase of memory none Hard disk drive 80GB Chapter 1 Firmware Flash ROM update from USB or Ethernet Printer description language GARO Graphic Arts language with Raster Operation Interface USB2 0 Ethernet Operation panel LCD 160 X 128 dots 12 keys 5 LEDs Panel language English Message language English German French Italian
196. D GND 8 HDI VHFBG OUT VH feed back voltage 9 HDI VHFBH OUT VH feed back voltage 10 VH IN Power supply 421 5V 11 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 12 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 13 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 14 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 15 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 16 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 17 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 18 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 19 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 20 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 21 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 22 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 23 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 24 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 25 GND GND 26 GND GND 27 GND GND 28 GND GND 29 GND GND 30 GND GND T 6 74 J22 Connect to Main controller PCB J3701 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND Chapter 6 J22 Connect to Main controller PCB J3701 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 2 ENCODER A OUT Linear encoder output signalA 3 SNS 5V IN Power supply 45V 4 ENCODER B OUT Linear encoder output signalB 5 SNS 5V IN Power supply 45V 6 H1 C DATA 4 OD IN Odd head L data signal 4 C 7 GND GND 8 H1 C HE 4 IN Head L heat enable signal8 E 9 GND GND 10 H1 B DATA 3 OD IN Odd head L data signal 3 B 11 GND GND 12 H1 B DATA 2 OD IN Odd head L data signal 2 B 13 GND
197. D PUER 43 11 Waste Ink Collection Urt Greener EPI PRESSES 4 3 12 Ink Tank Unites E ed debe eene n ee eat Na e ER Deet 4 3 133Head Management Sensor s Ascot t e Ein ene tbe ir ete adip ie RU IR 4 3 14 Multi Sensor E 43 15 PCBS sie C eee 43 16 PCB aent eteren satte tese E 4 3 17 Opening the Cap Moving the Wiper Un 4 3 18 Opening Closing the Ink Supply Valve e ete tete ett dEr 4 3 19 Draining the Ink sss 4 4 Applying the Grease 4 4 1 Applyms the Grease ansat AE 4 5 Adjustment and Setup Items 451 Adjustment Item ME 4 5 2 Procedure after Replacing the Carriage Unit or Multi Sensor 4 59 4 5 3 Procedure after Replacing the Head Management Sensor 4 62 Chapter 4 4 1 Service Parts 4 1 1 Service Parts iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S The service parts indicated below require careful handling 1 Keep all packages with the warning not to turn over Pay careful attention to all individually packaged service part carriage unit purge unit ink tank unit and other parts boxes marked This side up and handle appropriately Y 4 1 4 1 Chapter 4 4 2 Disassembly Reassembly 4 2 1 Disassembly Reassembly iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S For the procedure for disassembly reassembly of the components excluding the major components refer to the parts
198. E1 96 404 1 E196 4042 E196 4045 E196 4049 main controller PCB error 6 1 4 7 E198 401C E198 401D E198 401E RTC error 6 2 Location of Connectors and Pin enne etre nennen eren 6 12 6 2 1 Main controller PCB 6 2 2 Main controller PCB 6 2 3 Main controller PCB 6 2 4 Carriage PCB 62 5 Power Supply uude hittin ial Beo iegiteedee benc tei habei tse itera 6 2 6 Roll feed unit PCB 6 3 Version D EE 6 3 1 Firmware Update Tool 6 3 2 Firmware Update Tool 6 4 Service Tools 6 4 1 Tool List Chapter 6 6 1 Troubleshooting 6 1 1 Outline 6 1 1 1 Outline of Troubleshooting iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S 1 Outline Troubles subject to troubleshooting are classified into those shown on the display warning error and service call and those not shown on the display 2 Precautions for Troubleshooting 1 Check the environmental conditions and the media used for printing 2 Before performing troubleshooting make sure that all connectors and cables are connected properly 3 When servicing the printer with the external cover removed and the AC power supplied be extremely careful to avoid electric shock and shorting electrical devices 4 In the following sections the troubleshooting steps are described such that the component related to the most probable cause of the problem will be repaired or replaced first being followed by components with less problem probability If multi
199. E1394 FireWire expansion board option in this slot 2 USB port Connect the USB cable to this port 3 Ethernet connector Connect the Ethernet cable to this connector 4 Power connector Connect the power cord to this connector 5 Carrying handle 5 The printer is carried with this handles of a right and left bottom 1 5 3 Rear iPF6200 iPF6000S 111111111111111111111111111111 1 USB port Connect the USB cable to this port 2 Ethernet connector Connect the Ethernet cable to this connector 3 Power connector Connect the power cord to this connector 4 Carrying handle 5 The printer is carried with this handles of a right and left bottom 1 26 Chapter 1 1 5 4 Top Cover Inside iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S 1 Carriage shaft The carriage travels in this area 2 Carriage Moves the printheads 3 Borderless printing ink receiving channel Receives inks overflowing the edges of the paper during borderless printing 4 Platen Paper and the printheads travel over the platen to execute printing Suction holes on the surface prevent the paper from lifting 5 Pinch roller A vital part needed to feed paper 6 Cleaner brush Use this brush to wipe off chad over the plant when cleaning the inside of the top cover 1 5 5 Manual Loading Area iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S ATEM d 1 29 1 Paper tray cover In loading paper in a paper tra
200. EEE802 3 2 Data transfer system 10Base T 100Base TX 3 Signal level Input Threshold 10Base T Max 585 mV Min 300 mV 100Base TX Turn on 1000 mV diff pk pk Turn off 200 mV diff pk pk Output 10Base T 42 2 V to 42 8 V 100Base TX 0 95 to 41 05 V 4 Interface cable Category 5 UTP or FTP cable 100 m or shorter Compliant with ANSI EIA TIA 568A or ANSI EIA TIA 568B 5 Interface connector Printer side Compliant with IEEE802 3 ANSI X3 263 ISO IEC60603 7 c IEEE1394 option 1 Interface type Interface compliant with IEEE1394 1995 P1394a Version 2 0 2 Data transfer system Asynchronous transfer 3 Signal level Input Differential input voltage During S100 settlement 173 mV to 260 mV During data reception 142 mV to 260 mV During S200 settlement 171 mV to 262 mV During data reception 132 mV to 260 mV During S400 settlement 168 mV to 265 mV During data reception 118 mV to 260 mV Output Differential output voltage 172 mV to 265 mV 4 Interface cable Twisted pair shielded cable 4 5 m max Compliant with IEEE1394 1995 standard or P1394a Version 2 0 standard 5 Interface connector Printer side 6 pin connector socket compliant with IEEE1394 standard Cable side 6 pin connector plug compliant with IEEE1394 standard Cable side RJ 45 type compliant with ANSI EIA TIA 568A or ANSI EIA TIA 568B 1 24 Chapter 1 1 5 Names and Functions of Components 1 5 1 Front iPF6100 iPF6200 iP
201. ER R SNS R IN Cutter right detection sensor signal 4 CUTTER OUTA OUT Cutter motor driver signal A Chapter 6 J2511 Spur motor Spur cam sensor Mist fan Cutter motor Cutter right detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 5 CUTTER OUTB OUT Cutter motor driver signal B 6 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 7 GND GND 8 HAKUSHA CAM SNS R IN Spur cam sensor output signal 9 HAKUSHA MOTOR AM OUT Spur motor drive signal AM 10 HAKUSHA MOTOR AP OUT Spur motor drive signal AP 11 FAN VM OUT Power supply 26V 12 MIST FAN LOCK IN Mist fan lock signal 13 MIST FAN PWM OUT Mist fan duty control signal 14 GND GND T 6 6 J2512 Suction fan Maintenance cartridge relay PCB Paper detection sensor Lift cam sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 FAN VM OUT Power supply 26V 2 PLATEN FAN LOCK IN Suction fan lock signal 3 PLATEN FAN PWM OUT Suction fan duty control signal 4 GND GND 5 MENT SDA IN OUT Maintenance cartridge rom control signal data 6 MENT SCL IN OUT Maintenance cartridge rom control signal clock 7 GND GND 8 MENT 3V Power supply 43 3V 9 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 0 N C N C 1 2 3 GND GND 4 PE SNS IN Paper ditection sensor
202. EXC D 5 EXC UNIT F EXC UNIT H EXC UNIT L EXC UNIT P EXC UNIT V EXC UNIT X EXC DETAIL CNT MOVE PRINTER N INK CHK PC N INK CHK M MEDIACONFIG CNT INK USEI INK USEL PC INK USEI M INK USEI TTL N INK USEI PC N INK USEI M N INK USEI TTL INK USE2 INK USE2 PC INK USE2 M INK USE2 TTL N INK USE2 PC N INK USE2 M N INK USE2 TTL INK EXC INK EXC PC INK EXC M INK EXC TTL N INK EXC PC N INK EXC M N INK EXC TTL Chapter 7 T 7 14 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level COUNTER MEDIA 1 NAME TTL TTL ROLL ROLL CUTSHEET CUTSHEET MEDIA 7 NAME TTL TTL ROLL ROLL CUTSHEET CUTSHEET MEDIA OTHER NAME TTL TTL ROLL ROLL CUTSHEET CUTSHEET MEDIASIZE1 ROLL P SQ 24 36 P SQ 24 36 P SQ 17 24 P SQ 17 24 P SQ 17 P SQ 17 P CNT 24 36 P CNT 17 24 P CNT 17 MEDIASIZE2 ROLL D SQ 24 36 D SQ 24 36 D SQ 17 24 D SQ 17 24 D SQ 17 D SQ 17 D CNT 24 36 D CNT 17 24 D CNT 17 MEDIASIZE1 CUT P SQ 24 36 P SQ 24 36 P SQ 17 24 P SQ 17 24 P SQ
203. End Sht Mrgn Specify a margin at the leading edge of sheets to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3 mm it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy The printed surface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the the leading edge If you have selected 20 mm the test print sheet may not be printed completely Return Defaults Choose Yes to restore Med Detail Set to the factory default values Chapter 1 Job Management Adjust Printer T 1 62 Setting Item Description Instructions Job Queue Ope Job List Choose a print Delete Delete the current job or queued jobs job Priority Print the job first after the current print job is finished printing Com BOX Ope Job List Choose a print Print Print jobs in the Common Box job Delete Delete jobs in the Common Box Print Job List Print a list of jobs in the Common Box Psnl BOX Ope Folder List Enter a password Job List Print Print jobs in Personal Boxes if Se has been Job List Delete Delete jobs in Personal Boxes set Print Job List Print a list of jobs in Personal Boxes T 1 63 Setting Item Description Instructions Auto Head Adj Standard Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the print
204. F6000S d 13 12 1 Top cover Open this cover when installing the printhead or remove the media jammed inside the printer 2 Ink tank cover Open this cover when replacing ink tanks 3 Cutter A round blade cutter cuts roll media automatically It is stowed inside when it is out of use 4 Front manual feed guides Erect all these guides to print on thick paper Place thick paper along the guides and insert it up to the alignment lines while pressing the paper to the right side 5 Paper eject slot paper tray front loading port printed matter is ejected from this port In loading thick paper insert it into this port 6 Paper alignment line Load thick paper in a paper tray to stay parallel with this line Basket Receives printed matter as it is ejected Only one sheet can be housed in the basket 8 Stand The base on which the printer is mounted The stand equipped with casters is easy to move 9 Output guide Holds ejected paper from lifting 10 Operation panel Contains the power button online button display and so on 11 Roll feed unit Load roll media on this unit 12 Roll feed unit cover Load roll media with this cover open 13 Paper tray cover Load cut sheet at the paper tray top loading port with this cover open This cover is opened and the cut sheet is set at top manual feed slot I 1 25 Chapter 1 1 5 2 Rear iPF6100 PIS d 3 2 1 26 1 Expansion board slot Insert the IEE
205. GND GND 7 H0 DSOUT2 IN Head R temperature output 2 8 GND GND 9 H0 DSOUTI IN Head R temperature output 1 20 GND GND 21 GND GND 22 LICSELO OUT Head R analogue switch clock signal 23 LICSEL2 OUT Head R analogue switch latch signal 24 LICSEL1 OUT Head R analogue switch data signal 25 GND GND 26 GND GND 27 HO CLK OUT Head R data clock signal 28 GND GND 29 HO LT OUT Head R data latch signal 30 HEAD_3V OUT Power supply 3V 31 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 43V 32 GND GND 33 H0 C DATA 5 EV OUT Even head R data signal 5 C 34 GND GND 35 H0 B HE 3 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 36 GND GND 37 H0 C DATA 4 EV OUT Even head R data signal 4 C 38 GND GND 39 H0 B DATA 3 EV OUT Even head R data signal 3 B 40 GND GND 41 H0 B DATA 2 EV OUT Even head R data signal 2 B 42 GND GND 43 HO A DATA 1 EV OUT Even head R data signal 1 A 44 GND GND 45 H0 A HE 1 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 46 GND GND 47 H0 A DATA 0 EV OUT Even head R data signal 0 A 48 GND GND 49 HO A HE 0 B OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 50 GND GND T 6 42 J3701 Connect to Carriage PCB J22 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 H1 D DATA 7 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 7 D 2 GND GND 3 HI E HE 8 OUT Head L heat enable signal8 E 4 GND GND 3 HI E DATA 8 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 8 E 6 GND GND 7 HI F DATA 10 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 10 8 GND GND 9 HI E DATA 9 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 9 E GND
206. GND 29 GND GND 30 GND GND 31 GND GND 32 GND GND 33 GND GND 34 GND GND 35 H0 A DATA 0 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 0 A 36 GND GND 37 H0 A DATA 1 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 1 A 38 GND GND 39 H0 B HE 2 OUT Head R heat enable signal 2 B 40 GND GND 41 H0 B DATA 2 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 2 B 42 GND GND 43 H0 B DATA 3 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 3 B 44 GND GND 45 H0 C HE 4 OUT Head R heat enable signal 4 C 46 GND GND 47 H0 C DATA 4 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 4 C 48 SNS 5V OUT Power supply 45V 49 GND GND 50 GND GND T 6 41 J3601 Connect to Carriage PCB J13 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 8 OUT Even head R data signal 8 E 2 GND GND 3 H0 D HE 7 OUT Head R heat enable signal 7 D 4 GND GND 6 31 Chapter 6 6 32 J3601 Connect to Carriage PCB J13 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 5 H0 D DATA 7 EV OUT Even head R data signal 7 D 6 GND GND 7 H0 D DATA 6 EB OUT Even head R data signal 6 D 8 GND GND 9 H0 D DATA 6 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 6 D 0 GND GND 1 H0 D HE 6 OUT Head R heat enable signal 6 D 2 GND GND 3 H0 C HE 5 OUT Head R heat enable signal 5 C 4 GND GND 3 H0 C DATA 5 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 5 C 6
207. HAKUSYA SENSOR CHECK HEAD ADJ AUTO HEAD ADJ ROUGH Press the OK button to execute MANUAL HEAD ADJ DETAIL Press the OK button to execute BASIC Press the OK button to execute ADJ SETTING A 1 Adjustment value entry A 48 Adjustment value entry F F 1 Adjustment value entry F 2 Adjustment value entry SAVE SETTINGS YES NO RESET SETTINGS YES NO NOZZLE CHK POS YES NO GAP CALIB YES NO 7 7 Chapter 7 T 7 7 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level REPLACE CUTTER YES NO L amp R PRINTHEADS YES NO COUNTER PRINTER LIFE TTL LIFE ROLL LIFE CUTSHEET LIFE A LIFEF POWER ON W INK CUTTER WIPE CARRIAGE PRINT CR COUNT CR DIST PRINT COUNT PURGE CLN A 1 CLN A 2 CLN A 3 CLN A 6 CLN A 7 CLN A 10 CLN A 11 CLN A 15 CLN A 16 CLN A 17 CLN A TTL CLN M 1 CLN M 4 CLN M 5 CLN M 6 CLN M TTL CLEAR CLR INK CONSUME CLR CUTTER EXC CLR MTC EXC CLR HEAD R EXC CLR HEAD L EXC CLR UNIT A EXC CLR UNIT B EXC CLR UNIT D EXC CLR D 1 EXC CLR D 5 EXC CLR UNIT F EXC CLR UNIT H EXC CLR UNIT L EXC CLR UNIT P EXC CLR UNIT R EXC CLR UNIT V EXC CLR UNIT X EXC CLR FACTORY CNT
208. HE 2 IN Head L heat enable signal 2 B 3 GND GND 4 H1 A DATA 1 OD IN Odd head L data signal 1 A 5 GND GND 6 H1 A DATA 0 OD IN Odd head L data signal 0 A 7 GND GND 6 51 Chapter 6 6 52 J23 Connect to Main controller PCB J3801 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 8 H1 A HE 0 IN Head L heat enable signal 0 A 9 GND GND 10 H1 A DATA 0 EV IN Even head L data signal 0 A 11 GND GND 12 H1 A HE 1 IN Head L heat enable signal 1 A 13 GND GND 14 H1 A DATA 1 EV IN Even head L data signal 1 A 15 GND GND 16 H1 B DATA 2 EV IN Even head L data signal 2 B 17 GND GND 18 H1 B DATA 3 EV IN Even head L data signal 3 B 19 GND GND 20 H1 C DATA 4 EV IN Even head L data signal 4 C 21 GND GND 22 HI B HE 3 IN Head L heat enable signal 3 B 23 GND GND 24 H1 C DATA 5 EV IN Even head L data signal 5 C 25 H DASH LICC2 B IN Analogue switch AD triggar 26 HI LT IN Head L latch signal 27 GND GND 28 HEAD 3V IN Power supply 43V 29 GND GND 30 CLK IN Head L clock signal 31 GND GND 32 H1 C DATA 5 OD IN Odd head L data signal 5 C 33 GND GND 34 H1 C HE 5 IN Head L heat enable signal 5 C 35 GND GND 36 H1 D HE 6 IN Head L heat enable signal 6 D 37 GND
209. INF 1 PRINTER Counters related to product life 2 CARRIAGE Counters related to carriage unit T 7 24 Display Description Unit LIFE TTL Cumulative number of printed media equivalent of A4 sheets LIFE ROLL Cumulative number of printed roll media equivalent of A4 sheets LIFE CUTSHEET Cumulative number of printed cut sheets equivalent to A4 sheets LIFE A F Cumulative number of printed media for environments A to F sheets POWER ON Cumulative power on time excluding the sleep time Hours W INK Remaining capacity of the maintenance cartridge CUTTER Number of cutting operations count as 1 by moving back and forth Times WIPE Number of wiping operations Times T 7 25 Display Description Unit PRINT Cumulative printing time Hours CR COUNT Cumulative carriage scan count count as 1 by moving back and forth Times CR DIST Cumulative carriage scan distance count as 1 by moving 210mm Times PRINT COUNT Cumulative print end count count as 1 by capping Times 3 PURGE Counters related to purge unit T 7 26 Display Description Unit CLN A 1 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 1 normal suction operations Times CLN A 2 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 2 ink level adjusting operations Times CLN A 3 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 3 initial filling operations Times CLN A 6 Cumulative number of
210. INITIALIZE WARNIG Press the OK button to clear ERROR Press the OK button to clear ADJUST Press the OK button to clear W INK Press the OK button to clear PURGE Press the OK button to clear INK USE CNT Press the OK button to clear CUTTER CHG CNT Press the OK button to clear W INK CHG CNT Press the OK button to clear HEAD CHG R CNT Press the OK button to clear HEAD CHG L CNT Press the OK button to clear PARTS CHG CNT PARTS 1 Press the OK button to clear PARTS X1 Press the OK button to clear PARTS COUNTER PARTS Al Press the OK button to clear PARTS X1 Press the OK button to clear Chapter 7 7 1 3 Map of the Service Mode iPF6200 The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Service Mode is as shown below T 7 6 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level DISPLAY PRINTINF YES NO Select YES to execute print SYSTEM S N TYPE LF TYPE TMP SIZE LF SIZE LF SIZE CR SIZE CR HEAD S NR S N L LOTR LOTL INK Y B WARNING 1 20 ERROR 1 20 INK CHECK 000000 000000 I O DISPLAY DISPLAY 1 DISPLAY 2 ADJUST PRINT PATTERN NOZZLE 1 Press the OK button to execute OPTICAL AXIS Press the OK button to execute LF amp
211. Ink detection sensor output signal 3 6 39 Chapter 6 6 40 J3202 Ink tank ROM PCB Ink detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 19 INK SNS4 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 4 20 INK SNS5 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 5 T 6 57 J3211 Valve motor Valve open closed detection sensor Valve open closed detection sensor 2 Feed roller HP sensor Feed roller encoder sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 2 GND GND 3 VALVE DETECT SENSOR IN Valve open closed detection sensor output signal 4 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 5 GND GND 6 VALVE DETECT SENSOR2 IN Valve open closed detection sensor 2 output signal 7 VALVE MOTOR AM OUT Valve motor drive signal AM 8 VALVE MOTOR OUT Valve motor drive signal AP 9 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 0 GND GND 1 LF HP SNS IN Feed roller HP sensor output signal 2 GND GND 3 LF ENCA IN Feed roller encoder sensor output signal A 4 RGV5 OUT Power supply 5V 5 LF ENCB IN Feed roller encoder sensor output signal B T 6 58 J3301 Ink tank ROM PCB Ink detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TANK DAT6 L IN OUT Ink tank data signal 6 2 TANK DAT7 L IN OUT Ink tank data
212. Install a PM ink tank Chapter 8 8 12 Display massage Code Condition detected Action No ink tank loaded Press OK and check ink tank 03830113 2525 PC ink tank not installed Install a PC ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and check ink tank 03830106 2526 MBK ink tank not installed Install a MBk ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and check ink tank 03830106 2527 MBK2 ink tank not installed Install a MBk ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and check ink tank 03830105 2528 GY ink tank not installed Install a GY ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and check ink tank 03830115 2529 PGY ink tank not installed Install a PGY ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and check ink tank 03830107 252A R ink tank not installed Install a R ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and check ink tank 03830109 252B B ink tank not installed Install a B ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and check ink tank 03830108 252C G ink tank not installed Install a G ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2560 Bk ink tank EEPROM error Renew the Bk ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2561 Y ink tank EEPROM error Renew the Y ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2562 M ink ta
213. L RESET OUT Panel reset signal 9 GND GND 10 PDOPCLK OUT Panel IC clock signal 11 SNS 5V OUT Power supply 45V 12 PDOCS L OUT Panel supply chip select signal T 6 30 J2703 Auto feed roll unit Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 5V OUT Power supply 45V 2 GND GND 3 ROLL CAM SNS IN Roll cam sensor signal 4 ROLL PAPER SNS IN Roll media sensor signal 5 ROLL UNIT IN Roll unit detection signal 6 VM OUT Power supply 426V 7 VM OUT Power supply 26V 8 ROLL_SLEEP OUT Roll motor driver sleep signal 9 ROLL_STB OUT Roll motor driver strobe signal 10 ROLL_DAT OUT Roll motor driver data signal 11 ROLL_CLK OUT Roll motor driver clock signal 12 GND GND 13 GND GND T 6 31 J2801 Feed motor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 LF_OUTB OUT Feed motor drive signal B 2 LF_OUTA OUT Feed motor drive signal A 6 27 Chapter 6 6 28 T 6 32 J3011 Purge motor Pump encoder sensor Pump cam sensor Lift motor Head management sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 LIFTOUTCOM OUT Lift motor power supply 2 LIFT OUTAP OUT Lift motor drive signal AP 3 LIFT OUTAM OUT Lift motor drive signal AM 4 LIFT OUTBP OUT Lift motor drive signal BP 5 LIFT OUTBM OUT Lift motor drive signal BM 6 GND GND 7 F
214. LK OUT Ink tank clock signal 7 TANK DAT3 IN OUT Ink tank data signal 3 8 TANK DATA IN OUT Ink tank data signal 4 9 TANK 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 10 TANK DATS IN OUT Ink tank data signal 5 11 GND GND 12 TANK CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal 13 GND GND 14 INK SNSO IN Ink detection sensor output signal 0 15 INK SNSI IN Ink detection sensor output signal 1 16 INK SNS2 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 2 17 GND GND 18 INK SNS3 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 3 Chapter 6 J3202 Ink tank ROM PCB Ink detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 19 INK SNS4 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 4 20 INK SNS5 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 5 T 6 35 J3211 Valve motor Valve open closed detection sensor Feed roller HP sensor Feed roller encoder sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 2 GND GND 3 VALVE DETECT SENSOR IN Valve open closed detection sensor output signal 4 VALVE MOTOR AM OUT Valve motor drive signal AM 5 VALVE MOTOR AP OUT Valve motor drive signal AP 6 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 7 GND GND 8 LF HP SNS IN Feed roller HP sensor output signal 9 GND GND 10 LF ENCA IN Feed
215. LT OUT Head R data latch signal 30 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 3V 31 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 3V 32 GND GND 33 H0 C DATA 5 EV OUT Even head R data signal 5 C 34 GND GND 35 H0 B HE 3 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 36 GND GND 37 H0 C DATA 4 EV OUT Even head R data signal 4 C 38 GND GND 39 H0 B DATA 3 EV OUT Even head R data signal 3 B 40 GND GND 41 H0 B DATA 2 EV OUT Even head R data signal 2 B 42 GND GND 43 HO A DATA 1 EV OUT Even head R data signal 1 A 44 GND GND 45 H0 A HE 1 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 46 GND GND 47 H0 A DATA 0 EV OUT Even head R data signal 0 A 48 GND GND 49 H0 A HE 0 B OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 50 GND GND T 6 64 J3701 Connect to Carriage PCB J22 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 H1 D DATA 7 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 7 D 2 GND GND 3 HI E HE 8 OUT Head L heat enable signal8 E 4 GND GND 6 43 Chapter 6 6 44 J3701 Connect to Carriage PCB J22 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 5 HI E DATA 8 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 8 E 6 GND GND 7 HI F DATA 10 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 10 F 8 GND GND 9 HI E DATA 9 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 9 E 10 GND GND 11 1 10 OUT Head L heat enable signallO F
216. Maintenance 1 48 T 1 22 Setting Item Description Instructions Maint cart When exchanging the maintenance cartridge choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen Replace P head Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low When replacing the Printhead choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen Move Printer Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low When transferring the printer to another location choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen Clean Platen Use this function to clean inside the Top Cover After you select Yes the Carriage is moved in preparation for Platen cleaning Chapter 1 System Setup T 1 23 Setting Item Description Instructions Warning Buzzer Set the buzzer Choose On for the buzzer to sound in case of errors Detect Mismatch Choose Warning for notification display of a warning message during printing if the paper type specified in the printer menu does not match the paper type in the printer driver Choose None to continue print without notification Choose Pause to have printing paused under these circumstances In this case you can continue printing by pressing the Online button Keep Media Size Choose On to use the paper size setting as the basis for printing instea
217. NIT QM3 0784 000 1 5000 DI D OK WI W2 LEVER R INK TUBE QC2 0659 050 1 5000 LEVER L INK TUBE QC2 0660 050 1 5000 LINK LEVER TUBE QC2 0661 000 4 5000 SPRING TENSION QC2 1396 000 2 5000 PAD OIL QC2 0664 000 2 5000 HOLDER WIRE MECH QC2 0663 000 5000 TUBE GUIDE UNIT QM3 0704 000 5000 CLEANING UNIT R RAIL QM3 0543 000 5000 DI D3 CARRIAGE CLEANING UNIT L RAIL QM3 0542 000 5000 CARRIAGE FLEXIBLE CABLE ASS Y QM3 0786 000 5000 D2 ENCODER SENSOR UNIT QM2 3421 000 5000 D3 SCALE LINEAR QC2 0696 000 5000 CAM LIFTER QC2 0675 000 2 5000 D4 MULTI SENSOR UNIT QM3 0365 000 5000 D5 X OK WI W2 INK SUPPLY UNIT QM3 0775 000 5000 Fl F OK W1 E144 4047 INK SUPPLY UNIT R QM3 0574 000 1 5000 PURGE KIT QM3 0654 040 1 15000 HI H OK W1 E141 4046 SENSOR UNIT QM3 0529 000 1 15000 LI L OK W1 E194 404A MOTOR 26 4V DC QK1 0447 000 1 5000 PI P OK WI W2 CAM ROWEL QC2 1027 000 1 15000 RI R OK W1 W2 MIST FAN UNIT QM3 021 1 000 1 15000 1 146 4001 MIST FILTER UNIT QM3 0212 030 1 5000 User See Product Overview Features Consumables After supplies have been replaced execute INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS xx in service mode to initialize clear the parts counter information 5 1 Chapter 5 5 2 2 Consumable Parts iPF6000S T 5 8 Consumables Service Mode Name Part number Q ty
218. Note on Disassembly andReassembly gt External Cover 2 Move the carriage onto the platen Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt Opening the Cap Move the Wiper Unit 3 Turn the cam 2 in the direction of the arrow and then press the link 1 to open the ink supply valve 2 F 4 119 4 Release both printhead fixer levers 1 to flow the ink from inside the ink tube to the sub buffer of the ink tank unit The sub buffer can contain 22g of ink About 6g of ink flows into the sub buffer each time manual ink drainage is performed 5 Make sure that the ink has been drained completely turn the cam to close the ink supply valve 4 55 Chapter 4 4 4 Applying the Grease 4 4 1 Applying the Grease iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Some parts require application of grease when replaced Apply the grease special tool listed below Smear the grease lightly and evenly with a flat brush or the like For the printer disassembly reassembly method refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY and parts catalog Do not apply the grease to locations in which not designated grease may cause poor print quality Take particular care that grease do not get onto the wiper cap and linear scale No Location Grease type Quantity 1 Joint base Molykote PG 641 Approx 6 12mg 2 Shaft cleaner oil pad EU 1 soaks enough 3 Eject r
219. OK button to c ear HDD BOX PASS ALL FOLDERS Press the button to clear FOLDER 1 Press the button to clear FOLDER 29 Press the button to clear PARTS CHG CNT PARTS AI Press the button to clear PARTS Press the button to clear PARTS COUNTER PARTS AI Press the button to clear PARTS Press the button to clear Chapter 7 7 1 4 Map of the Service Mode iPF6000S The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Service Mode is as shown below 7 12 T 7 11 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level DISPLAY PRINTINF YES NO Select YES to execute print SYSTEM S N TYPE LF TYPE TMP SIZE LF SIZE LF SIZE CR SIZE CR HEAD S N R S N L LOTR LOTL INK PC M WARNING 1 20 ERROR 1 20 INK CHECK 000 00000 I O DISPLAY UO DISPLAY 1 I O DISPLAY 2 ADJUST PRINT PATTERN NOZZLE 1 Press the OK button to execute OPTICAL AXIS Press the OK button to execute LF amp HAKUSYA SENSOR CHECK HEAD ADJ AUTO HEAD ADJ ROUGH Press the OK button to execute MANUAL HEAD ADJ DETAIL Press the OK button to execute BASIC Press the OK button to execute ADJ SETTING A 1 Adjustment value entry A 48 Adjustment value entry F F
220. PCB 601 604 SDRAM 1802 C701 EEPROM FLASH ROM J101 Operation panel PCB Maintenance cartridge relay PCB Maintenance cartridge ROM PCB Ink tank Ink tank ROM PCB J2601 IC2 ASIC Roll cam sensor J3202 Roll media sensor J3301 J2 J3 Roll motor J2 J3 J3 2708 J IC1 Motor driver Roll feed unit PCB J2511 J2512 Fan Suction fan Mist fan J2511 J2801 1C2801 1C2901 IC3001 IC3101 Motor driver J3011 J3101 Carriage motor Feed motor Lift motor Purge motor Valve motor Spur motor Cutter motor Chapter 2 2 1 3 Printer Diagram iPF6000S Shown below is a printer diagram Power supply PCB HDD expansion PCB Carriage PCB Linear J3 encoder AMETS Head ME Multi sensor J5 IC6 IC7 Sensor Switch TEN Valve open closed detection sensor Feed roller HP sensor Feed roller encoder sensor Lift cam sensor Paper detection sensor Cutter right position sensor Spur cam sensor Pump cam sensor Pump encoder sensor Ink detection sensor Temperature humidity sensor Head management sensor Top cover sensor Cutter HP sensor Ink tank cover switch Valve open closed detection sensor 2 Main controller PCB 10301 1C302 IC601 10604 SDRAM 802 701 FLASH ROM CN2 J1801 101 Operation panel PCB Maintenance cartridge relay PCB Maintenance cartridge ROM PCB Ink tank 803
221. PM ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and k ink tank 03830 13 2525 PC ink tank not installed Install a PC ink tank chec k ink tank 03830 06 2526 MBK ink tank not installed Install a MBk ink tank 8 21 Chapter 8 8 22 Display massage Code Condition detected Action No ink tank loaded Pr check ink tank ess OK and 03830106 2527 MBK2 ink tank not installed Install MBk ink tank No ink tank loaded Pr check ink tank ess OK and 03830105 2528 GY ink tank not installed Install a GY ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and check ink tank 03830115 2529 PGY ink tank not installed Install a PGY ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and check ink tank 03830107 252A R ink tank not installed Install a R ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and check ink tank 03830109 252B B ink tank not installed Install a B ink tank No ink tank loaded Pr check ink tank ess OK and 03830108 252C G ink tank not installed Install a G ink tank In Pr k tank BK error ess OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2560 Bk ink tank EEPROM error Renew the Bk ink tank In Pr k tank BK error ess OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2561 Y ink tank EEPROM error Renew the Y ink tank In Press OK and k tank BK e
222. Power supply 21 5V 17 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 18 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 19 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 20 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 21 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 22 HDI VHFBH IN VH feed back voltage 23 HDI VHFBG IN VH feed back voltage 24 GND GND 6 18 Chapter 6 J3402 Carriage PCB J21 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 25 GND GND 26 GND GND 27 GND GND 28 GND GND 29 GND GND 30 GND GND T 6 17 J3411 Temperature humidity detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TH2 OUT IN Thermistor output signal 2 GND GND 3 RHV_OUT IN Temperature humidity detection sensor output signal 4 SNS_5V Power supply 5V T 6 18 J3501 Carriage PCB J12 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 H DASH LICC2 B OUT Analogue switch A D trigger signal 4 GND GND 5 H0 D DATA 7 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 7 D 6 GND GND 7 8 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 8 GND GND 9 HO0 E DATA 8 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 8 E 0 GND GND 1 H0 F DATA 10 OD OUT Odd head data signal 10 2 GND GND 3 H0 E DATA 9 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 9 E 4 GND GND 3 HO F HE 10 OUT Head R heat enable signal 10 F 6 GND GND 7 H0 F DAT
223. RD and then press the ok button 7 Check that TURN POWER OFF appears on the display and then turn off the printer 8 Turn on the printer 9 Check the firmware version If the firmware is not the latest version update f Procedure for replacing the main controller PCB 1 Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord 2 Replace the main controller PCB 3 Plug the power cord to the outlet and then turn on the printer whth the PAPER SOURCE button and INFORMATION button pressed down The printer will start up in the PCB Replacement mode 4 Check that Initializing appears on the display and then release the buttons When the printer enters the PCB Replacement mode the message lamp goes on 5 What until REPLACE MODE appears on the display 6 Select MC BOARD and then press the ok button 7 Check that TURN POWER OFF appears on the display and then turn off the printer 8 Turn on the printer 9 Check the firmware version If the firmware is not the latest version update 4 47 Chapter 4 4 3 16 PCBs iPF6200 iPF6000S Do not replace the main controller PCB and maintenance cartridge relay PCB ROM board at the same time These PCBs store important data such as settings and carriage drive time Before replacement of either PCB the data stored in it is moved to the other PCB through internal communication so that it can be taken over to the new PCB automatically This is the reason why the two PCBs should no
224. SHA MOTOR AP OUT Spur motor drive signal AP 11 FAN VM OUT Power supply 26V 12 MIST FAN LOCK IN Mist fan lock signal 13 MIST FAN PWM OUT Mist fan duty control signal 14 GND GND Chapter 6 T 6 28 J2512 Suction fan Maintenance cartridge relay PCB Paper detection sensor Lift cam sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 FAN VM OUT Power supply 426V 2 PLATEN FAN LOCK IN Suction fan lock signal 3 PLATEN FAN PWM OUT Suction fan duty control signal 4 GND GND 5 MENT SDA IN OUT Maintenance cartridge rom control signal data 6 MENT SCL IN OUT Maintenance cartridge rom control signal clock 7 GND GND 8 MENT 3V Power supply 43 3V 9 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 0 N C N C 1 2 3 GND GND 4 PE SNS IN Paper ditection sensor output signal 5 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 6 GND GND 7 LIFT CAM SNS IN Lift cam sensor output signal T 6 29 J2601 Connect to Operation panel Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 POWER ON IN Power switch signal 2 PM START OUT Power supply 45V 3 BUZZER OUT Buzzer control signal 4 PDODATA OUT Panel IC control signal 3 43 32V OUT Power supply 43 3V 6 PDI DATA IN Panel IC data signal T GND GND 8 PANE
225. Service Manual 6000 series Canon Aug 13 2008 Application This manual has been issued by Canon Inc for qualified persons to learn technical theory installation maintenance and repair of products This manual covers all localities where the products are sold For this reason there may be information in this manual that does not apply to your locality Corrections This manual may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to improvements or changes in products When changes occur in applicable products or in the contents of this manual Canon will release technical information as the need arises In the event of major changes in the contents of this manual over a long or short period Canon will issue a new edition of this manual The following paragraph does not apply to any countries where such provisions are inconsistent with local law Trademarks The product names and company names used in this manual are the registered trademarks of the individual companies Copyright This manual is copyrighted with all rights reserved Under the copyright laws this manual may not be copied reproduced or translated into another language in whole or in part without the written consent of Canon Inc COPYRIGHT O 2001 CANON INC Printed in Japan Caution Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential information Introduction Symbols Used This documentation
226. Set Choose Print Job Log to print a record of print jobs including the paper type and size amount of ink used and so on Choose Menu Map to print a list of the main menu options Choose Nozzle Check to print a test pattern for checking the nozzles If you have selected a leading edge margin of 20 mm in Nr End Sht Mrgn in the printer menu the test print sheet may not be printed completely Information Displays the information about the printer and history of print jobs T 1 17 Setting Item Description Instructions Roll Media Type Choose the type of roll Chk Remain Roll Choose On to print a barcode at the end of a roll before you remove it The printed barcode can be used in managing the amount of roll paper left Choose Off if you prefer not to print the barcode Roll Length Set Displayed if Chk Remain Roll is On If a barcode is not printed on rolls specify the roll length The roll length is displayed in meters 1 0 91 0 m or feet 1 300 ft depending on the setting in Length Unit Manual Paper Type Choose the type of manual feed paper Manual Paper Size Choose the size of manual feed paper 1 45 Chapter 1 Paper Details 1 46 T 1 18 Setting Item Description Instructions The paper type is displayed here Roll DryingTime Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry for each sheet Scan Wait Time Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry between each scan
227. Spanish Chinese Korean Russianand and Japanese Printhead Ink Tank type Printhead and separate ink tanks Printhead PF 03 Number nozzles 2560 nozzles per color Ink tank PFI 10 MBK BK PC C PM M Y GY Capacity 130 ml per color Ink tanks supplied with the printer contain 90 ml of each color Detection functions Cover system Detects opening closing of the top cover and ink tank cover Detection functions Ink passage system Detects presence absence of ink tank ink level dot count and electrode presence absence of the maintenance cartridge waste ink full level presence absence of the printhead and opening closing of the supply valve Detection functions Carriage system Detects the ambient temperature head temperature presence absence of the head and no ink ejection Detection functions Paper path system Detects presence absence of paper cutter position leading trailing edge of paper paper width and skew Operating noise During printing Approx 49 dB A or less During standby Approx 35 dB A or less Operating environment Temperature 15 to 30 degrees centigrade Humidity 1096 to 8096 without dew condensation Print quality guaranteed environment Temperature 15 to 30 degrees centigrade Humidity 10 to 80 RH Power supply 100 120 VAC 50 60 Hz 220 240 VAC 50 60 Hz Power consumption Maximum During printing Max 100 W Power c
228. T Power supply 43 3V 7 GND GND 8 CUTTER L SNS IN Cutter HP sensor signal 6 23 Chapter 6 6 2 2 Main controller PCB iPF6200 6 24 J3411 1 J3101 F 6 2 T 6 23 J1001 USB Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 VBUS IN USB VBUS 5V 2 D IN OUT USB data 3 D IN OUT USB data 4 GND USB GND 5 GND GND Connector shell 6 GND GND Connector shell T 6 24 J1101 Connect to HDD expansion PCB Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 GND GND 4 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 5 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 6 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 7 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 8 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 9 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 0 NC 1 GND GND 2 IN Power management enable signal 3 INTAf IN Interrupt signal 4 GND GND 5 RST OUT PCI reset signal 6 CLK OUT PCI clock signal 7 GNT OUT Grant signal 8 GND GND 9 REQ IN Request signal 20 AD31 IN OUT Address and data signal 31 21 AD30 IN OUT Address and data signal 30 22 AD29 IN OUT Address and data signal 29 Chapter 6 J1
229. T Target redy signal 47 DEVSEL IN OUT Device select signal 48 GND GND 49 STOP IN OUT Stop signal 50 LOCK IN OUT Lock signal 51 PERR IN OUT Parity error signal 52 SERR IN OUT System error signal 53 PAR IN OUT Parity signal 54 CBEl IN OUT Bus command and byte enable signal 1 55 GND GND 56 GND GND 57 ADIS IN OUT Address and data signal 15 58 AD14 IN OUT Address and data signal 14 59 AD13 IN OUT Address and data signal 13 60 ADI2 IN OUT Address and data signal 12 61 GND GND 62 ADII IN OUT Address and data signal 11 63 ADIO IN OUT Address and data signal 10 64 AD9 IN OUT Address and data signal 09 65 AD8 IN OUT Address and data signal 08 66 CBEO IN OUT Bus command and byte enable signal 0 67 GND GND 68 AD7 IN OUT Address and data signal 07 69 AD6 IN OUT Address and data signal 06 70 ADS IN OUT Address and data signal 05 71 AD4 IN OUT Address and data signal 04 6 13 Chapter 6 6 14 J1101 Connect to IEEE1394 board Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 72 GND GND 73 AD3 IN OUT Address and data signal 03 74 AD2 IN OUT Address and data signal 02 75 ADI IN OUT Address and data signal 01 76 ADO IN OUT Address and data signal 00 77 GND GND 78 HDD LED N C 79 45V OUT Power supply 45V 80 45V OUT Po
230. TER gt PARTS X 6 DETAIL CNT Other counters T 7 29 Display Description Unit MOVE PRINTER Count of Move Printer operations Times N INKCHK XX XX Ink color Times Count of turning off the ink remaining level detection for each color MEDIACONFIG CNT Count of media registered by media editor Times 7 21 Chapter 7 7 INK USEI Counters related to ink consumption 8 INK USE2 Counters related to ink consumption 9 INK EXC Counters related to ink tank replacement 10 MEDIA x x 1 to 7 Counters related to media 11 MEDIA OTHER Counters related to media T 7 30 Display Description Unit INK USEI XX XX Ink color ml Cumulative consumption amount of generic ink INK USEI TTL Total amount of the cumulative consumption of generic ink ml N INK USEI XX XX Ink color ml Cumulative consumption amount of refilled ink N INK USEI TTL Total amount of the cumulative consumption of refilled ink ml T 7 31 Display Description Unit INK USE2 XX XX Ink color ml Consumption amount of generic ink of the currently installed ink tank INK USE2 TTL Total consumption amount of generic ink of the currently installed ink tanks ml N INK USE2 XX XX Ink color ml Consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently installed ink tank N INK USEX TTL T
231. TS COUNTER gt PARTS R UNIT V EXC Unit V mist fan unit replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS V UNIT X EXC Unit X multi sensor replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS X T 7 57 Display Description Unit MOVE PRINTER Count of Move Printer operations Times N INKCHK XX XX Ink color Times Count of turning off the ink remaining level detection for each color MEDIACONFIG CNT Count of media registered by media editor Times Chapter 7 7 INK USEI Counters related to ink consumption 8 INK USE2 Counters related to ink consumption 9 INK EXC Counters related to ink tank replacement 10 MEDIA x x I to 7 Counters related to media 11 MEDIA OTHER Counters related to media T 7 58 Display Description Unit INK USE XX XX Ink color ml Cumulative consumption amount of generic ink INK USE I TTL Total amount of the cumulative consumption of generic ink ml N INK USE XX XX Ink color ml Cumulative consumption amount of refilled ink N INK USEI TTL Total amount of the cumulative consumption of refilled ink ml T 7 59 Display Description Unit INK USE2 XX XX Ink color ml Consumption amount of generic ink of the currently installed ink tank INK USE2 TTL
232. Times 3 PURGE Counters related to purge unit T 7 82 Display Description Unit CLN A 1 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 1 normal suction operations Times CLN A 2 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 2 ink level adjusting operations Times CLN A 3 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 3 initial filling operations Times CLN A 6 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 6 strong normal suction operations Times CLN A 7 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 7 aging operations CLN A 10 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 10 ink filling after secondary transportation operations Times CLN A 11 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 11 ink filling after head replacement operations Times CLN A 15 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 15 dot count small suction operations Times CLN A 16 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 16 sedimented ink agitation operations Times CLN A 17 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 17 small suction operations Times CLN A TTL Total number of automatic cleaning operations Times CLN M 1 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 1 normal suction operations Times CLN M 4 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 4 ink draining from head after head replacement operations Times CLN M 5 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 5 ink draining from head and tube before transportation operations Times CLN M 6 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 6 normal strong suction operations Times CLN M TTL Total number o
233. Total consumption amount of generic ink of the currently installed ink tanks ml N INK USE2 XX XX Ink color ml Consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently installed ink tank N INK USE2 TTL Total consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently installed ink tanks ml T 7 60 Display Description Unit INK EXC XX XX Ink color ml Cumulative count of generic ink tank replacement INK EXC TTL Total amount of tho cumulative count of generic ink tank replacement ml N INK EXC XX XX Ink color ml Cumulative count of refilled ink tank replacement N INK EXC TTL Total amount of tho cumulative count of refilled ink tank replacement ml One to seven media types are displayed individually in order with large cumulative print area T 7 61 Display Description Unit NAME Media type TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet metric m2 TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet inch Sq f ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media metric m2 ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media inch Sq f CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet metric m2 CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet inch Sq f Displays the total amount of cumulative print area of the other media type than the above mentioned T 7 62 Display Description Unit TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet metric m2 TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet inch Sq f ROLL
234. UTO CLMP OUT Head management sensor unit clamp signal 8 FUTO XLEDON OUT Head management sensor unit LED ON OFF signal 9 SNS 5V Power supply 45V 10 FUTO IN Head management sensor unit skew detection signal 11 PUMP OUTB OUT Purge motor drive signal B 12 PUMP OUTA OUT Purge motor drive signal A 13 GND GND 14 PUMP ENCA IN Pump encoder sensor output signal A 15 SNS 5V Power supply 45V 16 PUMP ENCB IN Pump encoder sensor output signal B 17 PUMP CAM 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 18 GND GND 19 PUMP CAM SNS IN Pump cam sensor output signal T 6 33 J3101 Carriage motor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 CR HWP IN Carriage motor hole device W phase signal 2 CR HWM IN Carriage motor hole device W phase signal 3 CR W OUT Carriage motor W phase drive signal 4 CR HVM IN Carriage motor hole device V phase signal 5 CR U OUT Carriage motor U phase drive signal 6 GND GND 7 CR V OUT Carriage motor V phase drive signal 8 SNS 5V Power supply 45V 9 N C N C 10 CR HVP IN Carriage motor hole device V phase signal 11 CR HUM IN Carriage motor hole device U phase signal 12 CR HUP IN Carriage motor hole device U phase signal T 6 34 J3202 Ink tank ROM PCB Ink detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TANK DATO IN OUT Ink tank data signal 0 2 TANK DATI IN OUT Ink tank data signal 1 3 TANK 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 4 TANK DAT2 IN OUT Ink tank data signal 2 5 GND GND 6 TANK C
235. a Check the roll feed unit Check roll media Check to see if paper has not jammed in the printer Hardware error 03130031 2E2E Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F2E Roll travel timeout Check the roll feed unit Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Hardware error 03130031 4027 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 4027 Lift travel timeout error Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts Hardware error 03130031 2E13 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F13 A D converter external trigger output stop detection hardware error 1 If both printheads are signaled faulty take the following corrective action 1 Replace the left printhead with a normal one 2 Because the error indication lasts turn the printer off then back on 3 Replace the right printhead with a normal one as the automatic replacement of the right printhead is suggested If a printhead is not at fault replace the main controller board Hardware error 0313003 1 2E32 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F32 Multi sensor error Check the environment for interferences from outside light Replace the multi sensor unit Cannot calibrate Press OK and try calibration again 0313003 1 2F34 Color calibration adjustment failure error Check the environment f
236. a signal 1 A 38 GND GND 39 H1 A HE 1 OUT Head L heat enable signal 1 A 40 GND GND 41 H1 A DATA 0 EV OUT Even head L data signal 0 A 42 GND GND 43 H1 A HE 0 OUT Head L heat enable signal 0 A 44 GND GND 45 H1 A DATA 0 OD OUT Odd head L data signal0 A 46 GND GND 47 H1 A DATA 1 OD OUT Odd head L data signall A 48 GND GND 49 H1 B HE 2 OUT Head L heat enable signal 2 B 50 GND GND T 6 66 J3911 Top cover sensor Ink tank cover switch Cutter HP sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TANK_COVER_SW IN Ink tank cover switch output signal 2 GND GND 3 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 4 GND GND 5 TOP COVER SNS IN Top cover sensor output signal 6 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 7 GND GND 8 CUTTER L SNS IN Cutter HP sensor signal 6 45 Chapter 6 6 2 4 Carriage PCB iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S 6 46 F 6 4 T 6 67 J3 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 ENCODER B IN Linear encoder detection signal B 2 GND GND 3 ENCODER A IN Linear encoder detection signal A 4 H1 5V OUT Power supply 45V T 6 68 J5 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 3V 2 EEPROM SCL OUT EEPROM control signal clock 3 EEPROM SDA IN OUT EEPROM control signal data 4 GND
237. acing the purge unit select INITIALIZE PURGE in the service mode to initialize clear the information about the number of cleanings 3 On replacement of supplies After supplies have been replaced execute INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS xx in service mode to initialize clear the parts counter information For the consumable parts see Maintenance Consumable Parts You cannot check the counter information once it is initialized cleared Be careful not to initialize the counter information before checking it You cannot modify the counter information from the operation panel 1 7 3 2 Confirming the Firmware Version iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Firmware has been downloaded to the main controller When you have replaced the main controller check that the firmware is the latest version If not update it to the latest version Reference For how to up update the main controller refer to TROUBLESHOOTING Update 1 7 3 3 Precautions against Static Electricity iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Certain clothing may generate static electricity causing an electrical charge to build up on your body Such a charge can damage electrical devices or change their electrical characteristics Before disassembling the printer for servicing discharge any static buildup by touching a grounded metal fitting or the like 1 7 3 4 Precautions for Disassembly Reassembly iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S The pre
238. ad Eject and reload the paper 03010000 200C Roll media loading size detection failure Reload the roll media Paper loaded askew Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03016000 2010 Skewed roll media Rewind the roll media and reload them Cannot adjust eccentric Press Online to clear the error 03010000 2822 Eccentricity correction disabled Check to see if paper has not jammed Cassette printing is selected Press Load Eject and load sheets 03860200 2E02 Data with a cut sheet specification has been received but no cut sheets are loaded Load cut sheets at the paper tray port Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded Press Load Eject and remove the sheets 03860200 2E0A Data with a roll media specification has been received when a cut sheet tray is loaded Replace with roll media Roll printing is selected Press Load Eject and load a roll 03060A00 2E00 Data with a roll media specification has been received but no roll media are loaded Load roll media No Roll Feed Unit Turn printer off and install roll feed unit 03060A00 2E0E Roll media unit not installed Install the roll media unit The roll is empty Load Eject Change Paper 03060A00 2E1B Roll media end Renew the supply of roll media Wrong paper feed slot for this paper type Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03061000 2E15
239. ad R found to have many non discharging nozzles during a non discharging inspection printing paused Clean left P Head Press Online to clear error 03800502 280E Printhead L found to have many non discharging nozzles during a non discharging inspection printing paused Clean the printheads Identify the nozzles in a nozzle check pattern Replace the printheads PHeads wrong pos Open top cover and check the printhead positions 03800201 2804 03800202 2807 Printheads L and R installed in reverse position Reinstall the printheads in correct position Install left printhead No right printhead 03800101 2800 Printhead R not found Install a printhead on the R side Install right printhead No left printhead 03800102 2808 Printhead L not found Install a printhead on the L side Paper size not detected Press Load Eject and reload the 03010000 200C Unable to detect the leading end of paper Check the leading end of paper Reload the paper Press Load Eject and reload the paper paper Paper size not 03010000 200D Unable to detect the trailing end of cut Check the sheet length Check to see if paper has not detected sheet jammed Paper size not detected Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03010000 2017 Paper right edge detection error Check the right edge of paper Check the paper type Paper size not detected Press Load Eject and reloa
240. al 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK LightWeight Coated paper Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High Resolution Barrier Paper Image Hig 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Matt Coated Paper Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Extra Matt Coated Paper Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Opaque paper Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Matt Coated Paper Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Photo Realistic Paper Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Chapter 2 Media Type Print Priority Pon Ven Printing direction Resolution PEE dpi Photo Paper Glossy Photo Paper Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Se
241. al 8 E 50 H0 B DATA 2 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 2 B 51 H0 B DATA 3 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 3 B 92 H0 C DATA 4 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 4 C 53 GND GND 54 GND GND 55 GND GND 56 H0 F DATA 11 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 11 57 H0 E DATA 9 EV OUT Even head R data signal 9 E 58 GND GND 6 49 Chapter 6 6 50 J14 Head R Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 59 H0 D DATA 6 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 6 D 60 H0 C HE 5 OUT Head R heat enable signal 5 C 61 H0 B HE 3 OUT Head R heat enable signal 8 E 62 H0 A DIAI IN Head R DI sensor signal 1 A 63 H0 A DATA 1 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 1 A 64 GND GND 65 GND GND 66 GND GND 67 GND GND 68 H0 F DATA 10 OD OUT Odd head data signal 10 F 69 H0 F DIAI IN Head R DI sensor signal 1 F 70 H0 D HE 7 OUT Head R heat enable signal 7 D 71 GND GND 72 HO CLK OUT Head R data clock signal 73 HO LT OUT Head R data latch signal 74 H0 B DATA 2 EV OUT Even head R data signal 2 B 75 H0 A DATA 0 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 0 A 76 GND GND 77 GND GND 78 GND GND T 6 73 J21 Connect to Main controller PCB J3402 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 GND GND 4 GND GND 5 GND GND 6 GND GND 7 GN
242. an 2 1 2 F 4 83 4 38 Chapter 4 1 1 When removing the platen duct first open the top cover and then remove the output guide maintenance cartridge waste ink box left and right circle cover tank cover right upper cover operation panel mist filter filter cover filter right cover right front cover and mist fan Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to Note on Disassembly andReassembly gt External Cover 2 Remove the three screws 1 and then remove the tube guide 2 and wire guide 3 c Removing the platen duct EL Zoe Ni ET 56 LO Ry PO UGG F F 4 84 3 Remove the front duct 3 by removing the four screws 2 and freeing ink tube from guide 1 F 4 85 4 Remove the six screws 1 and while lifting the spur unit remove three platens front 2 4 39 F 4 86 Chapter 4 5 Remove the four screws 1 and four bushings 2 QL 29 P Gf N 5 4 87 6 Disconnect the two waste ink tubes 3 and remove the nine screws 2 and five bushings 3 and two bushing covers 4 and two springs 5 and then remove the platen duct 6 3 6 5
243. an overview of these mechanical components Printhead Carriage unit Ink tank unit Pinch roller Feed roller Maintenance cartridge Ink tube Purge unit F 2 12 2 20 Chapter 2 2 3 2 Ink Passage 2 3 2 1 Ink Passage 2 3 2 1 1 Overview of Ink Passage iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S The ink passage consists of ink tanks printhead cap waste ink collection unit ink tubes for connecting the mechanical components and an ink suction pump which is operated to suck ink These components are used to supply circulate and suck ink A schematic diagram of the ink passage for one color and the ink flow are shown below Mechanical Drive Unit gt Ink flow Carriage unit Ink tank Printhead O Agitation plate E i D D Sub buffer Ink supply valve Waste ink from sub cap for capping H H Waste glycerin cc E Absorbent material under the ink tank unit Absorbent material under the purge unit H Waste ink from cap for suction and capping Maintenance cartridge F 2 13 2 Ink supply from ink tank to ink supply valve The ink tank contains ink to be supplied to the printhead Ink flow from the ink tank to the ink tank supply valve due to the fluid level difference b Ink flow from ink tank to sub buffer Ink flows from the ink tank to the sub buffer due to the fluid level difference and air enters the ink tank through the air passage of the sub buffer maintaining the pressure insi
244. an touch the media surface more frequently To maintain the proper gap the remote lifter is driven to adjust the head height automatically according to the selected media type media supply method printing conditions borderless priority print type environmental conditions temperature humidity and the result of measurement by the multi sensor The relationship between media types and head heights from the platen is summarized in the table below Note that the head height is adjusted with priority given to the media gap measured by the multi sensor T 2 4 Head height mm Media type Value in parentheses mm 1 4 Glossy paper 0 2 plain paper line drawing 0 1 1 8 Plain paper 0 1 2 Coated paper 0 5 22 Semi glossy canvas 0 5 3 2 Board paper 1 5 g Paper leading edge detection function paper width detection function skewing detection function The leading edge width and skewing of the paper fed to the platen is detected by the multi sensor mounted at the lower left of the carriage h Auto printing position adjustment function The adjustment pattern printed on paper is read by the multi sensor mounted at the lower left of the carriage thus adjusting the printing timings of each printhead automatically i Color calibration function A multi sensor installed in the lower left part of the carriage reads the adjustment pattern printed on paper and corrects the coloring of the printed matter automat ically
245. and byte enable signal 0 67 GND GND 68 AD7 IN OUT Address and data signal 07 69 AD6 IN OUT Address and data signal 06 70 ADS IN OUT Address and data signal 05 71 AD4 IN OUT Address and data signal 04 72 GND GND 73 AD3 IN OUT Address and data signal 03 74 AD2 IN OUT Address and data signal 02 75 ADI IN OUT Address and data signal 01 76 ADO IN OUT Address and data signal 00 77 GND GND 78 HDD LED OUT HDD LED signal 79 45V OUT Power supply 45V 80 45V OUT Power supply 45V 81 45V OUT Power supply 45V 6 36 Chapter 6 J1101 Connect to HDD expansion PCB Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 82 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 83 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 84 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 85 GND GND 86 GND GND 87 GND GND 88 GND GND T 6 47 J1201 Network Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TX OUT Ethernet data TX line 2 TX OUT Ethernet data TX line 3 RX IN Ethernet data RX line 4 Not used 5 Not used 6 RX IN Ethernet data RX line 7 Not used 8 Not used 9 GREEN LED C OUT Link LED green 100Mb s cathode terminal 10 GREEN LED A OUT Link LED green 100Mb s anode terminal 11 YELLOW LED C OUT Link LED yellow 10Mb s cathode terminal 12 YELLOW LED A OUT Link LED yellow 10Mb s an
246. and the meanings of the LEDs on the operation panel 1 18 17 Data Message oe ef Feeder Online Selection 15 Information 6 14 m 13 e S nmn nu a F 1 33 1 Data lamp Blinking Indicates that a print job is being received or processed if the printer is printing or that a print job has paused or firmware data is being if the printer is not printing Off No print job is available 2 Message lamp On Indicates that a warning message is on display Blinking Indicates that an error message is on display Off The printer is normal or is turned off 3 Cut sheet lamp green On Either the paper tray or paper tray front loading port is selected as a paper source Off Roll media are selected as a paper source 4 Roll media lamp green On Roll media are selected as a paper source Off Either the paper tray or paper tray front loading port is selected as a paper source 5 Online button Toggles the printer mode between online and offline On Online mode Blinking Emerging from sleep mode Off Offline mode 6 Paper source button Selects a paper source Each time this button is pressed the paper source toggles between roll media roll media source and cut sheet paper tray or paper tray front loading port with the paper source selector lamp illuminating 7 Menu button Displays the printer main menu 8 Information button Displays the printer submenu Each time t
247. and then remove the right upper cover 2 1 2 F 4 15 k Operation panel Removing the operation panel 1 When removing the operation panel 4 open the top cover and then remove the right circle cover and right upper cover 2 Remove the two hooks 1 and flexible cable 2 and earth cable 3 and then remove the operation panel 4 4 DI B 2 1 F 4 16 Chapter 4 Exhaust Filter Removing the exhaust filter 1 When removing the filter cover 1 push it in the direction of the arrow while pressing on the handhold F 4 17 2 Remove the exhaust filter 2 while pushing the hook 1 F 4 18 m Mist filter Removing the mist filter 1 When removing the mist filter 2 open the top cover and then remove the right circle cover 2 Removing the screw 1 and then remove the mist filter 2 F 4 19 4 10 Chapter 4 n Right cover Removing the right cover 1 When removing the right cover 3 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit right circle cover right upper cover operation panel mist filter exhaust filter and lower rear cover 2 Remove the six screws 1 and hook 2 and then remove the right cover 3 1 2 F 4 20 Note on attaching the right cover Be careful in attaching the right cover not to press the ink tubes with the edges of the cover 0 Right front cover Removing the right front cover 1 When removing the right front cover 2 open
248. and then remove the upper front cover 3 while releasing the three hooks 2 1 s Lower front cover Removing the lower front cover 1 When removing the lower front cover 3 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover right circle cover right upper cover operation panel upper front cover right cover and exhaust filter 2 Remove the three screws 1 and release the harness to remove the lower front cover 2 1 1 Chapter 4 t Left back cover Removing the left back cover 1 When removing the left back cover 1 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover left cover lower rear cover lower rear left cover and left rear cover 2 Remove the two screws 2 and then remove the left back 1 2 1 F 4 28 u Back cover Removing the back cover 1 When removing the back cover 1 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover left cover lower rear cover lower rear left cover left rear cover and left back cover 2 Remove the two screws 2 and two hooks 3 and then remove the back cover 1 Chapter 4 v Lower back cover Removing the lower back cover 1 When removing the lower back cover 2 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank
249. ank ID error Replace with a valid MBk ink tank Press and eplace ink tank nk tank error 03830206 2547 MBK2 ink tank ID error Replace with a valid MBk ink tank Press and replace ink tank nk tank error 03830205 2548 GY ink tank ID error Replace with a valid GY ink tank Press and eplace ink tank nk tank error 03830215 2549 PGY ink tank ID error Replace with a valid PGY ink tank Press and replace ink tank nk tank error 03830207 254A R ink tank ID error Replace with a valid R ink tank Press OK and eplace ink tank m nk tank error 03830209 254B B ink tank ID error Replace with a valid B ink tank Press and eplace ink tank m nk tank error 03830208 254C G ink tank ID error Replace with a valid G ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and chec k ink tank 03830 04 2520 BK ink tank not installed Install a Bk ink tank 03830 01 2521 Y ink tank not installed Install a Y ink tank k ink tank 03830 02 2522 M ink tank not installed Install a M ink tank No ink tank loaded Press OK and k ink tank 03830 03 2523 C ink tank not installed Install a C ink tank loaded Press OK and chec k ink tank 03830 12 2524 PM ink tank not installed
250. apter 8 ERROR CODE eT tdi 8 1 1 Outline 8 2 Warning Table Eine 822 Ense ELS 8 3 Error Table 5e KEE be eo eee ET EE Ee a IS Te eRe D FI 8 4 83 2 Error Gode BEI EEUU CIEN SERES 8 14 8 4 5 Calli Table RR Ex 8 25 84 1 Service Cal EEN 8 25 Contents 8 4 2 Service Call Errors Chapter 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Contents Contents 11 Product Overview 1 1 111 Prod ct OVErViE W E 1 1 11 2 Product Overview dt S 1 2 1 13 Pr duct OVervieW TE ABER 1 3 1 2 Features kreerte rene IA Features aat W522 Eeer 1 2 3 Beatutes nasa MEET 1 2 4 Printhead 1 2 5 Ink Tank 1 2 6 Ink Tank IERI M se 1 278 Unit xit NIRE EE EG 1 7 RE 1 8 1 2 T0 EE E e e 1 8 1 2 11 TEEE 1394 FireWire Board eoe n ede e ERN ER ee 1 8 F22 Consumables raa brat tea
251. are Displays the version of the printer and firmware Boot Displays the Boot ROM version of the printer MIT Displays the DB format version of the MIT IP Displays the printer IP address Ext Interface Displays the interface used the expansion slot s n 1 Displays the printer serial number Error Log Displays the most recent error messages up to two Job Log Choose from Document Name Displays the document name in the last print job 1 70 information aboutthe atest three print jobs User Name Displays the name of the user who sent the print job Page Count Displays the number of pages in the print job Job Status Displays the results of the print job processed Print Start Time Displays the time when the print job was started Print End Time Displays the time when the print job was finished Print Time Displays the time required to print the job Print Size Displays the paper size in the print job Media Type Displays the paper type in the print job Interface Displays the interface used for the print job Ink Consumed Displays the ink density of each color in the print job Chapter 1 5 Main Menu Settings During Printing Main menu items during printing are described in the following tables T 1 46 Setting Item Description
252. as been received when a sheet tray is loaded Reload the cut sheets Borderless printng not possible Check roll width and spacers Online Print Load Eject Change Paper 03861001 2405 Paper loaded at a position inaccessible for borderless printing Check to see if a borderless printing spacer is installed Reload the paper Borderless printng not possible Check paper size setting Online Print Load Eject Change Paper 03861001 2406 Data unfit for borderless printing Check the paper size Change the paper size Insufficient paper for job Online Print Stop Stop Printing Load Eject Change Paper 03862000 2E09 Not enough roll media on remaining roll media quantity detection Renew the supply of roll media Wrong paper size Check paper size setting on computer Online Print Stop Stop Printing 03063000 2E08 Mismatch between data width and paper width Verify the paper size setting Cannot cut paper Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03870001 2015 Cutting failure Cut paper manually Check the cutter Mail box full Delete unwanted data on your computer to resume printing Press Stop to cancel printing 031A1002 2905 The job store executed when the free hard disk space left for Personal Boxes in the printer s hard disk is full Delete unneeded jobs stored in Personal Boxes Mail box full Cannot save Delete unwanted
253. avyweight Glossy Photo Paper 2 Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Paper 2 Poster Semi Glossy Photo Paper Fine Art Photo Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Fine Art Textured Fine Art Watercolor Fine Art Block Print Printable area Cut sheet Area excluding 3 mm from the leading edge 3 mm from the trailing edge 23 mm when supplied from manual feed from top or selected the fine art and 3 mm from the left and right edges Printing recommendation area Roll media Area excluding 20 mm from leading edge 5 mm from the trailing edge and 5 mm from the left and right edges standard size Printing recommendation area Cut sheet Area excluding 20 mm from the leading edge 27 mm from the trailing edge and 5 mm from the left and right edges standard size Memory 384MB Increase of memory none Firmware Flash ROM update from USB or Ethernet IEEE1394 Printer description language GARO Graphic Arts language with Raster Operation Interface USB2 0 Ethernet IEEE1394 option Operation panel LCD 160 X 128 dots 12 keys 5 LEDs Panel language English Message language English German French Italian Spanish Chinese Korean Russianand and Japanese Printhead Ink Tank type Printhead and separate ink tanks Printhead PF 03 Number nozzles 2560 nozzles per color Ink tank PFI 103 MBK BK GY PGY PFI 101 R G B C M Y PC PM Capacity 130 ml per color Ink tanks supplied with t
254. ay arise from closed nozzles due to depositing of foreign matter or dried ink when it is reinstalled Even if the head remains installed the nozzle may dry out and cause a printing failure if the ink is drained for transport 4 Conductivity of Ink The ink used in this printer is electrically conductive If ink leaks to into the mechanical unit wipe clean with a soft well wrung damp cloth If ink leaks onto electrical units wipe them completely using tissue paper If you cannot remove ink completely replace the electrical units with new ones If electrical units are powered with ink leaked onto them the units may damage Never connect the power cord when ink has leaded onto the electrical units 1 7 2 3 Ink Tank iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S 1 97 Chapter 1 1 Unpacking the Ink Tank Do not unpack the ink tank until you are ready to install it When installing the ink tank be sure to shake it slowly 7 to 8 times before unpacking it Otherwise the ink ingredients may precipitate and degrade the print quality To prevent foreign matter from entering the ink port installed the unpacked ink tank in the printer immediately 2 Handling the Ink Tank To prevent foreign matter from entering the ink flow path and causing ink suction and printing problems never touch the ink port and contacts of the ink tank When you press down the ink tank lock lever the needle enters the ink port allowing ink to flow between the printer an
255. be initialized ADJUST Initialize the value of band adjustment by user and head adjustment The automatically adjusted value will not be initialized W INK Initialize the remaining capacity of the maitenance cartridge Clear COUNTER gt PRINTER gt W INK PURGE Initialize the counter related to purge unit Clear COUNTER gt PURGE INK USE CNT Initialize the consumption amount of ink Clear COUNTER gt INK USE2 and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR INK CONSUME CUTTER CHG CNT Initialize the cutter unit replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt CUTTER EXC L and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR CUTTER EXC W INK CHG CNT Initialize the maintenance cartridge replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR MTC EXC HEAD CHG R CNT Initialize the printhead R replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt HEAD R EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR HEAD R EXC HEAD CHG L CNT Initialize the printhead L replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt HEAD L EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR HEAD L EXC PARTS CHG CNT PARTS xx xx Unit number of consumable parts For details refer to Maintenance and Inspection gt Consumable Parts Initialize the consumable part replacement frequency Clear COUNTER EXCHANGE UNIT x EXC and count up COUNTER
256. bottom place the printer on a level place such as a table F 3 6 4 The Roll Feed Unit 1 is preinstalled on the printer Peel away the tape and remove the Roll Holder 2 and protective material from the Roll Feed Unit Also remove the tape on the two Holder Stoppers attached to the Roll Holder and then remove the Holder Stoppers 3 from the Roll Holder 3 3 7 5 Remove the tape and other packaging material used to secure the printer and accessories Remove the tape and protective material on the Top Cover 1 and Ejection Guide 2 After removing the tape and protective material on the Ejection Guide reinstall it Chapter 3 6 Lift the Belt Stopper 2 of the Carriage Shaft 1 and pull it forward to remove it MEMO You will need the Belt Stopper if you move the printer to another location Do not discard the Belt Stopper you have removed When you open the Top Cover you will find a Cleaning Brush 3 on the right side Use this brush to clean inside the Top Cover 7 Plug the power cord into the Power Socket on the back of the printer 8 Plug the power cord into the outlet 9 Press the Power botton to power on the printer F 3 12 10 When Open Top Cover is displayed on the Display Screen open the Top Cover 11 Pull the Printhead Fixer Lever forward to open it completely Chapter 3 12 Pull up the Printhead Fixer Cover to open it completely
257. can Wire Gauge AWG No 20 to No 28 power distribution wire pair 5 Interface connector Printer side Series B receptacle compliant with USB standard Cable side Series B plug compliant with USB standard b Network standard 1 Interface type Interface compliant with IEEE802 3 2 Data transfer system 10Base T 100Base TX 3 Signal level Input Threshold 10Base T Max 585 mV Min 300 mV 100Base TX Turn on 1000 mV diff pk pk Turn off 200 mV diff pk pk Output 10Base T 42 2 V to 42 8 V 100Base TX 40 95 to 1 05 V 4 Interface cable Category 5 UTP or FTP cable 100 m or shorter Compliant with ANSI EIA TIA 568A or ANSI EIA TIA 568B 5 Interface connector Printer side Compliant with IEEE802 3 ANSI X3 263 ISO IEC60603 7 1 23 Chapter 1 1 4 3 Interface Specifications iPF6100 a USB standard 1 Interface type USB 2 0 Hi Speed Full speed 12 Mbits sec High speed 480 Mbits sec 2 Data transfer system Control transfer Bulk transfer 3 Signal level Compliant with the USB standard 4 Interface cable Twisted pair shielded cable 5 0 m max Compliant with the USB standard Wire materials AWG No 28 data wire pair AWF American Wire Gauge AWG No 20 to No 28 power distribution wire pair 5 Interface connector Printer side Series B receptacle compliant with USB standard Cable side Series B plug compliant with USB standard b Network standard 1 Interface type Interface compliant with I
258. capability resulting in a downsized printer geometry and better roll media accessibility 1 2 2 Features iPF6200 A new 12 color pigmented ink formulation featuring additional three types of special color inks red green blue and two types of gray ink varying in grayscale Lucia prints on a variety of grades of paper from glossy paper to art mat and sign with a high degree of coloring Two types of black ink vividly glossy black ink and mat black ink full of a sense of high quality are loaded concurrently and are selected automatically to suit paper types There is no need to manually change inks BK black GY gray PGY photo gray ink are mainly used to offer a drastically enhanced power of halftoning achieving an equivalent of the high picture quality of monochrome silver salt films Use of abrasion resistant inks MBK BK PGY GY offers enhanced image durability The color calibration feature adds to the faithfulness of color reproduction A 160 by 128 dot large LCD is equipped One inch wide printhead having 2 560 nozzles per color which are twice as many as the those of the existing models High density printhead technology FINE that can satisfy both of beautiful and fast printing requirements of a high order is employed for accurate ejection of ultrasmall 4 pl drops of ink to the target positions Prints with 2400 x 1200 dpi resolution can be made at a high speed Imaging processor L COA incorporated fo
259. catalog Illustrations in the parts catalog are assigned illustration numbers according to the order in which parts are disassembled 4 3 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly 4 3 1 Note on locations prohibited from disassembly iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Assemblies that are prohibited from disassembly and their adjustment outside the factory cannot be conducted are indicated by red screws Don t never loosen or remove the red screw because normal operation and print can t be done if it is loosened or removed 4 3 2 Moving the carriage manually iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Move the carriage as required during disassembly reassembly to prevent the carriage form contacting the parts to be removed The carriage does not move when capped When uncapping moving the carriage refer to the procedures in DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt Opening the Cap Moving the Wiper Unit 4 3 3 Units requiring draining of ink iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S When disassembling the following units of the ink passage drain ink completely to prevent it from leaking For how to drain ink refer to DISASSEMBLY REAS SEMBLY gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt Draining the Ink 1 Carriage unit Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt Carriage Unit 2 Ink tank unit Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY Points to Note on Disassembly and
260. cautions for disassembly reassembly are described in Disassembly Reassembly 1 7 3 5 Self diagnostic Feature iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S The printer has a self diagnostic feature to analyze hardware problems The self diagnosis result is shown on the display and indicated by lamps For detailed information see Error Codes 1 7 3 6 Disposing of the Lithium Battery iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S The main controller PCB of this printer is equipped with a lithium battery to back up various data Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions For CA USA Only Included battery contains Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See http www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate for detail 1 101 Chapter 1 Achtung Die Lithiumbatterie darf nur durch das Originalersatzteil Parts Katalog ersetzt werden ansonsten besteht Brand Explosionsgefahr Lithiumbatterien niemals aufladen demontieren oder durch Verbrennen entsorgen bei der Entsorgung die rtlichen Entsorgungsvorschriften beachten Schadstoffe Sonderm ll 1 102 Chapter 1 1 103 Chapter 2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE Contents Contents 2 1 Basic Operation e ue iret Ree eR tU b ta aesti eee 211 Print r Diagram E 2 72 Printer Diagrams accro ER re trei diee tette en
261. ce Displays the interface used for the print job Ink Consumed Displays the ink density of each color in the print job HDD Information HDD Space Displays the space available on the printer s hard disk 1 90 Chapter 1 5 Main Menu Settings During Printing Main menu items during printing are described in the following tables Information T 1 68 Setting Item Description Instructions Head Cleaning Specify Printhead cleaning options Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint oddly colored or contains foreign substances Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A Fine Band Adj Displayed during print jobs Fine tune the feed amount manually Information Displays the information about the printer and history of print jobs T 1 69 Setting Item Description Instructions System Info Firmware Displays the version of the printer and firmware Boot Displays the Boot ROM version of the printer MIT Displays the DB format version of the MIT IP Displays the printer IP address Ext Interface Displays the interface used the expansion slot s n Displays the printer serial number Error Log HHH THE Displays the most recent error messages up to two Job Log Choose from Document Name _ Displays the document name in the last
262. ch page is printed Choose 10 pages to check once after every ten pages are printed Sleep Timer Specify the period before the printer enters sleep mode Length Unit Choose the unit of measurement when roll length is displayed You can switch the unit displayed for Roll Length Set and the remaining paper amount displayed in the submenu Time Zone Specify the time zone Time zone options indicate a main city in this time zone and the difference from Greenwich Mean Time Date Format Specify the date format Date amp Time Date Set the current date Time Set the current time Language Specify the language used on the Display Screen Contrast Adj Adjust the contrast of the Display Screen Reset PaprSetngs Restores settings that you have changed with Media Configuration Tool to the factory default values Erase HDD Data High Speed The file management information of the data recorded in the hard disk drive is deleted The time required is several seconds Secure High Spd The random data in the entire hard disk drive is overwrited The time required is about 40 minutes Secure The 00 or FF or the random data in the entire hard disk drive is overwrited each once The verify check whether the data recorded in the hard disk drive is correct is executed The time required is 20 hours Output Method Print Choose how to print Print auto delete Save in mail
263. cial 1 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Special 2 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Special 3 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Special 4 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Special 5 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Special 6 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Special 7 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Special 8 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Special 9 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Special 10 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK 2 17 Chapter 2 2 2 4 Print Position Adjustment Function iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S This printer has a printing p
264. cient 03810207 259A Low on the R ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished R ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810209 259B Low on the B ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished B ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank 8 20 Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action nk insufficient Press OK and replace ink tank 03810208 259C Low on the G ink tank during pre printing checks Replace with a fully replenished G ink tank Ink tank error 03830204 2540 Bk ink tank ID error Replace with a valid Bk ink tank Press OK and replace ink tank Ink tank error 03830201 2541 Y ink tank ID error Replace with a valid Y ink tank Press OK and replace ink tank Ink tank error Press OK and eplace ink tank 03830202 2542 M ink tank ID error Replace with a valid M ink tank Press and eplace ink tank nk tank error 03830203 2543 C ink tank ID error Replace with a valid C ink tank Press OK and eplace ink tank m nk tank error 03830212 2544 PM ink tank ID error Replace with a valid PM ink tank Press and replace ink tank nk tank error 03830213 2545 PC ink tank ID error Replace with a valid PC ink tank Press and place ink tank d nk tank error
265. ck the environment for interferences from outside light Replace the multi sensor unit Calibration There is a problem with the multi sensor Press OK to cancel calibration 03130031 2F35 Color calibration disabled Check the parts counter in service mode Replace the multi sensor unit Hardware error 03130031 2F3A Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F3A Valve motor error Check the ink supply unit Hardware error 03130031 2F3B Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F3B CS communication error Remove the ink tanks and then reload them Check the main controller PCB Hardware error 03130031 260E Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0130031 260E Gap detection error Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts Replace the main controller PCB Hardware error 03130031 2618 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2618 VH voltage error Check the power supply unit Hardware error 03130031 260F Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 260F Gap reference surface error Replace the reference surface sheet Roll feed unit err Turn off printer and check roll feed unit 03060A00 2E24 Roll feed unit failure Replace the roll feed unit Unknown file Check file format Turn off printer wait a while then turn it on again 03900001 4049 ROM data for another mo
266. ct Slot 14 Power Connector 6 Paper Alignment Line 15 Ethernet Connector 7 Basket 16 USB Port 8 Stand 17 Expansion Board Slot 9 Output Guide 18 Carrying Handle 1 1 Chapter 1 1 1 2 Product Overview iPF6200 This printer is capable of printing on A4 to Al size cut sheets and its maximum print width is 24 inches This printer is a desktop large format printer twelve colors pigment based colors printer that can be used to print office documents as well as handy POP and posters An auto roll feed unit is equipped for printing on roll media T 13 12 11 Y 4111111111111111111111111111111 1 4 1 2 1 Top Cover 10 Operation Panel 2 Ink Tank Cover 11 Roll Feed Unit 3 Cutter 12 Roll Feed Unit Cover 4 Front Manual Feed Guide 13 Manual Feed Cover 5 Peper Eject Slot 14 Power Connector 6 Paper Alignment Line 15 Ethernet Connector 7 Basket 16 USB Port 8 Stand 17 Carrying Handle 9 Output Guide 1 2 Chapter 1 1 1 3 Product Overview iPF6000S This printer is capable of printing on A4 to Al size cut sheets and its maximum print width is 24 inches This printer is a desktop large format printer eight colors pigment based colors printer that can be used to print office documents as well as handy POP and posters An auto roll feed unit is equipped for printing on roll media 2 3 4 5 6 H 8 9 Top Cover Ink Tank Cover Cutter Front Man
267. d R data signal 2 B 42 GND GND 43 H0 B DATA 3 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 3 B 44 GND GND 45 H0 C HE 4 OUT Head R heat enable signal 4 C 46 GND GND 47 H0 C DATA 4 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 4 C 48 SNS 5V OUT Power supply 45V 49 GND GND 50 GND GND Chapter 6 T 6 63 J3601 Connect to Carriage PCB J13 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 8 OUT Even head R data signal 8 E 2 GND GND 3 H0 D HE 7 OUT Head R heat enable signal 7 D 4 GND GND 5 H0 D DATA 7 EV OUT Even head R data signal 7 D 6 GND GND 7 H0 D DATA 6 EB OUT Even head R data signal 6 D 8 GND GND 9 H0 D DATA 6 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 6 D 0 GND GND 1 H0 D HE 6 OUT Head R heat enable signal 6 D 2 GND GND 3 H0 C HE 5 OUT Head R heat enable signal 5 C 4 GND GND 5 H0 C DATA 5 OD OUT Odd head R data signal 5 C 6 GND GND 7 H0 DSOUT2 IN Head R temperature output 2 8 GND GND 9 H0 DSOUTI IN Head R temperature output 1 20 GND GND 21 GND GND 22 LICSELO OUT Head R analogue switch clock signal 23 LICSEL2 OUT Head R analogue switch latch signal 24 LICSEL 1 OUT Head R analogue switch data signal 25 GND GND 26 GND GND 27 HO CLK OUT Head R data clock signal 28 GND GND 29 HO
268. d for image data color conversion and binarization conversion are generated as command data to meet the Media Type and other specifications of the printer driver b This printer receives print data from the individual interfaces on the main controller transmitting the received print data to ASIC IC1 c The main controller decompresses the print data transmitted to the ASIC and gets it through resolution color and 12 color binarization conversion while loading the data into DDR SDRAM from time to time It also converts the print data to 12 color binary equivalents of image and command data d The ASIC generates image data synthesized with mask data within the ASIC in sync with the discharge time while loading the data into DDR SDRAM from time to time The ASIC IC2 collects printhead information from EEPROM mounted on the printheads and the printer temperature from the latch IC on the carriage board and transmit them to the ASIC ICI The ASIC also receives mask pattern data from the firmware installed in flash ROM f The ASIC IC1 converts the image data synthesized with the mask pattern to data associated with the printhead information and the printer temperature trans mitting the data to the printheads as a print signal It transmits heat pulses to the printheads at the same time to optimize head driving The printheads convert the received print signal from a serial signal to a parallel signal for each row of nozzles and
269. d gr etta nd 3 1 3 111 1 Making Pre Ghecks ior erroe PEE EE e REESE TEES UU EE ETE dev aes enact e E M Le DR FU abe 3 1 3 1 2 Unpacking and Installation on erre be e E Dee ee et 3 1 3 12 1 Unpacking and HEITE e EE 3 1 3 1 22 Installing the Slam niter ce tct cete e th gena e Pe bsec ta cap ene Da ie d Rv d SR CO de de ec re 3 10 3 1 3 Checking the AE 3 19 3 1 3 1 Checking the Image and Operation EE 3 19 3 2 Transporting ede c et 3 20 3 21 Transporting the Printers 2 teta ete e e dte rte Reed eie ta 3 20 3 27 LT Transporting the Printer scien eere e een ek re shaved 3 20 3 22 Reinstalling the Printer e epe dE RE e cce EG 3 21 3 2 2 1 Reinstalling the eere tt eee aker iaa Ere 3 21 Chapter 4 DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY 4 1 Service Parts ote etre dives d dee Teu dad 4 1 4 4 T Service P rts un cet en ene Robbe dee oL bein dn e decns 4 1 4 2 7 4 2 4 21 Disassembly Reassermbly usunne denna andere avse eb gea ds 4 2 4 3 Points to Note on Disassembly 4 2 4 3 1 Note on locations prohibited from disassembly AA 4 2 4 3 2 Moving the carriage manuall
270. d ink tank Do not raise or lower the ink tank lock lever except when replacing the ink tank 1 Ink tank 2 Ink tank lock lever 3 Contacts 4 Ink port 1 7 2 4 Handling the Printer iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S 1 Precautions against Static Electricity Certain clothing may generate static electricity causing an electrical charge to build up on your body Such a charge can damage electrical devices or change their electrical characteristics In particular never touch the printhead contacts 1 Carriage unit 2 Printhead contacts 1 98 Chapter 1 2 Fixing the Carriage After completion of printing the carriage is mechanically locked by the lock arm in the purge unit at the same moment the printhead is capped Before transporting the printer secure the carriage at its home position using belt stoppers 1 so that the carriage does not become separated from the lock arm and damage or ink does not leak F 1 45 3 Vent holes This printer has four vent holes 1 to 4 Do not block the vent holes when the printer is in service 1 99 Chapter 1 4 Contact of Linear Scale Carriage Shaft Please do not touch a linear scale and the carriage shaft when the inside of the top cover is opened and execute maintenance When touching a linear scale and the carriage shaft it might cause defective movement of the carriage and a defective print F 1 47 1 Linear Scale 2 Carriage Shaft 5 Handling th
271. d of other settings The margin setting of the printer menu will be used instead of the margin setting of the printer driver if the latter is smaller which may prevent text or images in the margin from being printed Choose Off to use the printer driver settings instead Even if the margin setting of the printer driver is smaller than that of the printer driver text or images will not be cut off However this requires longer paper because the actual margin will be equal to the margin setting of the printer driver plus the margin setting of the printer menu Paper Size Basis Sht Selection If sheet size detection is activated choose whether ISO A3 or ANSI B Super is applied when an inbetween size is detected Sht Selection 1 If roll size detection is activated choose whether ISO A3 297 mm and 300 mm Roll is applied when an inbetween size is detected Sht Selection 2 If roll size detection is activated choose whether 10in 254 mm or JIS B4 257 mm is applied when an inbetween size is detected TrimEdge Reload Keeping a roll in the printer for a long time without printing on it may leave a depression on the leading edge When printing quality is most important we recommend setting this option to On so that the paper edge is automatically cut before printing Noz Check Freq Specify the timing for automatic checks of nozzle clogging Choose Off to disable checking Choose I page to check after ea
272. d retry printing 6 1 3 34 03862000 2E09 Insufficient roll media error iPF6000 Cause The machine detected that the remaining roll media was insufficient Probable fault location Roll media feed roller HP sensor feed roller encoder film feed roller encoder or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Replace the roll media 2 Feed roller HP sensor Check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the feed roller HP sensor 3 Replace the feed roller encoder film 4 Replace the feed roller encoder 5 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 35 03870001 2015 Cut error iPF6000 lt Cause gt After roll media cutting the multi sensor could not detect the media end Probable fault location Media multi sensor cutter unit cutter lifter unit cutter drive unit cutter driver PCB carriage PCB or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Media check If there is any print or stain in the detection area on the media or the media size is not the specified one replace the media 2 Multi sensor Select SERVICE MODE gt DISPLA Y gt S YSTEM gt SIZE CR to check the value read by the multi sensor If the value is wrong replace the multi sensor 3 Visual check Remove foreign substances from the multi sensor the cutter unit the cutter lifter unit and the cutter drive unit if any If the cutter unit the cutter lifter unit and the cutter drive unit is damaged or deformed replace it 4 Cable con
273. d roller type 0 or 1 TMP Ambient temperature degrees C SIZELF Detected size of loaded media feed direction mm 0 is always detected for the roll media SIZELF Detected size of loaded media feed direction inch 0 is always detected for the roll media SIZECR Detected size of loaded media carriage scan direction mm SIZECR Detected size of loaded media carriage scan direction inch 3 HEAD Displays the following EEPROM information of the printhead T 7 73 Display Description SINR Serial number of printhead R SINL Serial number of printhead L LOTR Lot number of printhead R LOT L Lot number of printhead L 4 INK Displays the numbers of days passed since installation of the following ink tanks T 7 74 Display Description Unit BK Number of days passed since the BK ink tank was installed Day s MBK Number of days passed since the MBK ink tank was installed Day s C Number of days passed since the C ink tank was installed Day s Number of days passed since the M ink tank was installed Day s Y Number of days passed since the Y ink tank was installed Day s PC Number of days passed since the PC ink tank was installed Day s PM Number of days passed since the PM ink tank was installed Day s GY Number of days passed since the GY ink tank was installed Day s 5 WARNING Displays the warning history up to 20 events The newest event has the smallest history number 6 ERROR Displays the error history up to 20 events The newest even
274. d the 03010000 2018 Paper left edge detection error Check the left edge of paper Check the paper type Press Online to clear the error and readjust printhead paper Cannot adjust 03010000 2820 Printhead registration unadjustable Check the paper on which a pattern is printed for printhead smears Check the environment for interferences from outside light Clean the printheads Cannot adjust printhead Press Online to clear the error and readjust printhead 03010000 2821 LF unadjustable Check the paper on which a pattern is printed for smears Check the environment for interferences from outside light Clean the printheads Hardware error 03010000 2823 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03010000 2823 Printhead check error Check to see if paper has not jammed Check the paper on which a pattern is printed for smears 8 4 Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Cannot print as specified Press Load Eject and replace paper with A4 LTR vertical or larger 03010000 2E1F Undersized paper loaded for internal printing A4 or larger Replace with A4 Letter or any larger sized paper Cannot print as specified Press Load Eject and replace paper with A3 11 x17 vertical or larger 03010000 2E1F Undersized paper loaded for internal printing A3 or larger Replace with A3 11 x17 or any la
275. dard Weak Weakest NearEnd RollMrgn 3mm 20mm Cut Speed Fast Standard Slow Trim Edge First Automatic Off On Cutting Mode Automatic Eject Manual Bordless Margin Automatic Fixed CutDustReduct Off On NearEnd Sht Mrgn 3 mm 20 mm Manual Feed Front Top Return Defaults No Yes Job Management Job Queue Ope Job List Choose a print job Delete Priority Com BOX Ope Job List Choose a print job Print Delete Print Job List No Yes Psnl BOX Ope Folder List Enter a password if one has been set Job List Choose a print job Print Delete Print Job List No Yes Chapter 1 T 1 10 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Adjust Printer Auto Head Adj Standard Adj No Yes Advanced Adj No Yes Auto Print Off On Manual Head Adj 12 No Yes Auto Band Adj Standard Adj No Yes Advanced Adj No Yes Manual Band Adj No Yes Adj Far Ed Feed No Yes Adjust Length 3 Standard No Yes Other No Yes Ca
276. days passed since installation of the following ink tanks T 7 18 Display Description Unit BK Number of days passed since the BK ink tank was installed Day s MBK Number of days passed since the MBK ink tank was installed Day s C Number of days passed since the C ink tank was installed Day s M Number of days passed since the M ink tank was installed Day s Y Number of days passed since the Y ink tank was installed Day s PC Number of days passed since the PC ink tank was installed Day s PM Number of days passed since the PM ink tank was installed Day s GY Number of days passed since the GY ink tank was installed Day s PGY Number of days passed since the PGY ink tank was installed Day s R Number of days passed since the R ink tank was installed Day s G Number of days passed since the G ink tank was installed Day s B Number of days passed since the B ink tank was installed Day s 5 WARNING Displays the warning history up to 20 events The newest event has the smallest history number 6 ERROR Displays the error history up to 20 events The newest event has the smallest history number 7 INK CHECK Displays the history of execution of turning off the remaining ink level detection by using the refilled ink tank in the order of Y PC C PGY GY BK PM M R G and B 0 No execution 1 Executed at least once 7 17 Chapter 7 b I O DISPLAY The information of each sensor and switch is
277. de Automatic Manual Protocol 4 DHCP On Off 1 79 Chapter 1 1 80 T 1 54 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Interface Setup TCP IP Protocol 4 BOOTP On Off RARP On Off IP Setting 14 IP Address 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Default G W 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 NetWare NetWare On Off Frame Type 6 Auto Detect Ethernet 2 Ethernet 802 2 Ethernet 802 3 Ethernet SNAP Print Service 6 BinderyPServer RPrinter NDSPServer NPrinter AppleTalk On Off Ethernet Driver Auto Detect On Off Comm Mode 7 Half Duplex Full Duplex Ethernet 7 10 Base T 100 Base TX Spanning Tree Not Use Use MAC Address Ext Interface No TEEE1394 Init Settings No Yes Maintenance Repl maint cart No Yes Chapter 1 T 1 55 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Maintenance Replace P head Printhead L No Yes Printhead R No Yes Move Printer No Yes Clean Platen No Yes Spur Cleaning No Yes System Setu
278. de the ink tank constant If the ink in the sub buffer exceeds the predetermined level the excessive ink flows to the absorbent material under the ink tank Ink supply from ink supply valve to printhead Ink is supplied from the ink tank to the printhead by opening the ink supply valve capping the head and operating the suction pump The ink sucked from the caps flows to the maintenance cartridge d Ink supply during printing During printing the ink supply vale is held open to allow ink to flow from the ink tank to the printhead constantly due to the negative pressure generated by dis charging of ink The waste ink used for printhead cleaning and borderless printing flows to the waste ink absorbent materials under the maintenance cartridge in addition to the waste ink box If all of ink passages are opened no ink tank is installed the ink supply valve is opened and the printhead fixer lever is opened when the ink tube is filled with ink the ink in the ink tube may reverse flow due to the fluid level difference and ink may leak from the hollow needle of the ink tank Do not open all of the ink passages at the same time when the ink tube is filled with ink e Agitation of ink in the ink tank Ink in the ink tank is agitated to prevent precipitation of pigment based ink in the ink tank This function is implemented by reverse flowing ink to the ink tank by opening and closing the supply valve in succession Inside the ink ta
279. del has been transferred Transmit valid ROM data Unknown file Check file format Turn off printer wait a while then turn it on again 03900001 4042 MIT data transfer failure Verify the validity of MID data before transferring it Roll sensor cannot detect Turn on printer again 03130031 291A Roll sensor detection failure Check the roll feed unit Hardware error 03130031 2F2B Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F2B LF operation failure Check to see if paper has not jammed Check the feed motor and feed roller Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Right printhead error Open top cover and replace the right printhead 03800201 2802 Invalid printhead R installed Replace printhead Left printhead error Open top cover and replace the left printhead 03800202 280A Invalid printhead L installed Replace printhead L Right printhead error Open top cover and replace the right printhead 03800301 2801 Printhead R DI compensation failure Replace printhead Left printhead error Open top cover and replace the left printhead 03800302 2809 Printhead L DI compensation failure Replace printhead L Right printhead error Open top cover and replace the right printhead 03800401 2803 Printhead R EEPROM error Replace printhead Left prin
280. der sensor Pump cam sensor Lift motor Head management sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 LIFTOUTCOM OUT Lift motor power supply 2 LIFT OUTAP OUT Lift motor drive signal AP 3 LIFT OUTAM OUT Lift motor drive signal AM 4 LIFT OUTBP OUT Lift motor drive signal BP 5 LIFT OUTBM OUT Lift motor drive signal BM 6 GND GND 7 FUTO CLMP OUT Head management sensor unit clamp signal 8 FUTO XLEDON OUT Head management sensor unit LED ON OFF signal 9 SNS 5V Power supply 45V 0 FUTO IN Head management sensor unit skew detection signal 1 PUMP OUTB OUT Purge motor drive signal B 2 PUMP OUTA OUT Purge motor drive signal A 3 GND GND 4 PUMP ENCA IN Pump encoder sensor output signal A 5 SNS 5V Power supply 45V 6 PUMP ENCB IN Pump encoder sensor output signal B 7 PUMP CAM 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 8 GND GND 9 PUMP CAM SNS IN Pump cam sensor output signal T 6 11 J3101 Carriage motor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 CR HWP IN Carriage motor hole device W phase signal 2 CR HWM IN Carriage motor hole device W phase signal 3 CR W OUT Carriage motor W phase drive signal 4 CR HVM IN Carriage motor hole device V phase signal 5 CR U OUT Carriage motor U phase drive signal 6 GND GND 7 CR V OUT Carriage motor V phase drive signal 8 SNS 5V Power supply 45V 9 N C N C 1
281. dicated if Replace Multisensor GAP CALIB is executed the unit version is indicated e If General Adj is executed the run time temperature and relative humidity are indicated 5 Ink saver mode setting a Ink saver mode status b Number of times ink save mode has been executed unit times 7 45 b NOZZLE 1 A sample printout that is produced by executing SERVICE MODE ADJUST PRINT PATTERN NOZZLE 1 is shown below Nozzle Check Pattern SERVICE c OPTICAL AXIS A sample printout that is produced by executing SERVICE MODE ADJUST PRINT PATTERN OPTICAL AXIS is shown below 7 3 d ROUGH A sample printout that is produced by executing SERVICE MODE ADJUST HEAD ADJ AUTO HEAD ADJ ROUGH is shown below F 7 4 e DETAIL A sample printout that is produced by executing SERVICE MODE ADJUST HEAD ADJ AUTO HEAD ADJ DETAIL is shown below Printhead Adjustment Pattern 5 AT 9 Att A15 A17 A 19 A21 A23 EE o o o 0 o 0 0 ol o NM gt gt SEM gt 2 2E gt 2 2 2 2 4 n 4 4 E e e EN e em 6 6 e e EE e s 8 s 8 8 10 un 10 10 10 OB 10 10 10 10 EN OE o EN 12 12 EN 2 12 12 EN 12 P s EN s 14 14 14 14 s iA ics 16 ic 16 161177 16 16 16 14016 TENE un 18 is 18 18
282. ding parts that can change the distance between the head management sensor and the carriage unit reasjustment is required Peform the readjustment in the service mode Service mode SERVICE MODE ADJUST NOZZLE CHK POS Chapter 5 MAINTENANCE Contents Contents zl Eege Replacement Parts 5 teet Oodd t ett eo eei tends 5 1 5 1 1 Periodic Replacement Parts 32 Consumable Parts oe e e OR HEP FU EGER BERUF PNE GUT dealer see 5 2 1 Consumable Parts 5 22 Consumable Parts x IT HEIDE GRE RR 5 2 3 9 ei See esee ee 5 3 5 3 1 Periodice Maintenance esi etate Ie ient oe ede ba elected e iens rev avse 5 3 5 3 2 Periodic Mainit riange EE 5 6 Chapter 5 5 1 Periodic Replacement Parts 5 1 1 Periodic Replacement Parts iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S T 5 1 Level Periodic Replacement part User None Service None Personnel 5 2 Consumable Parts 5 2 1 Consumable Parts iPF6100 iPF6200 T 5 2 Consumables Service Mode Name Part number Ferd parts xx COUNTER x States Error Code Service SUCTION FAN UNIT QM3 0701 000 1 5000 1 OK W1 E146 4001 DUCT UNIT PLATEN QM3 0800 000 1 5000 Bl B OK W1 E146 4001 CARRIAGE U
283. e Maintenance Cartridge When removing the maintenance cartridge form the printer use caution so that waste ink does not spatter 6 Refilling the Printer with Ink After removing the ink from inside the printer using the automatic or manual ink draining procedure to disassemble reassemble or transport the printer refill the printer with ink as soon as possible upon completion of the work If the ink remaining in the printer dries up mechanical parts may be seized and malfunction may result 1 100 Chapter 1 1 7 3 Precautions When Servicing Printer 1 7 3 1 Notes on the Data Stored in the Printer iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S This printer counts the print length number of ink tank replacements number of cleaning operations number of cutter operations and so on and stores them in the main controller s EEPROM as a service mode counter This counter provides important information about the printer usage status You can check this information by printing it in the service mode or displaying it on the display Following the precautions below when servicing the printer 1 Repairing replacing the PCB When replacing the main controller follow the specified replacement procedure For the main controller replacement procedure see Disassembly Reassembly gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt Boards 2 After replacing the purge unit The information about the number of cleanings arises in the purge unit After repl
284. e as the type of the media used to print the adjustment pattern If they are different retry adjustment using the media of the type selected on the operation panel 2 If ink bleeds greatly change the media 3 Carry out head cleaning and retry adjustment If the adjustment result is poor replace the printhead 4 Replace the multi sensor and then retry adjustment 5 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the multi sensor and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 6 Replace the carriage PCB 7 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the carriage PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 8 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 5 03010000 2E1F 03060000 2E14 03061000 2E15 03060000 2E16 03060200 2E03 03060200 2E0B 03060A00 2E00 03060A00 2E01 03860002 2E0A Path mismatch error iPF6000 Cause The size of the media used to print the adjustment pattern was smaller than the specified one No roll media was loaded when data was received with roll media specified as a media type No roll media was loaded when test printing No cut sheet was loaded in the cassette when data was received with cut sheet specified as a media type Data requiring roll media was received when cut sheet was loaded Data requiring cut sheet was received when roll media was loaded No roll media was loaded when data was different from the size of the actually loaded media The type of the l
285. e cam state When the link that operates in conjunction with the valve cam shields light this sensors detect that the ink supply valve has been opened Ink detection sensor Presence of absence of ink in the ink tank is detected according to whether the two hollow needles are electrically connected When the ink level in the ink tank lowers below the wall around the hollow needle at the air passage this hollow needle is electrically disconnected form the hollow needle located on the ink supply side thus detecting that the printer has run out of ink Ink tank H Wall JE aos Rubber plug Needle ink supply Needle air passage F 2 67 Head management sensor The photo transmission type sensor detects that the printhead is discharging ink The carriage moves to and stops at the detection positions for individual nozzle arrays When the carriage is at a stop nozzles discharge ink on after another The sensor detects each nozzle due to the voltage change caused when ink discharged from the nozzle blocks the sensor light Non discharging nozzle detection is carried out at the following timings After the execution of Cleaning 1 Cleaning 2 Cleaning 3 Cleaning 6 or Cleaning 10 After the number of copies that has been set by the user menu choice Nozzle Check Frequency have been printed If more than a specified number of non discharging nozzles have been located in one session of non discharging nozzle detection the normal cleaning sequence is
286. e left cover in the direction of arrow 2 and then slide it in the direction of arrow 3 Chapter 4 e Output guide Removing the output guide 1 To remove the output guide 2 pull it by holding the handles 1 f Lower rear left cover Removing the lower rear left cover 1 Remove the screw 1 to remove the lower rear left cover 2 F 4 10 F 4 11 4 7 Chapter 4 g Lower rear cover Removing the lower rear cover 1 When removing the lower rear cover 2 remove the two screws 1 and then remove it 1 4 12 h Left rear cover Removing the left rear cover 1 When removing the left rear cover 2 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover left cover lower rear cover and lower rear left cover 2 Remove the three screws 1 and then remove the left rear cover 2 2 F 4 13 Chapter 4 i Left front cover Removing the left front cover 1 When removing the left front cover 2 open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover and output guide 2 Rmove the three screws 1 and then remove the left front cover 2 2 F 4 14 j Right upper cover Removing the right upper cover 1 When removing the right upper cover 2 open the top cover and then remove the right circle cover 2 Release the two hooks 1
287. e lift gear 2 and the lift cam 5 Disconnect the connector 6 remove the two screws 7 and then remove the lift cam sensor 3 Remove the two torsion springs 8 pull out the carriage rail 9 from the right side of the printer and then remove the carriage F 4 45 4 22 Chapter 4 b Points to Note on disassembly and Reassembly of Carriage Unit 1 Align the mark on the gear 3 with the mark on the bushing 4 Align the mark on the lift gear 1 with the mark on the gear 2 to remove the ring 5 1 2 3 4 F 4 46 2 Install the linear scale with its R mark 1 located on the right side of the unit F 4 47 Kir MS Mo A 2 9 dl F 4 48 Chapter 4 Note on attaching the flexible cable 1 Insert the flexible cable 2 through the three claws 1 in the flexible cable retainer os AN 4 1 22 va 2 Lightly fold the flexible cable in its marked area 1 and pass it through claws 2 1 2 F 4 50 3 Insert folded flexible cable 1 through the three claws 2 4 Pull the flexible cable 1 lightly from both sides to remove slacks in it F 4 51 4 24 Chapter 4 5 Having installed the flexible cable retainer align and flatten the flexible cables 6 Attach the flexible guide sheet 1 over the flexible cable while matching its left end with the edge of the lower plate and bumping its rear side against the side
288. e main controller PCB the printer must be started up in the service mode to take over the setting and adjustment values to the new PCB properly the service mode will be switched to the PCB replacement mode automatically 2 4 2 3 Main controller components iPF6000S BAT801 sech E JD The ASIC with a 16 bit internal bus is driven in sync with the 66 MHz external clock It supports the following functions F 2 52 a ASIC 2 Image processing unit This unit converts the RGB multi value image data or CMYK multi value data received from the host computer through the interface connector to the binary image data for the ink colors used DMA controller This controller control DMA transfer of the data transferred through the input interfaces such as the USB and expansion card slot as well as DMA transfer of the data stored in the DIMM Image data generation output function This function generates image data for color printing from the received image data and the mask pattern corresponding to print mode stored in the FLASH ROM and stored the generated image data in DIMM It also outputs the generated image data to the carriage PCB Interrupt controller This
289. e motor Carriage unit Pinch roller Feed roller Feed moto Ink tube Purge unit F 1 37 1 7 1 2 Adhesion of Ink iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S 1 Ink passages Be careful not to touch the ink passages of the printer to prevent the printer workbench ands and clothes from being stained with ink The ink flows through the ink tank unit carriage unit purge unit maintenance jet tray maintenance cartridge and the ink tubes that relay ink to individual units Carriage unit Ink tank unit Maintenance cartridge Maintenance jet tray Purge unit 1 93 Chapter 1 Although the ink is not harmful to the human body it contains organic solvents Ink may contaminate the surrounding parts Carry out the work with due caution If your hands are stained with ink wash them with a plenty of water Be careful not to allow the ink to get into your mouth or eyes If the ink gets into your eyes flush them with water well and see a doctor In case of accidental ingestion of a large quantity of ink see a doctor immediately It is also effective to use gloves to prevent ink from adhering when working Since this ink contains pigment stains will not come out of clothing 2 Ink Mist Since the printhead prints by squirting ink onto the media a minute amount of ink mist is generated in the printing unit during printing The generated ink mist is collected in the printer by the airflow However uncollected ink mi
290. e same time These PCBs store important data such as settings and carriage drive time Before replacement of either PCB the data stored in it is moved to the other PCB through internal communication so that it can be taken over to the new PCB automatically This is the reason why the two PCBs should not be replaced at the same time If you want to replace both PCBs at the same time first carry out the procedure Procedure for replacing the maintenance cartridge relay PCB ROM board and then carry out the procedure Procedure for replacing the main controller PCB After replacing with the main controller PCB or maintenance cartridge relay PCB which are supplied as service parts check that the firmware to the latest version a Removing the main controller PCB 1 To remove the main controller PCB open the top cover and remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover left cover lower rear cover lower rear left cover and left rear cover Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt External Covers 2 Remove all connectors from the main controller PCB 3 Remove two coin screws 1 interface cover 2 and screw 3 in this order F 4 99 4 45 Chapter 4 b Removing the main controller mounting plate 1 Remove the main controller PCB 2 Free the harness from the harness guide 3 Remove the screw 1 and remove the flexible guide 2
291. e wiper blade is moistened with glycerin thus improving the wiping perform ance Idle ejection of ink is performed on the cap the borderless ink tray of the platen and paper The suction operation is performed by rotating the pump motor after completion of capping Note that the cleaning operation accompanied by suction is performed only at the left cap f Carriage height adjustment When the lift motor is driven to rotate the carriage height changing cams installed at both ends of the shaft the height of the carriage shaft is varied to change the spacing between the face of the printheads and the paper The printhead height is detected by the multisensor installed in the lower left part of the carriage g Multi sensor unit The multi sensor mounted at the lower left of the carriage is composed of four LEDs red blue green infrared and two light sensitive elements which are used to detect the leading edge width and skewing of paper and adjust the color calibration and head height The multi sensor reference plate is provided with a white plate By measuring the quantity of the reflected light from the white plate the reference value for gap measurement is computed Service mode SERVICE MODE ADJUST GAP CALIB h Shaft cleaner units The shaft cleaners mounted at the left and right of the carriage are used to clean the carriage and apply oil to the shaft i Internal temperature detection A themistor for measuring the interna
292. eWire port Chapter 1 1 2 12 Consumables iPF6100 iPF6200 Printhead The consumable print head is the same as that supplied with the printer F 1 19 Ink Tanks The consumable ink tanks are available in twelve colors matte black black photo cyan cyan photo magenta magenta yellow red blue green photo gray and gray They are the same as those supplied with the printer Each ink tank must be replaced with a new one six month after you have opened the package The ink tank that can be used with this printer is labeled F 1 20 Maintenance cartridge The consumable maintenance cartridge is the same as that supplied with the printer Chapter 1 1 2 13 Consumables iPF6000S Printhead The consumable print head is the same as that supplied with the printer F 1 22 Ink Tanks The consumable ink tanks are available in eight colors matte black black photo cyan cyan photo magenta magenta yellow and gray They are the same as those supplied with the printer Each ink tank must be replaced with a new one six month after you have opened the package The ink tank that can be used with this printer is labeled F 1 23 Maintenance cartridge The consumable maintenance cartridge is the same as that supplied with the printer Chapter 1 1 3 Product Specifications 1 3 1 Product Specifications iPF6100 Type Bubble jet large sized paper printer Feeding system Automat
293. eaning Head Cleaning A Head Cleaning B Media Menu Manual Paper Type Plain Paper 5 1 74 Plain Paper HQ 5 Plain Paper HG 5 Recycled Coated 5 High Resolution 5 Coated Paper 5 HW Coated 5 Ex HW Coated 5 Premium MatteP 5 Matte Photo 5 Glossy Photo 5 Semi Gl Photo 5 HW Glossy Photo2 5 HW SemiGI Photo2 5 Poster Semi GI 5 SatinPhoto 190 5 Photo PaperPlus 5 PhotoPlusSemiGl 5 Syn Paper 5 Adh Syn Paper 5 Backlit Film 5 Backprint Film 5 Flame Res Cloth 5 ThinFab Banner2 5 Proofing Paper 5 News Proof 1 5 News Proof 2 5 FineArt Photo 5 FneArt HW Photo 5 Chapter 1 T 1 49 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Media Menu Manual Paper Type FineArt Txtr 5 FineArt Wtrclr 5 FineArtBlockP 5 Canvas Matte2 5 JPN Paper Washi 5 Colored Coated 5 CAD Trace Paper 5 CAD Matte Film 5 POP Board 5 Special Here the number is 1 to 10 5 Manual Paper Size ISO Al ISO A24 ISO A2 ISO A34 ISO A3 ISO A4 ISO B2 ISO B3 ISO B4 JIS B2 JIS B3 JIS B4 22 X34 ANSI D 17 22 ANSI
294. eaning function and ink supply function a Capping function The capping function presses the cap of the purge unit against the face plate on the nozzle section of the printhead to prevent nozzle drying and dust adhesion Capping is performed when printing is complete at the start of the suction operation and when switching to the standby state due to an error The capping function also establishes the ink passage between the printhead and purge unit b Cleaning function The cleaning function restores the printhead to the state where ink can be easily discharged from nozzles This function includes the following three types of oper ations Wiping operation This operation is performed to remove paper fibers and dried ink from to the face plate Pumping operation This operation is performed to remove ink from the nozzles and fill the nozzles with fresh ink Maintenance jet operation This operation is performed to spray ink from the nozzles to the cap borderless ink jet tray an paper to remove bubbles in the nozzles and dust and other foreign particles Ink supply function The suction pump of the purge unit operates together with the ink supply valve to supply ink to the printhead during the initial filling and ink level adjustment Details of the cleaning function are shown in the table below Name of Service mode Cleaning mode or PRINT INF Operation Descri
295. eat enable signalll F 18 HI E DIAI IN Heal L DI sensor signal 1 E 19 HI D DIAI IN Heal L DI sensor signal 1 D 20 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 43V 21 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 43V 22 H1 B DATA 3 EV OUT Even head L data signal 3 B 23 H1 A DATA 0 EV OUT Even head L data signal 0 A 24 HI B HE 2 OUT Head L heat enable signal 2 B 25 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 26 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 27 H1 D DIA2 IN Heal L DI sensor signal 2 D 28 HI E HE 8 OUT Head L heat enable signal8 E 29 HI E DIA2 IN Heal L DI sensor signal 2 E 30 HI F DIA2 IN Heal L DI sensor signal 2 F 31 HI E HE 9 OUT Head L heat enable signal9 E 32 H1 D DATA 7 EV OUT Even head L data signal 7 D 33 H1 D HE 6 OUT Head L heat enable signal 6 D 34 H1 C DATA 5 0D OUT Odd head L data signal 5 C 35 H1 C DATA 4 EV OUT Even head L data signal 4 C 36 H1 A DATA 1 EV OUT Even head L data signal 1 A 37 H1 A DIA2 IN Heal L DI sensor signal 2 A 38 H1 B DIA2 IN Heal L DI sensor signal 2 B 39 H1 C HE 4 OUT Head L heat enable signal8 E 40 H1 D DATA 7 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 7 D 41 H1 E DATA 8 OD OUT Odd head L data signal 8 E 42 H1 F HE 10 OUT Head L heat enable signal 10 F 43 H1 F DATA 11 EV OUT Even head L data signalll F 44 HI F DATA 8 EV OUT Even head L data signal 8 F 45 H1 D DATA 6 EV OUT Even head L data signal 6 D 46 H1 C DIA2 IN Heal L DI sensor signal 2 C 47 H1 C DATA 5 EV OUT Even head L data signal 5 C 48 HI B DIAI IN Heal L DI sensor signal 1 B 49 H1 A
296. eca 1 4 123 Features eu rame iege eni uli MEI NLIS CAE CMS 1 4 1 2 4 Printhead EE 1 5 1 2 5 Ink TaDK ege GU AN ekle 1 5 1 2 6 Inke Lans ep eq e et D cm co hd siot crim NE ae 1 6 INOLTRE 1 7 1 28 Roll Feed tr ig EE eet d ep nel bre UV ee 1 7 1 2 9 Starid tuae sr eten 1 8 ele Elte ele ka nd edt s kn iet e t A or nd sac 1 8 L2 T IEEE1394 FireWire Board eec E reete ba in d Ur DEOR s 1 8 1 2 12 Gorisumables 3 3 treten Un one eee demeure EE e 1 10 US D Ee ell 1 11 I3 Product SpecificationS sass need icit ect eae eis oe ee fetu o Po ate RU 1 12 1 3 1 Gig ele e IEN 1 12 1 3 2 Product Specifications eme eiie eir ea a ee 1 13 1 3 3 Gite ele 1 15 1 4 Detailed Specifications 1 17 1 4 1 Print Speed and Direction nonae ce alee dede AE 1 17 1 42 Interface Specifications e uo p e e re ee iie a dim e e 1 23 1 43 Interface Specifications nii Grrr aa aaea eaa de dece et a a da edges 1 24 1 5 Names and Functions of Components eene nennen een nns 1 25 1 54 Bron aui EE ee A eee i III d AE 1 25 1 52 Rear MP PCR 1 26 1 9 p S IDEE TE gedet EIL LI I B LIII IL 1 26 5
297. ected Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03010000 200C Roll media loading size detection failure Reload the roll media Paper loaded askew Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03016000 2010 Skewed roll media Rewind the roll media and reload them Cannot adjust eccentric Press Online to clear the error 03010000 2822 Eccentricity correction disabled Check to see if paper has not jammed Cassette printing is selected Press Load Eject and load sheets 03860200 2E02 Data with a cut sheet specification has been received but no cut sheets are loaded Load cut sheets at the paper tray port Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded Press Load Eject and remove the sheets 03860200 2E0A Data with a roll media specification has been received when a cut sheet tray is loaded Replace with roll media Roll printing is selected Press Load Eject and load a roll 03060A00 2E00 Data with a roll media specification has been received but no roll media are loaded Load roll media No Roll Feed Unit Turn printer off and install roll feed unit 03060A00 2E0E Roll media unit not installed Install the roll media unit The roll is empty Load Eject Change Paper 03060A00 2E1B Roll media end Renew the supply of roll media Wrong paper feed slot for this paper type Press Load Eject and reload the paper
298. ection signal 6 VM OUT Power supply 426V d VM OUT Power supply 426V 8 ROLL SLEEP OUT Roll motor driver sleep signal 9 ROLL STB OUT Roll motor driver strobe signal 10 ROLL DAT OUT Roll motor driver data signal 11 ROLL CLK OUT Roll motor driver clock signal 12 GND GND 13 GND GND T 6 53 J2801 Feed motor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 LF OUTB OUT Feed motor drive signal B 2 LF OUTA OUT Feed motor drive signal A 6 38 Chapter 6 T 6 54 J3011 Purge motor Pump encoder sensor Pump cam sensor Lift motor Head management sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 LIFTOUTCOM OUT Lift motor power supply 2 LIFT OUTAP OUT Lift motor drive signal AP 3 LIFT OUTAM OUT Lift motor drive signal AM 4 LIFT OUTBP OUT Lift motor drive signal BP 5 LIFT OUTBM OUT Lift motor drive signal BM 6 GND GND 7 FUTO CLMP OUT Head management sensor unit clamp signal 8 FUTO XLEDON OUT Head management sensor unit LED ON OFF signal 9 SNS 5V Power supply 45V 0 FUTO IN Head management sensor unit skew detection signal 1 PUMP OUTB OUT Purge motor drive signal B 2 PUMP OUTA OUT Purge motor drive signal A 3 GND GND 4 PUMP ENCA IN Pump encoder sensor output signal A 5 SNS 5V Power supply 45V 6 PUMP
299. ed down turn on the Power button of the printer Keep pressing the above buttons until Initializing appears on the display b Procedure When Download Mode Send Firmware is shown on the display transfer the firmware When downloading of the firmware is completed the printer is turned off automatically 3 Counter display mode Use this mode to view only printer counter information a Invoking counter display mode 1 Press the MENU button to keep Information System Info selected 2 Press the button whole holding down the MENU button OK button to invoke counter display mode b How to view counter display mode S N Unit serial number CNT Number of copies printed in A4 terms unit copies Chapter 8 ERROR CODE Contents Contents T DEN Ne EE 8 2 Warning Table s oe c toner i et tese 8 2 2 Warnings aaret keen 8 3 iuro Tables sa Seerne eee ett 83 T Brror Code nio b ete roi el eias eed 8 4 8 32 Error Code Lists niet rhe ente d e den 8 14 S4 Sevice Call ables sc RH a xt vel RII EIU DIEM EI 8 25 4 1 S rvice Call Errors oet hee eC RR UTE HQ GR Pe eA Mele kinesere Ur TER ERROR ER VS 8 25 8 42 Service Call EITOIS 3 rre tiae etienne Mean chats a died aei ten eia E E REIR 8 25 Chapter 8
300. ed printer 1 Unpack the printer 2 Remove the cushioning materials and tape from the printer 3 Install the maintenance cartridge 4 Remove the belt stopper 5 Connect the power cord 6 Turn on the Power button and install ink tanks according to the displayed messages Ink filling will starts Load paper and check for normal operation 3 21 Chapter 4 DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY Contents Contents TiServace Patts teme RD Ra Rie to i etie tao ise eee alten 4 12 5 RE A EEO A a a e 4 2 0 4 2 1 Disassembly Reassembly 4 3 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly 4 3 1 Note on locations prohibited from disassembly essent ete nenne 4 3 2 Moving the carriage manually 4 3 3 Units requiring draining of ink 4 3 4 External Covets eedem neo tenuit deem a he tees daar eee as 435 Driving EE 6 CUCL sho eS ook Sos eda ten setae teat sed E t ceases eas ehh LT 4327 Cartiage Unit CUR REO eon diei Ete e e eee 43 8 Feeder 4 39 Roll F ed eine oen E te RE 4310 Purge tilt tee ere t b e ee pite EN
301. ed to print the job Print Size Displays the paper size in the print job Media Type Displays the paper type in the print job Interface Displays the interface used for the print job Ink Consumed Displays the ink density of each color in the print job HDD Information HDD Space Displays the space available on the printer s hard disk 1 50 Chapter 1 5 Main Menu Settings During Printing Main menu items during printing are described in the following tables Information T 1 25 Setting Item Description Instructions Head Cleaning Specify Printhead cleaning options Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint oddly colored or contains foreign substances Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A Fine Band Adj Displayed during print jobs Fine tune the feed amount manually Information Displays the information about the printer and history of print jobs T 1 26 Setting Item Description Instructions System Info Firmware Displays the version of the printer and firmware Boot Displays the Boot ROM version of the printer MIT Displays the DB format version of the MIT IP Displays the printer IP address Ext Interface Displays the interface used the expansion slot s n Displays the printer serial number Error Log HHH
302. educe the amount of debris Trim Edge First If a roll is loaded the end of the paper will be cut Choose Forced to have 40 mm 1 6 in cut off the leading edge of the roll ensuring a straight edge after you load the roll Scraps are then removed When Automatic is selected if the left and right side of the leading edge of the roll are uneven by 3 mm 0 12 in or more the edge is cut an amount relative to the slant to ensure a straight edge after you load the roll Scraps are then removed If the unevenness is less than 3 mm or if No Cutting is selected the edge is not cut and scraps are not removed Cutting Mode Specify if the Cutter Unit is used for cutting Choose Automatic to have roll paper cut automatically after printing If you choose Eject the paper will not be cut after printing Instead a line will be printed at the cut position Bordless Margin Adjust the margin during borderless printing CutDustReduct Choose On to reduce the amount of debris generated when cutting film and similar media by printing a line at the cut position This option reduces the amount of debris given off after cutting Manual Feed Choose how the paper is supplied Top for printing from the Tray or Front for printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot NearEnd Sht Mrgn Specify a margin at the leading edge of sheets to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3 mm it may lower the printing quality at the lead
303. emoved or replaced the carriage unit This adjustment is not required when you have replaced only the multi sensor Make adjustments with the carriage lock released Make adjustments with the tube disconnected from the tube guide 1 Remove the ink tube from the wire guide 2 Loosen the two screws 1 3 Turn the gear 2 until the lift cam flag 3 reaches the position shown below Bottom position where the sensor 4 light is blocked by the flag lowest position to which the carriage unit descends 4 61 Chapter 4 5 Install the carriage wire tool 1 in position with its leaf spring being attached to the top of mist fan 2 2 1 F 4 129 4 62 8 Retighten the two screws 1 loosened in Step 2 to secure the wire guide Ang im SE 3 O al 9 ATTEN AR BEE V RER SN 1 F 4 131 9 Pass the ink tubes through the wire guides 4 5 3 Procedure after Replacing the Head Management Sensor iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Since the distance between the head management sensor and the carriage unit varies among printers the optical axis is factory adjusted to adjust the non discharging detection position When you have replaced the head management sensor or performed assembly reassembly of surroun
304. ensity printhead technology FINE that can satisfy both of beautiful and fast printing requirements of a high order is employed for accurate ejection of ultrasmall 4 pl drops of ink to the target positions Prints with 2400 x 1200 dpi resolution can be made at a high speed Imaging processor L COA incorporated for high speed image data processing High speed processing of 8 color 2 bit large size images and printer control for high accuracy operation of high density double head can be performed with a single chip Support for roll media manual feed from front and manual feed from top 3 way paper supply A maximum of 1 5 mm thick of paper POP Board can be man ually fed from the front Borderless printing on and auto cutting of roll media Standard support for 10Base T 100Base TX Standard support for USB 2 0 Hi Speed Data scanned using CanoScan can be easily printed on large size paper just like a dedicated copier Just pressing the Start button allows you to blow up an original of up to A3 size in collaboration with Canon Image RUNNER Support for remote notification utility which is used to send an E mail when an alarm or error occurs Hard disk drive mounted for greater ease of job management and for driving on night time Functional enhancements new to this model include High printing productivity The eight color pigment ink system offers enhanced printing prudutivity 1 4 Chapter 1 1 2 4 Printhead iPF6100
305. er right front cover upper front cover lower front cover cover guide upper rear cover and left and right cover mounting plates Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt External Covers 2 Remove the three screws 1 and then remove the mist fan 2 1 F 4 61 4 29 Chapter 4 3 Remove the three screws 1 and then remove the tube guide 2 and the wire guide 3 F 4 62 i 524 SG N DE 1 V 2 pr 975 4 63 5 Tum the pulley 1 in the direction of the arrow so that the spur unit 2 is at the top position F 4 64 4 30 Chapter 4 6 While pressing down the protrusion A slide the spur unit 1 in the direction of the arrow to remove it A 1 c Handling the Feed Roller The feed roller is an important mechanical component of the printer Follow the precaution below when handring it Do not touch the feed roller surface coated surface Do not scratch or dent the feed roller 4 31 Chapter 4 4 3 9 Roll Feed Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Removing the roll motor 1 When removing the roll motor remove the roll feed unit 2 from the main body and then remove the right cover 3 by removing the two screws 1 2 F 4 66 2 Remove the four screws 1 and then remove the left cover 2 and paper tray 3 3 F 4 67 3 Remove the three screws 1 and then remove the right inner cover 2
306. er left to feed the paper this much Rep Ink Tank When exchanging the ink tank choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen Head Cleaning Specify Printhead cleaning options Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint oddly colored or contains foreign substances Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A Media Menu Specify the type and size of paper Paper Details Specify detailed paper related settings including the ink drying time and borderless printing options Adjust Printer Adjust the Printhead alignment or amount of feed by printing a test pattern Interface Setup Configure the network settings Maintenance Replace the Printhead prepare to transfer the printer and clean the Pick Up Roller System Setup Specify the printer system settings including the date format and display language Test Print Choose Status Print to print information about the printer Choose Media Details to print the paper settings as specified in Med Detail Set Choose Print Job Log to print a record of print jobs including the paper type and size amount of ink used and so on Choose Menu Map to print a list of the main menu options Choose Nozzle Check to print a test pattern for checking the nozzles If you have selected a leading edge margin of 20 mm in Nr End Sht Mrgn in the printer menu the test print sheet may not be printed completely Information D
307. er sized paper Cannot print as specified Press Load Eject and replace roll with 10 in wide or larger roll 03010000 2E1F Undersized paper loaded for internal printing roll media Replace with roll media at least 10 inches in width Cannot print as specified Press Load Eject and replace paper with A2 16 6 x23 4 vertical or larger 03010000 2E1F The first sheet used for adjustment printing or the like was A2 or larger sized but the second sheet used was smaller than A2 Prepare about 10 sheets of A2 or larger sized paper Replace with A2 or any larger sized paper Cannot feed paper Remove paper and press Load Eject 03010000 2E25 Feeding error Remove the paper jam and reload the paper Cannot detect papr Remove paper and press Load Eject 03010000 2E25 Paper jam while feeding ejecting printing Remove the paper jam and reload the paper Cannot load Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03010000 2E27 Paper jam during feeding printing ejection Reload the paper This paper cannot be used Check supported paper sizes Load Eject Change Paper 03010000 200E Undersized paper cut sheets roll media Replace with larger sized paper This paper cannot be used Check supported paper sizes Load Eject Change Paper 03010000 200F Oversized paper cut sheets roll media Replace with smaller sized paper No sheets
308. erformed to prevent precipitation of ink Notches for preventing incorrect installation Notches for preventing incorrect installation Air passage EEPROM EG Agitation plate Notches for preventing N incorrect installation Ink tank Ink port em 2 25 Chapter 2 f Ink supply valve The ink supply valve is located between the ink tank and ink tube to prevent ink leakage from occurring when the ink tube on the ink tank side is opened during replacement of the ink tank The ink supply valve is opened and closed by the valve open close mechanism which is driven by the valve motor The ink tank unit consists of two tank bases each of which contains ink tanks for three colors and the ink tubes for six colors The ink tubes coming from the PC PM and C ink tanks feed both printheads L and R Two valve open closed detection sensors and valve motor control the opening and closing of the ink supply valves to prevent the ink tubes to whichever printhead that is not engaged in any operation such as ink filling and suction from being released 2 3 Valve open closed detection sensor Valve open closed detection sensor Printhead L Printhead R 2 OFF ON Open Close Open Close OFF OFF Close Close ON ON Open Open Valve cam Linkage KK 2 26 Ink supply valve F 2 17 Valve open closed detection sensor Linkage supply valve driven simultaneously
309. erials for the printer and other optional devices If they are not available pack them with a sufficient amount of cushioning materials Before transporting the printer be sure to go through the following steps to protect the internal mechanism For the printer packaging work and the installation work after transportation refer to the Quick Start Guide When Check Free Space in Maintenance C or Replace Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the display you cannot make preparations for transportation First replace the maintenance cartridge and then make preparations for transportation Do not incline the printer during transportation The internal ink may leak and the surrounding area may be stained If it is necessary to place the printer with either side up or down or to incline the printer contact your sales agent 3 20 Chapter 3 3 2 2 Reinstalling the Printer 3 2 2 1 Reinstalling the Printer iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S 1 When installing the printer after moving it on the same floor having no step If you have moved the printer to the installation site on the same floor having no step without draining ink check the operation test pattern 2 When installing the printer after moving it on the same floor having a step s If you have moved the printer to the installation site on the same floor having a step s with ink drained install it again in the same manner as that for initial instal lation after reception of the deliver
310. erless idle ejection mist collection count full s 6 1 4 5 E194 404A Non discharge detection count 6 1 4 6 196 4040 196 4041 196 4042 196 4045 196 4049 main controller error 6 11 6 1 4 7 E198 401C E198 401D E198 401E ema 6 2 Location of Connectors and Pin Arrangement 6 2 1 Main controller PCB 6 2 2 Main controller PCB 6 2 3 Main controller PCB 6 274 Garriage POBRE CERE DS RERO RE 6 2 5 Power SUpply n nr NEL tM tet ee er ee te SA Le etd e 6 2 6 Roll feed unit PCB 6 3 Version Up 6 3 1 Firmware iiit mm EXER PORRO RD Mir EQ dE ERR 6 3 2 Firmware Update Tool eti teet it Fi Fuge rede odi ee ee dee ec fri Service OOS sad OAA FOON messe I at Chapter 7 SERVICE MODE TI S rvic ne uenige Service Mode Operation 1 2 etate fedme ananasen etra add beg 7 1 2 Map of the Service Mode 7 1 3 Map of the Service Mode 7 1 4 Map of the Service Mode T1 5 Detalls of Sence surrer See 7 1 6 Details of Service Hr He Recette e bo dive pei his Mies feel due TAC Details of Service Mode nina pep m OR ER RR VEI a ERE 7 1 8 Sample Printout T2 Special Mod rateur eta eye e Heo uade 72 1 Special Modes for Servicihig s ced Ee c ede dependiente ond Entrar A 7 45 Ch
311. f executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS V UNIT X EXC Unit X multi sensor replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS X 6 DETAIL CNT Other counters T 7 85 Display Description Unit MOVE PRINTER Count of Move Printer operations Times N INKCHK XX XX Ink color Times Count of turning off the ink remaining level detection for each color MEDIACONFIG CNT Count of media registered by media editor Times 7 39 Chapter 7 7 INK USEI Counters related to ink consumption 8 INK USE2 Counters related to ink consumption 9 INK EXC Counters related to ink tank replacement 10 MEDIA x x 1 to 7 Counters related to media 11 MEDIA OTHER Counters related to media T 7 86 Display Description Unit INK USEI XX XX Ink color ml Cumulative consumption amount of generic ink INK USEI TTL Total amount of the cumulative consumption of generic ink ml N INK USEI XX XX Ink color ml Cumulative consumption amount of refilled ink N INK USEI TTL Total amount of the cumulative consumption of refilled ink ml T 7 87 Display Description Unit INK USE2 XX XX Ink color ml Consumption amount of generic ink of the currently installed ink tank INK USE2 TTL Total consumption amount of generic ink of the currently installed ink
312. f manual cleaning operations Times 7 38 Chapter 7 4 CLEAR Counters related to counter initialization T 7 83 Display Description Unit CLR INK CONSUME Cumulative count of ink section consumption amount clearing Times CLR CUTTER EXC Cumulative count of cutter replacement count clearing Times CLR MTC EXC Cumulative count of maintenance cartridge replacement count clearing Times CLR HEAD R EXC Cumulative count of printhead R replacement count clearing Times CLR HEAD L EXC Cumulative count of printhead L replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT A EXC Cumulative count of unit A waste ink system replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT B EXC Cumulative count of unit B platen duct replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT D EXC Cumulative count of unit D carriage unit replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT F EXC Cumulative count of unit F ink supply system replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT H EXC Cumulative count of unit H purge replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT L EXC Cumulative count of unit L head management sensor replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT P EXC Cumulative count of unit P feed motor replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT V EXC Cumulative count of unit V mist fan unit replacement count clearing Times CLR UNIT X EXC Cumulative count of unit X multi sensor replacement count clearing Times CLR FACTORY CNT For
313. factory Times 5 EXCHANGE Counters related to parts replacement T 7 84 Display Description Unit CUTTER EXC Cutter replacement count Times Count of executing cutter replacement mode MTC EXC Maintenance cartridge replacement count Times HEAD EXC Printhead R replacement count Times HEAD L EXC Printhead L replacement count Times BOARD EXC M B Main controller PCB replacement count Times UNIT A EXC Unit A waste ink system replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS A UNIT B EXC Unit B waste ink system replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS B UNIT D EXC Unit D carriage unit replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS D UNIT F EXC Unit F ink supply system replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS F UNIT H EXC Unit H purge unit replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS H UNIT L EXC Unit L head management sensor replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS L UNIT P EXC Unit P feed unit replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS P UNIT V EXC Unit V mist fan unit replacement count Times Count o
314. ffline state and then press the Power button to turn off the power Power button OFF Hold down for at least once second v Media ejection If media remains it is ejected even when printing is in progress v Power off automatic recovery v Capping v Sensor system power OFF v Backup of various data Writing to EEPROM v Power off F 2 11 Chapter 2 2 2 3 Print Control iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S 1 Print mode This printer is capable of fast high quality printing without blur and non uniform density by changing the carriage operation media feeding other printing methods according to the selected media type print quality print data and so on Printing is performed for each color using a maximum of 16 paths in each print mode according to the selected print quality This reduces density irregularities caused by the variation in the amounts of ink discharged from individual nozzles In addition it shifts the printing timing so that the current ink layer is nearly fixed before the next ink layer is applied thus minimizing bleeding Even in the same mode the printer operates in a different way depending on the media setting made using the printer driver a Draft mode In the draft mode image data is thinned out and a single band equivalent to the width of a nozzle array is printed using one or two paths To use this mode select Draft under Print Quality
315. fing 210gsm Commercial RC Proofing 270gsm Proofing Paper Newsprint for Proofingl Newsprint for Proofing2 Newsprint for Proofing3 Durable Banner Synthetic Paper Adhesive Synthetic Paper Flame Resistant Cloth Thin Fabric Banner 2 Backlit Film Durable Backlit Film Backprint Film Colored Coated Paper CAD Tracing Paper CAD Translucent Matte Film Cut sheet manual feed from front POP Board Supported thickness Roll media 0 08 to 0 8 mm Manual feed from top 0 08 to 0 8 mm Manual feed from front 0 8 to 1 5 mm Media size Roll media Width 203mm X 610mm 24inch Lengh 203mm X 18m Maximum outside diameter 150 mm Media size Cut sheet Manual feed from top Width 203mm 8inch X 610mm 24inch Lengh 279mm X 1600mm Manual feed from front Width 250mm 8inch X 610mm 24inch Lengh 350mm X 914mm Printable area Roll media Area excluding 3mm from the leading edge 3 mm from the trailing edge and 3 mm from the left and right edges Borderless printing 0 mm from the leading edge trailing edge and left and right edges Width of media allowing borderless printing 10 254mm B4 257mm A3 329mm 14 356mm 16 407mm A2 420mm A217 432mm B2 515mm A1 594mm 24 610mm Media type allowing borderless printing Premium Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Premium Matte Paper Glossy Photographic Paper 190gsm Satin Photographic Paper 190gsm Glossy
316. flag 3 reaches the position shown below Bottom position where the sensor 4 light is blocked by the flag lowest position to which the carriage unit descends 4 26 Chapter 4 5 Install the carriage wire tool 1 in position with its leaf spring being attached to the top of mist fan 2 ree de ec T 2 3 a ly SRO v F 4 56 F 4 55 7 Secure the roller retainer 1 with the clip 3 in contact with the top of roller 2 6 Moving the carriage adjust the height of the wire guide to bring its roller 1 into contact with the top of carriage wire tool 2 4 27 4 57 Chapter 4 8 Retighten the two screws 1 loosened in Step 2 to secure the wire guide M 4 58 9 Pass the ink tubes through the wire guides Chapter 4 4 3 8 Feeder Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Removing the pinch roller 1 Remove the rear cover 2 When removing the pinch roller press down the pinch roller unit 1 in the direction of the arrow 3 Remove the pinch roller 1 b Removing the spur unit 1 When removing the spur unit first open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit left and right circle covers tank cover right upper cover operation panel lower rear cover right cov
317. g parts that can change the distance be tween the head management sensor and the carriage unit reasjustment is required Peform the readjustment in the service mode Service mode SERVICE MODE ADJUST NOZZLE CHK POS 4 3 14 Multi Sensor iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Removing the multi sensor 1 Remove the screw 1 disconnect the flexible cable 2 and then remove the multi sensor 3 F 4 98 Since the multi sensor has individual electrical specificity the following are recalibrated at the factory namely the optical axis of the sensor the sensor gain for measuring the printhead height and sensor calibration Accordingly carry out the following adjustments in the service mode whenever replacing the carriage unit or multi sensor The multi sensor reference plate QL2 1561 000 PLATE REFLECTION MULTI SENSOR must be replaced at the same time whenever the carriage or the multi sensor is being replaced When replacing the carriage unit refer to Adjustment and Setup gt Procedure after Removing or Replacing the Carriage Unit Service mode SERVICE MODE ADJUST GAP CALIB Service mode SERVICE MODE ADJUST PRINT PATTERN OPTICAL AXIS Media type Photo glossy paper Media size Media having a width equal too larger than that of A2 size paper 4 44 Chapter 4 4 3 15 PCBs iPF6100 Do not replace the main controller PCB and maintenance cartridge relay PCB ROM board at th
318. g the multi sensor and then feeds the cut sheet to the rear of the printer At this time the multi sensor detects skewed feeding and leading edge of the cut sheet thus completing the paper pick up operation During printing the cut sheet is fed by controlling the rotation of the feed roller according to the selected print mode Cut sheet loading manual Light intensity Head hight adjustment Detection of paper width Back feed Detection of skewed movement of paper End of cut sheet pick up operation F 2 37 2 3 3 2 5 Manual Feed from Rear Sequence iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S This sequence can be performed according to the messages shown on the operation panel only when a specific type of media is selected after selecting the manual feed mode from the menu shown on the operation panel When the cut sheet loaded at the back of the printer is detected by the sensor the printer starts feeding the cut sheet After this the printer performs various adjustments and detection using the multi sensor thus completing the paper pick up operation During printing the cut sheet is fed by controlling the rotation of the feed roller according to the selected print mode 2 43 Chapter 2 Cut sheet loading manual Detection of cut sheet 1 Light intensity Head hight adjustment 1 The auto roll feed unit starts feeding the cut sheet when the roll media detection sensor detects the media When the auto roll feed uni
319. g your wrist to turn the Ink Tank upside down and right side up repeatedly F 3 25 23 Open the pouch and remove the Ink Tank F 3 26 Never touch the ink port 1 and contacts 2 The peripheral parts may be stained the ink tank may be broken or a printing failure may occur Becareful not to drop the ink tank once it is unpacked The leaked ink may stain the peripheral area Do not remove and shake the ink once it is installed Ink may spatter Chapter 3 24 Insert the Ink Tank into the holder facing as shown with the ink holes down MEMO If you do not shake the ink tank the ink may sediment which may affect printing quality 25 Close the Ink Tank Lock Lever until it clicks 26 Make sure the Ink Lamp is lit in red F 3 30 27 Repeat steps 21 26 to install all Ink Tanks 28 Close the Ink Tank Cover 3 31 29 After all Printheads and Ink Tanks are installed Keep Cover Closed is shown on the Display Screen The system now automatically fills with ink This process takes about 14 minutes MEMO Initial ink filling performed at printer installation consumes ink beween the ink tanks and printhead The ink level indicators may drop to 80 immediately but this does not indicate a problem with the printer Chapter 3 3 1 2 2 Installing the Stand iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Stand assembly requires two or more people a Package Contents
320. ge EE 2 27 2 32 32 Structure of Catriage Unit zz see RU e it PRENNE EET Te Ne c RP Dem OE 2 28 2 3 254 uunc M X 2 30 2 324 LStructure of teer eter mt ESI PE Reihe Ee 2 30 2 33 25 P rge Unit eee dei 2 31 2 3 2 5 Functions of Purge Ne HR RD ERROR Ne V Ae 2 31 2 3 2 5 2 Structure OF Purge Unique peer rete eere e ERES EYE 2 33 2 3 2 6 Maintenance e e 2 35 2 3 2 6 1 Maintenance Cartridge E 2 35 232 MAT FIOW c E 2 36 ET EE 2 36 238 P per Path rent sc benkene 2 37 2 3 3 1 Outline 2 37 2 3 3 11 Ove rview of Paper EE 2 37 252 Al duri PH 2 38 2 3 3 2 1 Structur of Roll Medi Pick up Url iere teres tete S ERR HORAE FDA NER EEN E ACH IEEE RENNES SUSAN TER RS RE Ned ENER 2 38 2 3 3 22 Roll Medi Pick up Sequence ie ER TED ER NACE e V e RE ete Merten 2 40 2 3 3 2 3 Structur Of Manual Reed Dini 2 41 2 3 3 2 4 Manual Feed from Front Sequence enee 2 43 2 3 3 2 5 Manual Feed from Rear Sequence 4 ees eee e t RE RR ER EXTR EUR SURE DEENEN 2 43 2 3 3 2 6 Structure of Feed Rollet Ulm estet et ren p ere e Y Pe lett i et o LR Rees 2 45 2 3 3 2 7 Feed Roller Eccentricity Detection Furictions si 5
321. gt CLR HEAD L EXC HDD BOX PASS Initialize the BOX password of the hard disk drive to factory default PARTS CHG CNT PARTS xx xx Unit number of consumable parts For details refer to Maintenance and Inspection gt Consumable Parts Initialize the consumable part replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt UNIT x EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR UNIT x EXC PARTS COUNTER PARTS xx xx Unit number of consumable parts For details refer to Maintenance and Inspection gt Consumable Parts Initialize the counter amount of the consumable parts Clear COUNTER gt PARTS CNT gt PARTS x After replacing the consumable part be sure to execute this menu Chapter 7 7 1 7 Details of Service Mode iPF6000S This section provides details of the Service mode menu a DISPLAY Displays and prints the printer information 1 PRINF INF Prints adjustment values in the User menu DISPLAY and COUNTER parameters on A4 size or lager paper When a roll media is used the layout is optimized according to the media width 2 SYSTEM Displays the printer information shown below T 7 72 Display Description Unit S N Serial number of printer TYPE Type setting on main controller PCB iPF6000S is represented by 24 LF TYPE Fee
322. guration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using Media Configuration Tool 6 Available only if Auto Detect is Off 7 Available only if NetWare is On 8 Follows the setting in Date Format 12 Displayed if paper is loaded in the tray 14 This menu is only displayed during printing 16 Not displayed if a roll or a sheet has been fed 1 83 Chapter 1 3 Main menu during printing The structure of the main menu during printing is as follows 1 84 T 1 58 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Menu Durng Prtng Head Cleaning Head Cleaning A Head Cleaning B Fine Band Adj 5to5 Information System Info Error Log HHHHHHIEHHHHE Job Log Choose from information Document Name about the latest three print jobs User Name Page Count Job Status Print Start Time Print End Time Print Time Print Size Media Type Interface Ink Consumed HDD Information HDD Space xx xGB Chapter 1 4 Main Menu Settings Paper Settings Main menu items are described in the following tables T 1 59 Setting Item Description Instructions Paper Cut Displayed if a roll is loaded Choose Yes to cut the roll at the current position The paper will be fed
323. he ink tank lever of the printer is pressed down the hollow needle enters the air passage covered with a rubber plug and thus the internal pressure of the ink tank is released maintaining the internal pressure constant d Notches for preventing incorrect insertion The ink tanks have notches for preventing insertion Wrong ink tanks cannot be installed in place due to these notches The ink tank lock lever can lowered to start ink supply only when the ink tank has been installed in place e Agitation plate The agitation plate assists the ink agitation which is performed to prevent precipitation of ink Notches for preventing incorrect installation Notches for preventing incorrect installation Ink port Air passage EEPROM Notches for preventing AG incorrect installation 2 Ink tank F 2 14 2 23 Chapter 2 f Ink supply valve The ink supply valve is located between the ink tank and ink tube to prevent ink leakage from occurring when the ink tube on the ink tank side is opened during replacement of the ink tank The ink supply valve is opened and closed by the valve open close mechanism which is driven by the valve motor The ink tank unit consists of two tank bases each of which contains ink tanks for three colors and the ink tubes for six colors The ink supply valve for each color is driven by the valve cam though a link Ink supply valves for all colors are opened and closed at the same time
324. he printer contain 90 ml of each color Detection functions Cover system Detects opening closing of the top cover and ink tank cover Detection functions Ink passage system Detects presence absence of ink tank ink level dot count and electrode presence absence of the maintenance cartridge waste ink full level presence absence of the printhead and opening closing of the supply valve Detection functions Carriage system Detects the ambient temperature head temperature presence absence of the head and no ink ejection Detection functions Paper path system Detects presence absence of paper cutter position leading trailing edge of paper paper width and skew Operating noise During printing Approx 49 dB A or less During standby Approx 35 dB A or less Operating environment Temperature 15 to 30 degrees centigrade Humidity 10 to 80 without dew condensation Print quality guaranteed environment Temperature 15 to 30 degrees centigrade Humidity 10 to 80 RH Power supply 100 120 VAC 50 60 Hz 220 240 VAC 50 60 Hz Power consumption Maximum During printing Max 100 W Power consumption In power save sleep mode 5W or less 220 240 VAC 6W or less When IEEE1394 board installed 8W or less 220 240 VAC 9W or less During standby 1 W or less Printer unit dimensions WxDxH 1177 x 670 x 344 mm With stand option 1177 x 870 x 991
325. he temperature around the carriage The resistance of the thermistor that changes with the temperature inside the printer is reported to the main controller via the carriage PCB The environmental temperature is used to calibrate the head sensor and to detect abnormal head temperatures Head temperature sensor The diode type head temperature sensors installed at the top and bottom of the printhead nozzle unit are used to detect the head temperature The diode voltage that changes with the nozzle unit temperature is reported to the main controller via the carriage PCB The detected head temperature is used to control the head operation and to detect abnormal head temperatures Printhead contact detection The printhead contact status is detected by testing the electrical conductivity It is detected according to the voltage changes at the two terminals of the contact faces power supply terminals and GND terminal 2 5 5 Paper path system iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Paper detection sensor Cutter HP sensor Cutter right position sensor 2 71 Paper detection sensor This is a photo interrupter type sensor When paper is supplied from the paper tray or roll feed unit the sensor light is blocked by the sensor arm thus detecting paper Spur cam sensor This is a photo interrupter type sensor When the sensor light is shielded by the rotation of the spur motor the printer detects that the spur unit is at the upper limit position W
326. he timer function is held on using the RTC IC803 and lithium 801 to assist the cleaning function When the power cord is plugged to the outlet power is supplied to the RTC and therefore the lithium battery power is not consumed Heat Enable signal control function This function uses the pulse width to perform variable control of the time of application of the Heat Enable signal to the nozzle heater board for each printhead nozzle array Linear scale count function This function reads the linear scale when the carriage moves thus generating the ink discharge timing It also counts the linear scale timing cycle using the reference clock to measure the carriage moving speed Dot count function This function controls the discharge dots used as the information for Heat Enable signal control maintenance jet control cleaning control and remaining ink level for each nozzle array Operation panel control function This function controls serial communication with the operation panel PWM control function This function controls driving of the suction fan and mist fan as well as the temperature of the printhead Remaining ink level detection function This function detects the remaining level of each color of ink based on the signal received from the hollow needle mounted in the ink tank unit LED control function This function controls the LEDs on the ink tank unit T O port function This function controls input signals from se
327. hen the sensor light is unshielded by the rotation of the spur motor the printer detects that the spur unit is at the bottom position The spur height is controlled by driving the spur motor with a predetermined number of pulses Cutter HP sensor This is a photo interrupter type sensor This sensor detects that the cutter is at the home position left end Cutter right position sensor This is a photo interrupter type sensor This sensor detects that the cutter is at the right end 2 68 Chapter 2 Feed roller encoder sensor Feed roller HP sensor F 2 72 Feed roller HP sensor The feed roller HP sensor detects the change from the white portion unshielded sensor light to black portion shielded sensor light of the encoder film on the feed roller thus setting the home position for feed roller eccentricity compensation Feed roller encoder sensor The feed roller encoder sensor detects the slits on the encoder film of the feed roller during feed motor rotation thus detecting the amount of rotation of the feed roller media feed amount Roll cam sensor Roll media sensor F 2 73 Roll media sensor This is a photo interrupter type sensor When media is loaded the the sensor arm blocks the sensor light thus detecting the media Roll cam sensor This is a photo interrupter type sensor When the roll cam blocks the sensor light lowering of the transport roller contact with the roller is detected 2 69 Chapte
328. hird Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Maintenance Replace P head Printhead L No Yes Printhead R No Yes Move Printer No Yes Clean Platen No Yes Spur Cleaning No Yes System Setup Warning Buzzer Off On Detect Mismatch Pause Warning None Keep Media Size Off On Paper Size Basis Sht Selection ISO A34 13 x19 Super B Roll Selection 1 ISO A3 297 mm 300 mm Roll Roll Selection 2 10 in 254 mm JIS B4 257 mm TrimEdge Reload Off On Automatic Noz Check Freq Off 1 page 10 pages Automatic Sleep Timer 5 min 10 min 15 min 20 min 30 min 40 min 50 min 60 min 240 min 1 61 Chapter 1 1 62 T 1 35 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level System Setup Length Unit meter feet inch Time Zone 0 London GMT 1 Paris Rome 2 Athens Cairo 3 Moscow 4 Eerenan Baku 5 Islamabad 6 7 Bangkok 8 9 Tokyo Seoul 10 Canberra 11 NewCaledonia 12 Wellington 12 Eniwetok 11 Midway is 10 Hawaii AHST 9 Alaska AKST 8 Oregon PST 7 Arizona MST 6 Texas CST 5 NewYork EST 4 Santiago 3 Buenos Aires 2
329. his button is pressed information about the inks and paper is displayed Hold this button depressed for 3 seconds to execute printhead cleaning Head Cleaning A 9 4 button Press this button when the printer is in menu mode to view the menu at the upper level The button is also used from one position to the next when entering a numeric value If STOP is on display the guidance screen can be paused If lt BACK on display the guidance screen can be moved backward 10 V button Press this button when the printer is in offline mode to manually feed roll media Press this button when the printer is in menu mode to view the next item or setting 11 OK button Press to set or set or execute a menu choice when the printer is in menu mode Press this button in any other situation to transition to the next screen as directed by a message appearing in the display 12 P button Press this button when the printer is in menu mode to view the menu at the lower level If NEXT gt on display the guidance screen can be moved forward 13 Stop button Press for longer than 1 second to cancel the job or ink drying process in progress If cut sheet loading guidance or the like is on display hold this button for longer than 1 second to stop the guidance 14 Load Eject button Guidance offers a visual clue to loading replacing removing paper Press this button when no paper is loaded to view instructions on how to load replace
330. ible Check roll width and spacers Online Print Load Eject Change Paper 03861001 2405 Paper loaded at a position inaccessible for borderless printing Check to see if a borderless printing spacer is installed Reload the paper Borderless printng not possible Check paper size setting Online Print Load Eject Change Paper 03861001 2406 Data unfit for borderless printing Check the paper size Change the paper size Insufficient paper for job Online Print Stop Stop Printing Load Eject Change Paper 03862000 2E09 Not enough roll media on remaining roll media quantity detection Renew the supply of roll media Wrong paper size Check paper size setting on computer Online Print Stop Stop Printing 03063000 2E08 Mismatch between data width and paper width Verify the paper size setting Cannot cut paper Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03870001 2015 Cutting failure Cut paper manually Check the cutter Chapter 8 8 3 2 Error Code List iPF6200 iPF6000S Codes represent the numbers that are displayed in DISPLAY in service mode If the same message is displayed when the printer is turned off then back on take action as recommended in the Action column T 8 5 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Clean right P Head Press Online to clear error 03800501 280D Printhead R found
331. ic feeding of one roll media One cut sheet manual feed from front One cut sheet manual feed from top Feeding capacity Roll media One roll at the back Outer diameter of roll 150 mm or less Inner diameter of paper tube 2 or 3 inches Cut sheet I sheet Delivery method Delivers the media with its printed side up in the forward direction Sheet delivery capability Using the stand option basket Roll media I sheet Cut sheet I sheet Cutter Automatically cuts paper laterally Cartridge type with round blade Type of media Roll media Plain Paper Economy Bond Paper Universal Bond Paper Plain Paper High Quality Plain Paper High Grade Recycled Coated Paper Matte Coated Paper 90gsm Coated Paper Premium Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Premium Matte Paper Glossy Photographic Paper 190gsm Satin Photographic Paper 190gsm Glossy Photographic Paper 240gsm Satin Photographic Paper 240gsm HW Glossy Photo Paper HW Satin Photo Paper Premium RC Photo Luster Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper 2 Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Paper 2 Poster Semi Glossy Photo Paper Fine Art Photo Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Fine Art Textured Fine Art Watercolor Fine Art Block Print Graphic Canvas Canvas Matte 2 Japanese Paper Washi Commercial Proofing Paper Commercial RC Proofing 210gsm Commercial RC Proofing 270gsm Proof
332. ig 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Canvas Matte 2 Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Japanese Paper Washi Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Graphic Matte Canvas Image High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Art paper smooth 225g Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Art paper embossed 225g Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Art Paper Extra Smooth 250g Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Water resistant paper Art Canvas Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Proofing Paper Proofing Paper Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Professional Proof and Photo Glossy 195g High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK 1 D m Pr
333. igh 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Special 4 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Special 5 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Special 6 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Special 7 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Special 8 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Special 9 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Special 10 Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Chapter 1 1 4 2 Interface Specifications iPF6200 iPF6000S a USB standard 1 Interface type USB 2 0 Hi Speed Full speed 12 Mbits sec High speed 480 Mbits sec 2 Data transfer system Control transfer Bulk transfer 3 Signal level Compliant with the USB standard 4 Interface cable Twisted pair shielded cable 5 0 m max Compliant with the USB standard Wire materials AWG No 28 data wire pair AWF Ameri
334. in bidirectional printing in consideration of how quickly the paper absorbs ink Note that printing will take longer if you specify a wait time Feed Priority Specify exact paper feeding if desired Normally select Automatic Choose Print Length if you prefer to feed the paper an exact amount However note that choosing Print Length may result in slight banding in the direction of Carriage scanning Adjust Length A Adjust Length B Displayed if Feed Priority is Print Length Adjustment relative to the amount of stretching or shrinkage of the current paper For paper that tends to stretch increase the feed amount by setting the adjustment value toward For paper that tends to shrink decrease the feed amount by setting the adjustment value toward The setting for the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage is relative If you access it again later it will be displayed as 0 00 96 Head Height Adjust the Printhead height Skew Check Lv If you print on Japanese Paper Washi or other handmade paper that has an irregular width choose Loose for a higher skew detection threshold or choose Off to disable skew detection However if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur If strict skew detection is required choose High Accuracy VacuumStrngth Specify the level of suction that holds paper against the Platen NearEnd RollMrgn
335. in controller components iPF6100 EI TEE O O BAT801 1C3101 CC O 2801 1201 zech dl 00 F 2 50 a ASIC 2 The ASIC with a 16 bit internal bus is driven in sync with the 66 MHz external clock It supports the following functions Image processing unit This unit converts the RGB multi value image data or CMYK multi value data received from the host computer through the interface connector to the binary image data for the ink colors used DMA controller This controller control DMA transfer of the data transferred through the input interfaces such as the USB and expansion card slot as well as DMA transfer of the data stored in the DIMM Image data generation output function This function generates image data for color printing from the received image data and the mask pattern corresponding to print mode stored in the FLASH ROM and stored the generated image data in DIMM It also outputs the generated image data to the carriage PCB Interrupt controller This controller receives and processes internal interrupts and external interrupts from the USB image processing unit and expansion card slot Timer function Even when the printer is turned off t
336. in the backward direction is carried out the same way as printing in the forward direction but at the trailing edge of the detection signal ENCODER when the order of heated nozzles is reversed depending on the sequence of transfer of even numbered nozzle data and odd numbered nozzle data eom ENCODERA ENCODER B d 2400dpi Internal signal f m ME __ c 2400dpi HO CLK 150dpi Linear scale HO A DATA 0 EV x Data of block 0 Data of block 2 A DATA 0 OD Dara of biok o ata ofbiowe2 A Send pe Yr HO A DATA 1 OD x Data ofblocko Data of block2 Des of block 4 yee HOLT HO A HE 1 Low active F 2 9 Data of block 4 so Data of block 22 Y HO A DATA 1 EV x Data of block 0 Data of block 2 Data of block 4 en Data of block 22 w 2 9 Chapter 2 2 2 Firmware 2 2 1 Operation Sequence at Power on iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Shown below is the flowchart of the initialization sequence from the moment the power is turned on to the moment the printer enters the online state The time required for initialization is less than 1 minute This time does not include the time required for supplying ink and cleaning which takes place after the printer has been left unused for an extended period of time Power Button ON Y Device resource initializa
337. ing Paper Newsprint for Proofingl Newsprint for Proofing2 Newsprint for Proofing3 Durable Banner Synthetic Paper Adhesive Synthetic Paper Flame Resistant Cloth Thin Fabric Banner 2 Backlit Film Durable Backlit Film Backprint Film Colored Coated Paper CAD Tracing Paper CAD Translucent Matte Film Cut sheet manual feed from top Plain Paper Economy Bond Paper Universal Bond Paper Plain Paper High Quality Plain Paper High Grade Recycled Coated Paper Matte Coated Paper 90gsm High Resolution Paper Coated Paper Premium Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Premium Matte Paper Matte Photo Paper Glossy Photographic Paper 190gsm Satin Photographic Paper 190gsm Glossy Photographic Paper 240gsm Satin Photographic Paper 240gsm HW Glossy Photo Paper HW Satin Photo Paper Premium RC Photo Luster Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper 2 Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Paper 2 Poster Semi Glossy Photo Paper Photo Paper Plus Photo Paper Plus Semi Gloss Fine Art Photo Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Fine Art Textured Fine Art Watercolor Fine Art Block Print Graphic Canvas Canvas Matte 2 Japanese Paper Washi Commercial Proofing Paper Commercial RC Proofing 210gsm Commercial RC Proofing 270gsm Proofing Paper Newsprint for Proofingl Newsprint for Proofing2 Newsprint for Proofing3 Durable Banner Synthetic Paper Adhesive Synthetic Paper Flame Resistant C
338. ing direction Advanced Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the nozzle ink tank and printing direction Three sheets are required when printing on sheets Auto Print Choose On to have the printer automatically execute the Advanced Adj operations after you replace the Printhead Manual Head Adj Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction Enter the adjustment value manually based on the resulting pattern Auto Band Adj Standard Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for band adjustment based on which the printer automatically adjusts the feed amount Advanced Adj Choose this option when using paper other than genuine Canon paper or paper for purposes other than checking output Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for band adjustment based on which the printer automatically adjusts the feed amount Note that this function takes more time and requires more ink than Standard Adj Two sheets are required when printing on sheets Manual Band Adj Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the feed amount based on the paper type Two sheets are required when printing on sheets Adj Far Ed Feed Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the feed amount of the trai
339. ing edge and affect feeding accuracy The printed surface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the the leading edge If you have selected 20 mm the test print sheet may not be printed completely Return Defaults Choose Yes to restore Med Detail Set to the factory default values Chapter 1 Adjust Printer T 1 41 Setting Item Description Instructions Auto Head Adj Standard Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction Advanced Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the nozzle ink tank and printing direction Three sheets are required when printing on sheets Auto Print Choose On to have the printer automatically execute the Advanced Adj operations after you replace the Printhead Manual Head Adj Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction Enter the adjustment value manually based on the resulting pattern Auto Band Adj Standard Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for band adjustment based on which the printer automatically adjusts the feed amount Advanced Adj Choose this option when using paper other than genuine Canon paper or paper for pur
340. ing print data reception it is also used as an image buffer It cannot be expanded g FLASH ROM 1C701 A 64 MB flash ROM is connected to the 8 bit data bus to store the printer control program h EEPROM 1 802 The 128 KB EEPROM stores various setting values adjustment values log data counter values related to the user servicing i SO DIMM The 256 MB SO DIMM J401 is connected to the 32 bit data bus to be used as a work area During print data reception it is also used as an image buffer It cannot be expanded MEMO After replacement of the main controller PCB the printer must be started up in the service mode to take over the setting and adjustment values to the new PCB properly the service mode will be switched to the PCB replacement mode automatically 2 4 2 2 Main controller components iPF6200 1C802 ep O BAT801 1C3101 IC2801 sech 2 51 a ASIC ICI IC2 The ASIC with a 16 bit internal bus is driven in sync with the 66 MHz external clock It supports the following functions Image processing unit This unit converts the RGB multi value image data or CMYK multi value data received from the host computer th
341. ink tank Ink insufficient 03810204 2590 Low on the Bk ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished Bk ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810201 2591 Low on the Y ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished Y ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810202 2592 Low on the M ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished M ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810203 2593 Low on the C ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished C ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810212 2594 Low on the PM ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished PM ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810213 2595 Low on the PC ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished PC ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810206 2596 Low on the MBk ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished MBk ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810205 2598 Low on the GY ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished GY ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810215 2599 Low on the PGY ink tank during pre Replace with a fully replenished PGY ink tank Press OK and printing checks replace ink tank Ink insuffi
342. ional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Photo paper Semi Matt 250g Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Photo paper Satin 240g Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Photo paper Pearl 260g Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK 2 15 Chapter 2 2 16 Media Type Print Priority du Bu Printing direction Resolution 5 dpi Art Paper Fine Art Photo Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Fine Art Textured Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Fine Art Block Print Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Fine Art Watercolor Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image H
343. isassembly and Reassembly gt External Covers 2 Turning the motor pulley 1 in the arrow direction move the cutter 2 about 2 cm to the right of the left most end Chapter 4 3 Remove the screw 1 and clamp 2 and slide cutter unit 3 to left obliquely upward out of position 2 1 x Me F 4 36 b Points to note on Disassembly an Reassembly of Cutter unit 1 When disassembling or reassembling the cutter unit align the cutter unit roller with the grooves 1 in the cutter lifter unit and cutter drive unit 1 e q 4 37 Removing the cutter mounting plate 1 Remove the cutter unit 2 Remove the two screws 1 and connector 2 and free the harness from harness guide 3 to remove the cutter mounting plate 4 F 4 38 4 19 Chapter 4 d Removing the cutter drive unit 1 Remove the cutter unit 2 Remove the two screws 1 and two connectors 2 and free the harness from harness guide 3 to remove the cutter drive unit 4 4 3 4 20 Chapter 4 4 3 7 Carriage Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Removing the carriage unit 1 Drain the ink Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt Draining the Ink
344. isplays the information about the printer and history of print jobs T 1 39 Setting Item Description Instructions Roll Media Type Choose the type of roll Chk Remain Roll Choose On to print a barcode at the end of a roll before you remove it The printed barcode can be used in managing the amount of roll paper left Choose Off if you prefer not to print the barcode Roll Length Set Displayed if Chk Remain Roll is On If a barcode is not printed on rolls specify the roll length The roll length is displayed in meters 1 0 91 0 m or feet 1 300 ft depending on the setting in Length Unit Manual Paper Type Choose the type of manual feed paper Manual Paper Size Choose the size of manual feed paper 1 65 Chapter 1 Paper Details 1 66 T 1 40 Setting Item Description Instructions The paper type is displayed here Roll DryingTime Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry for each sheet Scan Wait Time Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry between each scan in bidirectional printing in consideration of how quickly the paper absorbs ink Note that printing will take longer if you specify a wait time Feed Priority Specify exact paper feeding if desired Normally select Automatic Choose Print Length if you prefer to feed the paper an exact amount However note that choosing Print Length may result in slight banding in the direction of Carriage scanning
345. ize clear the parts counter information 5 2 Chapter 5 5 3 Periodic Maintenance 5 3 1 Periodic Maintenance iPF6100 iPF6200 5 4 Level Periodic maintenance User Cleaning of ink mist and other substances about once each month Spur cleaning Service personnel None Printer cleaning To keep up with print quality and prevent troubles clean the printer about once each month 1 Wipe the external surfaces of the printer with a cloth moistened with water and then wrung tight and then dry them finally with a dry cloth F 5 1 2 Press the MENU button to display the main menu 3 Press the and V buttons to select Maintenance and then press the P button 4 Press the and V buttons to select Platen Cleaning and press the gt button 5 Press the and V buttons to select Yes and press OK button 6 Open the top cover 7 If the paper dust has accumulated in the suction holes 1 on the platen or in the borderless printing ink grooves 2 use the cleaning brush provided with the printer to wipe it away 2 1 F 5 2 MEMO Rinse the cleaner brush with water when it gets dirty Chapter 5 8 Wipe off dirt inside the top cover with a cloth moistened with water and then wrung tight Wipe off ink smears from the entire surface of the platen the pinch HI TF roller unit borderless printing ink grooves and else SZ Do not dry
346. ize is detected TrimEdge Reload Keeping a roll in the printer for a long time without printing on it may leave a depression on the leading edge When printing quality is most important we recommend setting this option to On so that the paper edge is automatically cut before printing Noz Check Freq Specify the timing for automatic checks of nozzle clogging Choose Off to disable checking Choose I page to check after each page is printed Choose 10 pages to check once after every ten pages are printed Sleep Timer Specify the period before the printer enters sleep mode Length Unit Choose the unit of measurement when roll length is displayed You can switch the unit displayed for Roll Length Set and the remaining paper amount displayed in the submenu Time Zone Specify the time zone Time zone options indicate a main city in this time zone and the difference from Greenwich Mean Time Date Format Specify the date format Date amp Time Date Set the current date Time Set the current time Language Specify the language used on the Display Screen Contrast Adj Adjust the contrast of the Display Screen Reset PaprSetngs Restores settings that you have changed with Media Configuration Tool to the factory default values 1 69 Chapter 1 Information T 1 45 Setting Item Description Instructions System Info Firmw
347. k tank cover sensor ink tank unit or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Operation check Install the ink tank 2 Visual check Remove foreign substances from the ink tank contacts and ink cover sensor if any 3 Replace the ink tank 4 Ink tank cover sensor Check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the ink tank cover sensor 5 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the ink tank cover sensor and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 6 Replace the ink tank unit 7 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the ink tank unit and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 8 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 30 03830201 2541 03800204 2540 03830202 2542 03830203 2543 03830212 2544 03830213 2545 03830206 2546 03830205 2548 03830215 2549 03830207 254A 03830209 254B 03830208 254C Invalid ink tank ID iPF6000 Cause The installed ink tank is wrong lt Probable fault location Ink tank ink tank unit or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Replace the ink tank 2 Replace the ink tank unit 3 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 31 03830301 2561 03830304 2560 03830302 2562 03830303 2563 03830312 2564 03830313 2565 03830306 2566 03830305 2568 03830305 2568 03830315 2569 03830307 256A 03830309 256B 03830308 256C Ink tank EEPROM error iPF6000 Cause An ink tank EEPROM checksum error was detected lt Probab
348. k tank near empty Renew the ink tanks Problem with Printhead L Chk printing results 01800500 1010 Number of non discharging nozzles in printhead L Warning level Problem with Printhead R Chk printing results 01800500 1010 Number of non discharging nozzles in printhead R Warning level Problem with Printhead L R Chk printing results 01800500 1010 Number of non discharging nozzles in both printheads Warning level Clean the printheads Renew the printheads Identify the head management sensor unit Prepare for maint cart replacement 01841001 1100 Maintenance cartridge near full Replace the maintenance cartridge Prepare for parts replacement Call for service Parts counter W1 level Check the parts counter in service mode Parts replacement time has passed Call for service Parts counter W2 level After checking the parts counter in service mode replace any part whose counter is nearing the error value Delete unwanted data Boxes in the printer s hard disk does not have more than 1 GB combined W1221 01341221 1030 GARO image mode Unknown command Verify the transmitted data before reprinting W1222 01341222 1031 GARO image mode Invalid parameter count no parameters W1223 01341223 1032 GARO image mode Required parameter missing W1225 01341225 1034 GARO image mode Other
349. k tank near empty Problem with 01800500 1010 Number of non discharging nozzles in Clean the printheads Renew the printheads Identify the Printhead L printhead L Warning level head management sensor unit Chk printing results Problem with 01800500 1010 Number of non discharging nozzles in Printhead R printhead R Warning level Chk printing results Problem with 01800500 1010 Number of non discharging nozzles in both Printhead L R printheads Warning level Chk printing results Prepare for 01841001 1100 Maintenance cartridge near full Replace the maintenance cartridge maint cart replacement Prepare for parts Parts counter W1 level Check the parts counter in service mode replacement Call for service Parts replacement Parts counter W2 level After checking the parts counter in service mode replace time has passed any part whose counter is nearing the error value Call for service W1221 01341221 1030 GARO image mode Unknown command Verify the transmitted data before reprinting W1222 01341222 1031 GARO image mode Invalid parameter count no parameters W1223 01341223 1032 GARO image mode Required parameter missing W1225 01341225 1034 GARO image mode Other warning W1226 01341226 103A GARO image mode Image processing table error W1231 01341231 1035 GARO setup Unknown command W1232 01341232 1036 GARO setup Invalid parameter count W1233 01341233 1037 G
350. ket Rod 1 1 in the Basket Fastener on the left so that the Support Rod Holder faces up Secure it with Basket Bolts 2 and Basket Decorative Nuts 3 F 3 42 5 Hang the hooks of the top of the Basket Arms 1 over the grooves 3 on the top of the Stand Stay 2 and hang the hooks of the bottom of the Basket Arms on the bottom of the Stand Stay F 3 43 6 Spread out the Output Stacker 2 so that the white tag 1 is face down in the front right corner Insert Basket Rod 2 4 in the front hole 3 of the Output Stacker and Basket Rod 3 6 in the hole 5 in the middle of the Output Stacker on the bottom surface 7 e tO F 3 44 3 14 Chapter 3 7 Insert Basket Rod Caps 1 on both ends of Basket Rod 2 2 until they cover the lines 3 F 3 45 F 3 46 3 47 Chapter 3 10 Hang the holes 2 in the back of the Output Stacker 1 on both sides over the hooks 4 on the top of the Basket Arms 3 and then hang the loops 5 in the middle of the Output Stacker on both sides over the hooks 6 in the middle of the Basket Arms F 3 48 11 Insert the Support Rod 1 in the insertion slot 2 of the Support Rod Holder Passing it through the bottom of the Output Stacker insert it in the Support Rod Holder on the opposite side Normally use the stacker in this position 3 16 Chapter 3 d Installing the Printer Moving the printer requires at least three people Be
351. l Press the OK button to clear PARTS X1 Press the OK button to clear Chapter 7 7 1 5 Details of Service Mode iPF6100 This section provides details of the Service mode menu a DISPLAY Displays and prints the printer information 1 PRINF INF Prints adjustment values in the User menu DISPLAY and COUNTER parameters on A4 size or lager paper When a roll media is used the layout is optimized according to the media width 2 SYSTEM Displays the printer information shown below 3 HEAD Displays the following EEPROM information of the printhead 4 INK T 7 16 Display Description Unit S N Serial number of printer TYPE Type setting on main controller PCB jPF6100 is represented by 24 LF TYPE Feed roller type 0 or 1 TMP Ambient temperature degrees C SIZELF Detected size of loaded media feed direction mm 0 is always detected for the roll media SIZELF Detected size of loaded media feed direction inch 0 is always detected for the roll media SIZECR Detected size of loaded media carriage scan direction mm SIZECR Detected size of loaded media carriage scan direction inch T 7 17 Display Description S NR Serial number of printhead R S NL Serial number of printhead L LOTR Lot number of printhead R LOTL Lot number of printhead L Displays the numbers of
352. l check If the feed roller encoder film is damaged replace it Remove foreign substances from the feed roller encoder film if any 2 Feed roller HP sensor Select SERVICE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the feed roller HP sensor 3 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the feed roller HP sensor feed motor and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 4 Replace the feed motor 5 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 22 03130031 2F2D The cassette cannot work iPF6000 lt Cause gt The cassette cannot work lt Probable fault location gt pressure plate arm cassette cam sensor cassette motor or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Visual check If the pressure plate arm is abnormal replace the pressure plata arm 2 Cassette cam sensor Select SERVICE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the valve motor 3 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the cassette cam sensor cassette motor and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 4 Replace the cassette motor 5 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 23 03130031 2F2E Roll drive time out error iPF6000 Cause The roll cam sensor home position in roll feed unit could not be detected within the specified time lt Probable fault location roll cam drive unit roll cam sensor roll motor C
353. l temperature is mounted on the carriage PCB on the rear of the head holder 2 29 Chapter 2 2 3 2 4 Printhead 2 3 2 4 1 Structure of Printhead iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S A printhead incorporates six nozzle arrays Each nozzle can be controlled individually so that a six color discharge action can be performed by a single printhead Nozzle arrays A total of 2560 nozzles are arranged in a two column staggered pattern In each column 1280 nozzles are arranged in a staggered pattern at intervals of 600 dpi forming a 2560 nozzle arranged at intervals of 1200 dpi 5 600inch 1 1200inch 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12556 1 Ol 2557 Ol 2557 O1 2557 2557 2558 2 2558 2 2558 2 255860 3580 9559 5580 9559 55807 2559 55807 2550 4 92 600inch F 2 20 b Nozzle structure Ink supplied from the ink tank is filtered by a mesh ink filter and the supplied to the nozzles Ink is supplied from the shared ink chamber to the nozzles When the head driving current is applied to the nozzle heater ink boils and form bubbles so that ink droplets are discharged from the nozzles Resin Sillicon plate Heater Heater Shared ink chamber F 2 21 2 30 Chapter 2 2 3 2 5 Purge Unit 2 3 2 5 1 Functions of Purge Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S To maintain high print quality the purge unit performs maintenance of the nozzles o the printhead The purge unit supports a capping function cl
354. lace the feed roller HP sensor 3 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the spur cam sensor and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 4 Replace the spur motor 5 Replace the spur unit 6 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 12 03130031 2E23 Cutter unit breakdown iPF6000 Cause Abnormality occurred in the cutter unit lt Probable fault location Cutter unit Cutter HP sensor cutter right position sensor cutter lift sensor cutter motor cutter driver PCB or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Visual check Remove foreign substances from the cutter unit if any 2 Cutter home position sensor Select SERVICE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the cutter home position sensor 3 Cutter right position sensor Select SERVICE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the cutter right position sensor 4 Cutter lift sensor Select SERVICE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the cutter lift sensor 5 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the cutter HP sensor cutter right position sensor cutter lift sensor cutter motor and cutter driver PCB is abnormal replace the cable 6 Replace the cutter motor 7 Replace the cutter driver PCB 8 Replace the cutter unit 9 Cable continuity check If continuity of the
355. layed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low When replacing the Printhead choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen Move Printer Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low When transferring the printer to another location choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen Clean Platen Use this function to clean inside the Top Cover After you select Yes the Carriage is moved in preparation for Platen cleaning Spur Cleaning Choose Yes to clean the spur Use the cleaning sheet come with the printer Chapter 1 System Setup T 1 66 Setting Item Description Instructions Warning Buzzer Set the buzzer Choose On for the buzzer to sound in case of errors Detect Mismatch Choose Warning for notification display of a warning message during printing if the paper type specified in the printer menu does not match the paper type in the printer driver Choose None to continue print without notification Choose Pause to have printing paused under these circumstances In this case you can continue printing by pressing the Online button Keep Media Size Choose On to use the paper size setting as the basis for printing instead of other settings The margin setting of the printer menu will be used instead of the margin setting of the printer driver if the latter i
356. le fault location IEEE 1394 interface board or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Turn off the printer and then turn it on again 2 IEEE 1394 interface board Remove the IEEE 1394 interface board nstall it again and then turn on the printer If the trouble persists replace the IEEE 1394 interface board 3 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 8 03060A00 2E0E Roll media unit uninstallation iPF6000 lt Cause gt The auto roll feed unit cannot be detected Probable fault location gt Roll feed unit PCB connector or main controller PCB Countermeasure 1 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the roll feed unit PCB and the connector is abnormal replace the cable 2 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the connector and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 3 Replace the roll feed unit PCB 4 Replace the connector 5 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 9 03060A00 2E1B Roll media end error iPF6000 Cause During printing or roll media feed the media sensor detected the end of the roll media lt Probable fault location Roll media roll media sensor roll feed unit PCB or main controller PCB Countermeasure 1 Roll media If roll media is used up load new roll media 2 Roll media sensor Select SERVICE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the media sensor 3 Cable continuity
357. le fault location Ink tank ink tank unit or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Replace the ink tank 2 Replace the ink tank unit 3 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the ink tank unit and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 4 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 32 03841001 2819 03841201 2816 03841201 2817 03841101 2818 01841001 281B Maintenance cartridge error iPF6000 6 9 Chapter 6 Cause The maintenance cartridge is full The maintenance cartridge does not have the free space for various types of cleaning No maintenance cartridge is installed The EEPROM of the maintenance cartridge is abnormal A maintenance cartridge ID error occurred Probable fault location Maintenance cartridge maintenance cartridge relay PCB or main controller PCB Countermeasure 1 Replace the maintenance cartridge 2 Replace the maintenance cartridge relay PCB 3 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the maintenance cartridge relay PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 4 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 33 03861001 2405 03861001 2406 Borderless printing error iPF6000 Cause The position where the media is loaded is not suitable for borderless printing The received data is not suitable for borderless printing lt Probable fault location Operation method Countermeasure 1 Check the operation method an
358. lexible cable moves in conjunction with the carriage A photo coupler type encoder is mounted at the top of the rear of the carriage to detect the slit on the linear scale during carriage movement thus controlling the print timing d Carriage drive unit Mechanical misalignment of the printhead in the vertical and horizontal direction and in bidirectional printing can be corrected by changing the print timing using the Adjust Printer option in the Main menu The carriage motor DC motor moves the carriage back and forth on the platen via the carriage belt The carriage home position is the capping position to which the carriage is slowly moved when the power is turned on When the position read on the linear scale is set as the home position for position control the carriage motor moves based on control signal output from the main controller 2 28 Chapter 2 Linear encoder sensor Carriage PCB Shaft cleaner Multi sensor Multi sensor reference plate Shaft cleaner Linear scale Carriage height changing cam Lift cam sensor Lift motor F 2 19 e Printhead maintenance unit The printer performs the printhead cleaning operation at the home position of the carriage The purge motor is used for wiping When the carriage is stationary at the home position the printhead installed in the carriage is wiped with the wiper blade The wiper blade is pressed against the absorbent material soaked with glycerin so that th
359. libration Auto Adjust No Yes Execution Log Date Media Use Adj Value No Yes Restore Defaults No Yes Interface Setup EOP Timer 10 sec 30 sec 1 min 2 min 5 min 10 min 30 min 60 min TCP IP IP Mode Automatic Manual Protocol 4 DHCP On Off 1 39 Chapter 1 1 40 T 1 11 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Interface Setup TCP IP Protocol 4 BOOTP On Off RARP On Off IP Setting 14 IP Address 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Default G W 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 NetWare NetWare On Off Frame Type 6 Auto Detect Ethernet 2 Ethernet 802 2 Ethernet 802 3 Ethernet SNAP Print Service 6 BinderyPServer RPrinter NDSPServer NPrinter AppleTalk On Off Ethernet Driver Auto Detect On Off Comm Mode 7 Half Duplex Full Duplex Ethernet 7 10 Base T 100 Base TX Spanning Tree Not Use Use MAC Address Ext Interface No TEEE1394 Init Settings No Yes Maintenance Repl maint cart No Yes Chapter 1
360. ling edge of paper based on the paper type Adjust Length Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment relative to paper stretching or shrinkage after which you can enter the amount of adjustment Calibration Auto Adjust Select Yes to print a color calibration adjustment pattern and adjust the correction value automatically This color calibration adjustment value is extended to all print tasks Execution Log The date of color calibration and the paper type are displayed for visual verification Use Effect Value Select Disable and press the OK button not to apply the color calibration correction value to printing The printer driver setting governs Select Enable and press the OK button to apply the color calibration correction value to printing It is overridden by the printer driver setting though Return Defaults The color calibration correction value and the execution history are cleared 1 87 Chapter 1 Interface Setup T 1 64 Setting Item Description Instructions EOP Timer Specify the timeout period for print jobs print J TCP IP IP Mode Choose whether the printer IP address is configured automatically or a static IP address is entered manually Protocol DHCP Specify the protocol used to configure the IP address automatically BOOTP RARP IP Setting IP Addre
361. ll displayed contents of DISPLAY gt WARNING will be initialized ERROR Initialize the history of ERROR All displayed contents of DISPLAY gt ERROR will be initialized ADJUST Initialize the value of band adjustment by user and head adjustment The automatically adjusted value will not be initialized W INK Initialize the remaining capacity of the maitenance cartridge Clear COUNTER gt PRINTER gt W INK PURGE Initialize the counter related to purge unit Clear COUNTER gt PURGE INK USE CNT Initialize the consumption amount of ink Clear COUNTER gt INK USE2 and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR INK CONSUME CUTTER CHG CNT Initialize the cutter unit replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt CUTTER EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR CUTTER EXC W INK CHG CNT Initialize the maintenance cartridge replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt MTC EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR MTC EXC HEAD CHG R CNT Initialize the printhead R replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt HEAD R EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR HEAD R EXC HEAD CHG L CNT Initialize the printhead L replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt HEAD L EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR HEAD L EXC HDD BOX PASS Initialize the BOX password
362. loth Thin Fabric Banner 2 Backlit Film Durable Backlit Film Backprint Film Colored Coated Paper CAD Tracing Paper CAD Translucent Matte Film Cut sheet manual feed from front POP Board Supported thickness Roll media 0 08 to 0 8 mm Manual feed from top 0 08 to 0 8 mm Manual feed from front 0 8 to 1 5 mm Media size Roll media Width 203mm X 610mm inch Lengh 203mm X 18m Maximum outside diameter 150 mm Media size Cut sheet Manual feed from top Width 203mm 8inch X 610mm 24inch Lengh 279mm X 1600mm Manual feed from front Width 250mm 8inch X 610mm 24inch Lengh 350mm X 914mm 1 12 Chapter 1 Printable area Roll media Area excluding 3mm from the leading edge 3 mm from the trailing edge and 3 mm from the left and right edges Borderless printing 0 mm from the leading edge trailing edge and left and right edges Width of media allowing borderless printing 10 254mm B4 257mm A3 329mm 14 356mm 16 407mm A2 420mm A24 17 432mm B2 515mm Al 594mm 24 610mm Media type allowing borderless printing Premium Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Premium Matte Paper Glossy Photographic Paper 190gsm Satin Photographic Paper 190gsm Glossy Photographic Paper 240gsm Satin Photographic Paper 240gsm HW Glossy Photo Paper HW Satin Photo Paper Premium RC Photo Luster Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper He
363. lue green so color correction is implemented on the basis of the readings Ink mist adhering to the sensor could deliver incorrect measurement readings when color calibration is executed If the ink dot count exceeds a tolerance the service error E194 4034 would occur If it does execute service mode SERVICE MODE gt ADJUST gt GAP CALIB after the multisensor has been replaced to clear the dot count LED blue LED green LED red TT Vel 1 99 X Infrared LED Infrared sensor wi 2 N Platen F 2 70 Service mode After SERVICE MODE gt ADJUST gt GAP CALIB has been carried out pass paper to make sure that it is detected properly In executing Calibration concurrently with the main menu choice Auto Head Adj or Manual Head Adj Auto Head Adj or Manual Head Adj first for the sake of higher color calibration accuracy Linear encoder sensor When the carriage moves the linear encoder sensor located at the rear of the carriage reads the slits on the linear encoder to detect the carriage position 2 67 Chapter 2 Lift cam sensor This is a photo interrupter type sensor The lift motor is driven by a predetermined number of pulses received after blocking of the sensor light by the flag thus controlling the heights of the head and platen Environmental temperature sensor The environmental temperature sensor installed on the carriage PCB detects t
364. lve open can cause the ink to flow back to the ink supply unit resulting in leakage of ink from the ink supply needle If the ink supply valve is held open due to a problem such as a valve motor error 03130031 2F3A remove the valve motor unit refer to DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt Ink Tank Unit and close the ink supply valve 4 54 Chapter 4 4 3 19 Draining the Ink iPF6100 iPF6200 There are two methods of removing the ink a manual methtod and an automatic method There the ink is drained the ink inside the ink passage totaling about 72g about 6g x 12 is drained as waste ink To prevent ink leakage be sure to drain the ink inside the ink passage before transporting the printer again 1 Automatic ink drainage To perform automatic ink drainage select Main Menu Maintenance Move Printer Perform automatic ink drainage again if a power outage or other cause shuts off the power during the operation for automatic ink drainage 2 Manual Ink Drainage Perform manual ink drainage when the printer cannot be powered due to a printer s electrcal part failure firmware error or power supply problem Manual Ink Drainage Procedure 1 Open the top cover and then remove the left and right circle covers tank cover right upper cover operation panel mist filter filter cover filter and right cover Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Pointe to
365. main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Replace the ink tank unit After replacing the ink tank unit select SEVIVE MODE gt INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER to reset the counter 2 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 4 4 E146 4001 Borderless idle ejection mist collection count full iPF6000 lt Cause gt The machine detected that the waste ink box the mist fan unit or platen duct became full of ink lt Probable fault location gt Waste ink box mist fan unit platen duct or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Replace the waste ink box mist fan unit or platen duct After replacing the waste ink box mist fan unit or platen duct select SEVICE MODE gt INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER to reset the counter 2 Replace main controller PCB 6 1 4 5 E194 404A Non discharge detection count error iPF6000 Cause The machine detected that the Non discharge count error Probable fault location Head management sensor or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Replace the head management sensor After replacing the head management sensor select SERVICE MODE gt INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER to reset the counter 2 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 4 6 E196 4040 E196 4041 E196 4042 E196 4045 E196 4049 main controller PCB error iPF6000 Cause The main controller PCB is defective lt Probable fault location Firmware or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Upgrade the firmware
366. main controller PCB E198 401C RTC error Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller PCB E198 401D RTC low battery error Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller PCB E198 401E RTC clock stop Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller PCB E199 404B Temperature humidity sensor board Check the temperature humidity sensor board connector connector out of position or replace the board E602 401A HDD failure Replace the HDD unit E602 401B HDD connection error Check the HDD connector Replace the HDD unit 8 26 Aug 13 2008 Canon
367. mal replace the suction fan 2 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the suction fan and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 3 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 17 03130031 2F20 03130031 2F28 03130031 2F22 03130031 2F23 Defective sensor in purge unit iPF6000 Cause The pump cam sensor in the purge unit could not detect the home position of the purge motor within the specified time Probable fault location Purge unit or main controller PCB Countermeasure 1 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the pump cam sensor pump motor and main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 2 Replace the purge unit 3 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 18 03130031 2F24 Cutter drive time out error iPF6000 Cause After the cutter motor was driven of the cutter unit cutter right detection sensor or cutter HP sensor ON was not able to be detected in the regulation time Probable fault location Cutter right position sensor cutter HP sensor cutter motor cutter unit cutter driver PCB or main controller PCB Countermeasure 1 Visual check Remove foreign substances from the cutter unit if any 2 Cutter right position sensor and cutter HP sensor Select SERVICE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the feed roller HP sensor 3 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the cutter right
368. media by multi sensor and corrects the calibration value 7 37 Chapter 7 d REPLACE 1 CUTTER This mode is for replacing the cutter unit 2 L amp R PRINTHEADS Replaces printheads L and R e COUNTER Displays the life operation frequency and time of each unit print counts for each media type and else The count values can be printed from PRINT INF 1 PRINTER Counters related to product life T 7 80 Display Description Unit LIFE TTL Cumulative number of printed media equivalent of A4 sheets LIFE ROLL Cumulative number of printed roll media equivalent of A4 sheets LIFE CUTSHEET Cumulative number of printed cut sheets equivalent to A4 sheets LIFE A F Cumulative number of printed media for environments A to F sheets POWER ON Cumulative power on time excluding the sleep time Hours W INK Remaining capacity of the maintenance cartridge CUTTER Number of cutting operations count as 1 by moving back and forth Times WIPE Number of wiping operations Times 2 CARRIAGE Counters related to carriage unit T 7 81 Display Description Unit PRINT Cumulative printing time Hours CR COUNT Cumulative carriage scan count count as 1 by moving back and forth Times CR DIST Cumulative carriage scan distance count as 1 by moving 210mm Times PRINT COUNT Cumulative print end count count as 1 by capping
369. mi Glossy Photo Paper Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Photo Paper Plus Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Photo Paper Plus Semi Gloss Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper 2 Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Paper 2 Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Poster Semi Glossy Photo Paper Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK Premium RC Photo Luster Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Instant Dry Papers Glossy 200g Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Instant Dry Papers Satin 200g Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 200x1200 PBK Photo paper High Glossy 250g Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi direct
370. mm Weight Approx 51 kg 1 3 2 Product Specifications iPF6200 Type Bubble jet large sized paper printer Feeding system Automatic feeding of one roll media One cut sheet manual feed from front One cut sheet manual feed from top 1 13 Chapter 1 1 14 Feeding capacity Roll media One roll at the back Outer diameter of roll 150 mm or less Inner diameter of paper tube 2 or 3 inches Cut sheet I sheet Delivery method Delivers the media with its printed side up in the forward direction Sheet delivery capability Using the stand option basket Roll media I sheet Cut sheet I sheet Cutter Automatically cuts paper laterally Cartridge type with round blade Type of media Roll media Plain Paper Economy Bond Paper Universal Bond Paper Plain Paper High Quality Plain Paper High Grade Recycled Coated Paper Matte Coated Paper 90gsm Coated Paper Premium Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Premium Matte Paper Glossy Photographic Paper 190gsm Satin Photographic Paper 190gsm Glossy Photographic Paper 240gsm Satin Photographic Paper 240gsm HW Glossy Photo Paper HW Satin Photo Paper Premium RC Photo Luster Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper 2 Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Paper 2 Poster Semi Glossy Photo Paper Fine Art Photo Fine Art Heavyweight Photo
371. n 1 H1 E DATA 8 EV OUT Even head L data signal 8 E 2 GND GND 3 H1 D HE 7 OUT Head L heat enable signal 7 D 4 GND GND 5 IO ASIC SDA IN OUT Head ROM control signal data 6 GND GND 7 H1 D DATA 7 EV OUT Even head L data signal 7 D 8 GND GND 9 H1 D DATA 6 EV OUT Even head L data signal 6 D 10 GND GND Chapter 6 J3801 Connect to Carriage PCB J23 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 11 H1 D DATA 6 OD OUT Odd head L data signal6 D 12 GND GND 13 IO ASIC SCL IN OUT Head ROM control signal clock 14 GND GND 15 H1 D HE 6 OUT Head L heat enable signal 6 D 16 GND GND 17 H1 C HE 5 OUT Head L heat enable signal 5 C 18 GND GND 19 H1 C DATA 5 OD OUT Odd head L data signal5 C 20 GND GND 21 HI CLK OUT Head L clock signal 22 GND GND 23 HEAD 3V OUT Power supply 43V 24 GND GND 25 HI LT OUT Head L latch signal 26 H DASH LICC2 B OUT Analogue switch AD triggar 27 H1 C DATA 5 EV OUT Even head L data signal 5 C 28 GND GND 29 H1 B HE 3 OUT Head L heat enable signal 3 B 30 GND GND 31 H1 C DATA 4 EV OUT Even head L data signal 4 C 32 GND GND 33 H1 B DATA 3 EV OUT Even head L data signal 3 B 34 GND GND 35 H1 B DATA 2 EV OUT Even head L data signal 2 B 36 GND GND 37 H1 A DATA 1 EV OUT Even head L dat
372. n This function controls the carriage motor feed motor valve motor spur motor purge motor lift motor and cutter motor based on the input signals from sensors HDD control function This function controls the hard disk drive b Driver IC IC3101 This IC generates a carriage motor control signal based on the control signal from the ASIC Driver IC IC2801 This IC generates feed motor and valve motor control signals based on the control signal from the ASIC d Driver IC 1 2901 This IC generates purge motor cutter motor and spur motor control signals based on the control signal from the ASIC Driver IC 3001 This IC generates a lift motor control signal based on the control signal from the ASIC f DIMMs 1C601 1C602 1C603 1C604 The DIMM comprising a 128 MB SDR SDRAM is connected to the 32 bit data bus to be used as a work area During print data reception it is also used as an image buffer It cannot be expanded g FLASH ROM 1C701 A 16 MB flash ROM is connected to the 8 bit data bus to store the printer control program h EEPROM 1 802 The 128 KB EEPROM stores various setting values adjustment values log data counter values related to the user servicing i SO DIMM The 256 MB SO DIMM J401 is connected to the 32 bit data bus to be used as a work area During print data reception it is also used as an image buffer It cannot be expanded 2 57 Chapter 2 MEMO After replacement of th
373. n remove the maintenance cartridge and then package it so that waste ink does not leak Check that waste ink is no longer leaking after removing the maintenance cartridge If it is leaking install the maintenance cartridge and wait until waste ink no longer leaks 9 Attach the cushioning materials and tape 10 Pack the printer in the packing box and then put the roll media ink tank and optional devices in another packing box for moving Use the original packing materials for the printer and other optional devices If they are not available pack them with a sufficient amount of cushioning materials 2 When the printer is not operating properly 1 Make sure that the printer is turned off 2 Disconnect the interface cable power cord and ground cable from the printer 3 Remove the roll holder from the roll holder slot 4 Drain ink from the printer 5 Manually cap the printhead Manual capping is an emergency measure used when the printer does not operate properly so it can damage the printhead 6 Remove the maintenance cartridge and then package it so that waste ink does not leak 7 Attach all external covers 8 Open the top cover and then secure the carriage with the belt stopper 9 Close the top cover 10 Attach the cushioning materials and tape 11 Pack the printer in the packing box and then put the roll media ink tank and optional devices in another packing box for moving Use the original packing mat
374. n for auto head adjustment rough adjustment MANUAL HEAD ADJ DETAIL Prints the detail patterns for the manual head adjustment After printing the mode will change to ADJ SETTING Check the printed patterns and input the set values BASIC Prints the basic patterns for the manual head adjustment After printing the mode will change to ADJ SETTING Check the printed patterns and input the set values ADJ SETTING AtoF 1 to F 1 This mode is to input the registration adjustment values It is possible to return the values to the former one by printing the status print before changing the value SAVE SETTINGS Save the registration adjustment values that has been input RESET SETTINGS Initialize the registration adjustment values to 0 3 NOZZLE CHK POS This mode for adjusting the optical axis of the head management sensor For details refer to Disassembly Reassembly gt Adjustment and Setup Items gt Pro cedure after replacing the head management sensor 4 GAP CLIB This mode measures the gap between the printhead and media by multi sensor and corrects the calibration value Chapter 7 d REPLACE 1 CUTTER This mode is for replacing the cutter unit 2 L amp R PRINTHEADS Replaces printheads L and R e COUNTER Displays the life operation frequency and time of each unit print counts for each media type and else The count values can be printed from PRINT
375. n mail box to only save data to the box without printing it Save beforePrint Select On to start printing data when its save is complete Save in Comm Box Select Off to print data without saving it to the common box 1 89 Chapter 1 Information T 1 67 Setting Item Description Instructions System Info Firmware Displays the version of the printer and firmware Boot Displays the Boot ROM version of the printer MIT Displays the DB format version of the MIT IP Displays the printer IP address Ext Interface Displays the interface used the expansion slot s n 1 Displays the printer serial number Error Log Displays the most recent error messages up to two Job Log Choose from Document Name Displays the document name in the last print job information aboutthe User Name Displays the name of the user who sent the print job atest three print jobs Page Count Displays the number of pages in the print job Job Status Displays the results of the print job processed Print Start Time Displays the time when the print job was started Print End Time Displays the time when the print job was finished Print Time Displays the time required to print the job Print Size Displays the paper size in the print job Media Type Displays the paper type in the print job Interfa
376. n of Cleaning 16 Precipitated ink agitation At least 1 hour elapsed capped with Wiping Idle ejection 0 013g a specified number of dots discharged per chip completed after last wiping Print operation aborted uncapped Up to 72 hours elapsed after an Cleaning 1 Normal lg and CR error occurring abort Cleaning Over 72 hours elapsed after an abort Cleaning 6 Normal 5g strong Cleaning Print operation aborted uncapped and no CR error occurring Cleaning 11 ink filling 10g after head replacement No heads are available Cleaning 10 ink filling 15g on secondary transport Power off Specified number of dots discharged per chip completed since the last session of wiping Wiping Idle ejection 0 013g Before the Less than 168 hours elapsed capped Idle ejection 0 013g Start of At least 168 hours elapsed capped Cleaning 1 Normal lg printing Cleaning Before printing in the wake of an error occurrence Cleaning 1 Normal lg Cleaning Printing Before scanning while printing Idle ejection Wiping 0 013g After the end specified number of dots color discharged per chip since the last session of Cleaning 2 3 6 or I Cleaning 6 Normal 5g of printing strong Cleaning A specified number of dots discharged per chip after the last session of wiping Wiping Idle ejection 0 013g 3 minutes elapsed since the last session of capping Wiping Idle ejection 0 013g Total 2 hours elapsed uncapped since the last session of Cleaning 1 2 3
377. nd 2504 replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810113 2505 PC ink tank empty Renew the PC ink tank Press OK and replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810106 2506 MBk ink tank empty Renew the MBk ink tank Press OK and replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810106 2507 MBK2 ink tank empty Renew the MBk ink tank Press OK and eplace ink tank m Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Ink tank is empty 03810105 GY ink tank empty Renew the GY ink tank Press OK and 2508 replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810115 2509 PGY ink tank empty Renew the PGY ink tank Press OK and replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810107 R ink tank empty Renew the R ink tank Press OK and 250A replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810109 B ink tank empty Renew the B ink tank Press OK and 250B replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810108 G ink tank empty Renew the G ink tank Press OK and 250C replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810204 2580 Low on the Bk ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished Bk ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810201 2581 Low on the Y ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished Y ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810202 2582 Low on the M ink tank as during Replace with a
378. net data TX line 3 RX IN Ethernet data RX line 4 Not used 9 Not used 6 RX IN Ethernet data RX line 7 Not used 8 Not used 9 GREEN LED C OUT Link LED green 100Mb s cathode terminal 10 GREEN LED A OUT Link LED green 100Mb s anode terminal 11 YELLOW LED C OUT Link LED yellow 10Mb s cathode terminal 12 YELLOW LED A OUT Link LED yellow 10Mb s anode terminal T 6 26 J1801 Connect to Power supply Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 HDI VHFBH OUT VH feedback voltage 2 HDI VHFBG OUT VH feedback voltage 3 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 4 GND GND 5 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 6 GND GND F RGV20 VCC IN Power supply 21 5V 8 GND GND 9 VM IN Power supply 26V 10 GND GND 11 VM IN Power supply 26V 12 GND GND 13 VH ENB OUT VH power supply ON OFF signal 14 PW CONT OUT Normal power saving switch signal T 6 27 J2511 Spur motor Spur cam sensor Mist fan Cutter motor Cutter right detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 SNS 1 OUT Power supply 3 3V 2 GND GND 3 CUTTER SNS IN Cutter right detection sensor signal 4 CUTTER OUTA OUT Cutter motor driver signal A 5 CUTTER OUTB OUT Cutter motor driver signal B 6 SNS 1 OUT Power supply 43 3V 7 GND GND 8 HAKUSHA CAM SNS R IN Spur cam sensor output signal 9 HAKUSHA MOTOR AM OUT Spur motor drive signal AM 10 HAKU
379. ng nozzle detection the print operation can resume after the message display as needed If 100 or more non discharging nozzles are located a head replacement prompt message is displayed Printhead Nozzle unit Head management sensor unit F 2 63 2 64 Chapter 2 2 5 3 Ink passage system iPF6000S Valve open closed detection sensor Purge unit Pump cam sensor Valve open closed detection sensor 2 Pump encoder sensor F 2 64 Pump cam sensor The photo interrupter type pump cam sensor detects that the sensor light is shielded or unshielded by the rotary cam The sensor detects the purge unit capping and wiping states with the combination of the state detected by the pump cam and the state of pump motor rotation control performed by the pump encoder Rotary flag Sensor 553 Carriage lock Capping Air passage valve open Printing Suction Idle suction Suction during printing Wiping Carriage lock Carriage move ldle ejection Air passage Idle suction F 2 65 2 65 Chapter 2 Pump encoder sensor The pump encoder is a photo interruptive type sensor It reads the slits on the pump motor s encoder film to control the amount of pump motor rotation Slits F 2 66 Valve open closed detection sensor Valve open closed detection sensor 2 The photo interrupter type valve open closed detection sensor valve open closed detection sensor 2 detect the valv
380. ng the reference clock to measure the carriage moving speed Dot count function This function controls the discharge dots used as the information for Heat Enable signal control maintenance jet control cleaning control and remaining ink level for each nozzle array Operation panel control function This function controls serial communication with the operation panel PWM control function This function controls driving of the suction fan and mist fan as well as the temperature of the printhead Remaining ink level detection function This function detects the remaining level of each color of ink based on the signal received from the hollow needle mounted in the ink tank unit LED control function This function controls the LEDs on the ink tank unit I O port function This function controls input signals from sensors Power ON OFF control function This function controls turning on off of the drive power 26 V and 21 5 V supplied from the power supply PCB Head DI sensor read control function This function controls read operation by the head DI sensor Multi sensor control function This function controls the LED adjusts the gain and controls obtainment of the reading for the multi sensor EEPROM control function This function controls the EEPROMs of individual ink tanks the maintenance cartridge EEPROM the EEPROM on the maintenance cartridge relay PCB and the head EEPROM in addition to the on board EEPROM Motor control functio
381. nk EEPROM error Renew the M ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2563 C ink tank EEPROM error Renew the C ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2564 PM ink tank EEPROM error Renew the PM ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2565 PC ink tank EEPROM error Renew the PC ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2566 MBk ink tank EEPROM error Renew the MBk ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2567 MBK2 ink tank EEPROM error Renew the MBk ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2568 GY ink tank EEPROM error Renew the GY ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2569 PGY ink tank EEPROM error Renew the PGY ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 256A R ink tank EEPROM error Renew the R ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 256B B ink tank EEPROM error Renew the B ink tank Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 256C G ink tank EEPROM error Renew the G ink tank Top cover is open Turn off printer wait a while and
382. nk is provided with an agitation plate to assist agitation of ink The agitation plate is also provided in the Operation timing When a new ink tank is installed or when 168 hours have lapsed since the previous agitation the agitation is performed irrespective of the whether the printer is printing or cleaning its head 2 21 Chapter 2 Ink supply valve opening closing count 30 times every 30 seconds If 336 or more hours have lapsed the ink valve opening closing count and the time until the next agitation are changed according to the length of the tame lapsed 2 22 Chapter 2 2 3 2 2 Ink Tank Unit 2 3 2 2 1 Structure of Ink Tank Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 a Ink tank Each ink tank contains 130 ml of ink the starter ink tank supplied with the printer contains 90 ml of ink for each color The amount of ink is memorized in the EEPROM mounted to the ink tank The amount of the ink remaining in the ink tank is detected as a dot count according to the data memorized in the EEPROM When the electrodes mounted to the hollow needle detect a con conductive state a message appears on the display to indicate that the ink is nearly empty If the dot count reaches the prescribed value the ink tank is considered to be empty b Ink port When the ink tank lock lever is pressed down the hollow needle enters the ink port covered with a rubber plug establishing an ink passage between the printer and ink tank Air passage When t
383. nsferred Transmit valid ROM data Unknown file Check file format Turn off printer wait a while then turn it on again 03900001 4042 MIT data transfer failure Verify the validity of MID data before transferring it Roll sensor cannot detect Turn on printer again 03130031 291A Roll sensor detection failure Check the roll feed unit Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Hardware error 03130031 2F2B Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F2B LF operation failure Check to see if paper has not jammed Check the feed motor and feed roller Right printhead error Open top cover and replace the right printhead 03800201 2802 Invalid printhead R installed Replace printhead Left printhead error Open top cover and replace the left printhead 03800202 280A Invalid printhead L installed Replace printhead L Right printhead error Open top cover and replace the right printhead 03800301 2801 Printhead R DI compensation failure Replace printhead Left printhead error Open top cover and replace the left printhead 03800302 2809 Printhead L DI compensation failure Replace printhead L Right printhead error Open top cover and replace the right printhead 03800401 2803 Printhead R EEPROM error Replace printhead Left printhead error
384. nsors Power ON OFF control function This function controls turning on off of the drive power 26 V and 21 5 V supplied from the power supply PCB 2 55 Chapter 2 Head DI sensor read control function This function controls read operation by the head DI sensor Multi sensor control function This function controls the LED adjusts the gain and controls obtainment of the reading for the multi sensor EEPROM control function This function controls the EEPROMs of individual ink tanks the maintenance cartridge EEPROM the EEPROM on the maintenance cartridge relay PCB and the head EEPROM in addition to the on board EEPROM Motor control function This function controls the carriage motor feed motor valve motor spur motor purge motor lift motor and cutter motor based on the input signals from sensors b Driver IC IC3101 This IC generates a carriage motor control signal based on the control signal from the ASIC Driver IC IC2801 This IC generates feed motor and valve motor control signals based on the control signal from the ASIC d Driver IC 1 2901 This IC generates purge motor cutter motor and spur motor control signals based on the control signal from the ASIC Driver IC 1C3001 This IC generates a lift motor control signal based on the control signal from the ASIC f DIMMs 1C601 1C602 1C603 1C604 The DIMM comprising a 128 MB SDR SDRAM is connected to the 32 bit data bus to be used as a work area Dur
385. o press down the locking lever of the printhead until you feel a click In addition to prevent clogging of the nozzles with foreign matter and improper supply of ink never touch the nozzles 4 or ink port 6 or wipe it with tissue paper or anything else Do not touch Electriacl contact 5 Also never attempt to disassemble reassemble the printhead or wash it with water MEMO If the nozzles are clogged or an ink suction problem occurs white lines can appear on the printout a constant frequency or color dulling can occur If this problem is not resolved by cleaning operations replace the printhead with a new one 1 95 Chapter 1 F 1 41 T 1 70 1 knob 4 nozzles 2 protective cap 1 5 Electrical contact 3 protective cap 2 6 ink port 2 Capping The printer will perform the capping operation when printing has ended or during standby due to an error in order to protect the printhead and avoid ink leakage If the power cord is accidentally unplugged turn off the Power button reconnect the power cord and then turn on the Power button Confirm that the printer starts up properly and enters to the Online or Offline status and then power off the printer using the Power button Improper capping operation may cause clogged nozzles due to dried ink or ink leakage from the printhead 3 When the printer is not used for a long time Keep the printhead installed in the printer even when it is not u
386. oaded media was different from the media type specified using the driver The size of the loaded media in the cassette was different from the media size specified using the driver Probable fault location Media type or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Media check Check the loaded media If the media type is different from that required by the send data no media is loaded or the size of the loaded media is not the specified one load correct media 2 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 6 03010000 2E25 03010000 2E27 Paper feed delivery jam error iPF6000 Cause During paper feed or delivery paper jammed or paper was fed improperly During printing paper was fed out of the way Probable fault location paper path media sensor or main controller lt Countermeasure gt 1 Visual check Remove foreign substances from the paper path and media sensor if any If the paper feed surface or moving part of the paper path is damaged or deformed replace the peper path 2 Media sensor Chapter 6 Select SERVICE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check the media sensor for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the media sensor 3 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the media sensor and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 4 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 7 03030000 2E21 IEEE1394 error iPF6000 Cause The IEEE1394 interface is faulty Probab
387. ocation Carriage path way carriage rail carriage belt linear scale linear encoder carriage motor carriage PCB or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Carriage pathway check Remove foreign substances jammed paper from the carriage pathway if any 2 Carriage rail Visually check whether the carriage rail is dirty If the carriage rail is dirty clean it using rail cleaner 3 Carriage belt Visually check whether the carriage belt is loose If the carriage belt is loose remove it and then reinstall it 4 Replace linear scale 5 Replace liner encoder 6 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the linear encoder and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 7 Replace carriage motor 8 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the carriage motor and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 9 Replace the carriage PCB 10 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the carriage PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 11 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 21 03130031 2F2A Feed roller home position error iPF6000 Cause During power on the feed roller HP sensor could not detect that the reference of Scale that exists on encoder film area color change from transparent to black lt Probable fault location Feed roller encoder film feed roller HP sensor feed motor or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Visua
388. ode terminal T 6 48 J1801 Connect to Power supply Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 HDI VHFBH OUT VH feedback voltage 2 HDI VHFBG OUT VH feedback voltage 3 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 4 GND GND 5 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 6 GND GND 7 RGV20 VCC IN Power supply 21 5V 8 GND GND 9 VM IN Power supply 26V 10 GND GND 11 VM IN Power supply 26V 12 GND GND 13 VH ENB OUT VH power supply ON OFF signal 14 PW CONT OUT Normal power saving switch signal T 6 49 J2511 Spur motor Spur cam sensor Mist fan Cutter motor Cutter right detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 2 GND GND 3 CUTTER R SNS R IN Cutter right detection sensor signal 4 CUTTER OUTA OUT Cutter motor driver signal A 5 CUTTER OUTB OUT Cutter motor driver signal B 6 SNS 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 7 GND GND 8 HAKUSHA CAM SNS R IN Spur cam sensor output signal 9 HAKUSHA MOTOR AM OUT Spur motor drive signal AM 10 HAKUSHA MOTOR AP OUT Spur motor drive signal AP 11 FAN VM OUT Power supply 426V 12 MIST FAN LOCK IN Mist fan lock signal 13 MIST FAN PWM OUT Mist fan duty control signal 14 GND GND 6 37 Chapter 6
389. of the hard disk drive to factory default PARTS CHG CNT PARTS xx xx Unit number of consumable parts For details refer to Maintenance and Inspection gt Consumable Parts Initialize the consumable part replacement frequency Clear COUNTER gt EXCHANGE gt UNIT x EXC and count up COUNTER gt CLEAR gt CLR UNIT x EXC PARTS COUNTER PARTS xx xx Unit number of consumable parts For details refer to Maintenance and Inspection gt Consumable Parts Initialize the counter amount of the consumable parts Clear COUNTER gt PARTS CNT gt PARTS x After replacing the consumable part be sure to execute this menu 7 43 Chapter 7 7 1 8 Sample Printout iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S PRINTINF A sample printout that is produced by executing SERVICE MODE DISPLAY PRINTINF is shown below along with instructions about how to interpret it 1 XXXX PRINT INF YSTEM 2 TYPE DF029090 24 0 TMP 26 SIZE LF 0 0 SIZE CR 514 3 HEAD S N R 39410000 L 04400000 HEAD LOT R 166L09A0 L 166L09A0 INK Y PCO 0 POY 0 GY 0 BK 0 PM D 0 MBK 0 0 B 0 WARNING 01 0000 02 0000 03 0000 04 0000 05 0000 OG 0000 07 0000 08 0000 09 0000 10 0000 0000 12 0000 13 0000 14 0000 15 0000 16 0000 17 0000 18 0000 19 0000 20 0000 ERROR 01 03060A00 2E01 02 0000 03 0000 04 0000 05 0000 OG 0000 07 0000 08 0000 09 0000 10 0000 0000 12 0000 13 0000 14 0000 15 0000 as 00
390. oller bearing Molykote PG 641 Approx 12mg 4 Eject roller center bearing Molykote PG 641 Approx 12mg 5 Spur cam Molykote PG 641 Approx 20mg 6 Pinch roller unit release shaft Molykote PG 641 Approx 12mg 4 56 Chapter 4 a Carriage unit 1 Joint base Molykote PG 641 Approx 12mg Molykote PG 641 Approx 6mg F 4 121 2 Shaft cleaner oil pad Chapter 4 b Eject roller unit 3 Eject roller bearing 4 Eject roller center bearing Molykote PG 641 Approx 12mg Molykote PG 641 Approx 12mg One location on A2 17 model and two location on A1 24 model Molykote PG 641 Approx 12mg F 4 123 Chapter 4 Spur unit 5 Spur cam Molykote PG 641 Approx 20mg F 4 124 d Pinch roller unit 6 Pinch roller unit release shaft Five location A2 17 model and seven location A1 24 model HH HH nin HH HH HHS Ke Molykote PG 641 Approx 12mg F 4 125 4 59 Chapter 4 4 5 Adjustment and Setup Items 4 5 1 Adjustment Item List iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S The following adjustment procedures need to be performed when the parts have been replaced or remove and then reinstalled T 4 1 Adjustment item Adjus
391. on inch 3 HEAD Displays the following EEPROM information of the printhead T 7 45 Display Description S N R Serial number of printhead R S N L Serial number of printhead L LOTR Lot number of printhead R LOTL Lot number of printhead L 4 INK Displays the numbers of days passed since installation of the following ink tanks T 7 46 Display Description Unit BK Number of days passed since the BK ink tank was installed Day s MBK Number of days passed since the MBK ink tank was installed Day s C Number of days passed since the C ink tank was installed Day s Number of days passed since the M ink tank was installed Day s Y Number of days passed since the Y ink tank was installed Day s PC Number of days passed since the PC ink tank was installed Day s PM Number of days passed since the PM ink tank was installed Day s GY Number of days passed since the GY ink tank was installed Day s PGY Number of days passed since the PGY ink tank was installed Day s R Number of days passed since the R ink tank was installed Day s G Number of days passed since the G ink tank was installed Day s B Number of days passed since the B ink tank was installed Day s 5 WARNING Displays the warning history up to 20 events The newest event has the smallest history number 6 ERROR Displays the error history up to 20 events The newest event has the smallest history number 7 INK CHECK Displays the history of execution of turning off the remaining ink level
392. on Log Date Media Use Adj Value No Yes Restore Defaults No Yes Interface Setup EOP Timer 10 sec 30 sec 1 min 2 min 5 min 10 min 30 min 60 min TCP IP IP Mode Automatic Manual Protocol 4 DHCP On Off 1 59 Chapter 1 1 60 T 1 33 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Interface Setup TCP IP Protocol 4 BOOTP On Off RARP On Off IP Setting 14 IP Address 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Default G W 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 NetWare NetWare On Off Frame Type 6 Auto Detect Ethernet 2 Ethernet 802 2 Ethernet 802 3 Ethernet SNAP Print Service 6 BinderyPServer RPrinter NDSPServer NPrinter AppleTalk On Off Ethernet Driver Auto Detect On Off Comm Mode 7 Half Duplex Full Duplex Ethernet 7 10 Base T 100 Base TX Spanning Tree Not Use Use MAC Address Ext Interface No TEEE1394 Init Settings No Yes Maintenance Repl maint cart No Yes Chapter 1 T 1 34 First Level Second Level T
393. onal 2400x1200 MBK Plain Paper High Grade Office Document Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 Image Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Office Document Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Economy Bond Paper Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Office Document Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Universal Bond Paper Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Office Document Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Standard Paper 1569B 80g Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Office Document Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Standard Paper 1570B 90g Draft 2 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Image Standard 4
394. onal 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Backlit Film Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Pop up Gloss Film Made Standard 8 Big 2400 1200 Hig 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Universal Opaque White Film 8 pre Ge 2400x1200 PBK Hig 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Outdoor Backlit Image Hig 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK 1 21 Chapter 1 1 22 Media Type Print Priority Dust Bu Printing direction Resolution ee dpi Standard 6 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Scrim Banner 370g Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Mat Film Paper Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Standard 6 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Adhesive Matt Stretch Vinyl Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Thin Fabric Thin Fabric Banner 2 Standard 6 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Banner Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Flame Resistant Cloth Standard 6 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image High 8 Bi directional 2400x120
395. ond Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level COUNTER MEDIA 1 NAME TTL TTL ROLL ROLL CUTSHEET CUTSHEET MEDIA 7 NAME TTL TTL ROLL ROLL CUTSHEET CUTSHEET MEDIA OTHER NAME TTL TTL ROLL ROLL CUTSHEET CUTSHEET MEDIASIZE1 ROLL P SQ 24 36 P SQ 24 36 P SQ 17 24 P SQ 17 24 P SQ 17 P SQ 17 P CNT 24 36 P CNT 17 24 P CNT 17 MEDIASIZE2 ROLL D SQ 24 36 D SQ 24 36 D SQ 17 24 D SQ 17 24 80 17 D SQ 17 D CNT 24 36 D CNT 17 24 D CNT 17 MEDIASIZE1 CUT P SQ 24 36 P SQ 24 36 P SQ 17 24 P SQ 17 24 P SQ 17 P SQ 17 P CNT 24 36 P CNT 17 24 P CNT 17 7 5 Chapter 7 7 6 T 7 5 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level COUNTER MEDIASIZE1 CUT D SQ 24 36 D SQ 24 36 D SQ 17 24 D SQ 17 24 D SQ 17 D SQ 17 D CNT 24 36 D CNT 17 24 D CNT 17 HEAD DOT CNT 1 Y B TTL HEAD DOT CNT 2 Y B TTL PARTS CNT COUNTER A OK W1 W2 E PARTS Al 1 2 3 4 COUNTER X OK W1 W2 E PARTS X1 1 2 3 4 SETTING Pth ON OFF RTC DATE XXXX XX XX Date entry TIME XX XX Time entry PV AUTO JUDGE ON PFF
396. onnector roll feed unit PCB or main controller PCB lt Ountermeasure gt 1 Visual check If the gear in roll cam drive unit is abnormal replace the gear 2 Roll cam sensor Chapter 6 Select SERVICE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the roll cam sensor 3 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the roll cam sensor roll motor and roll feed unit PCB is abnormal replace the cable 4 Replace the roll motor 5 Replace the roll feed unit PCB 6 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the roll feed unit PCB and main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 7 Replace the connector 8 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 24 03130031 2F3A Valve open close error iPF6000 Cause When the ink supply valve opened or closed valve open closed detection sensor could not detect the valve cam rotation Probable fault location Valve open closed detection sensor valve motor or main controller PCB Countermeasure 1 Visual check Remove foreign substances from the motor gear and sensor of the valve open close mechanism if any 2 Valve open close detection sensor Select SERVICE MODE gt I O DISPLAY to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the valve open close detection sensor 3 Valve motor Select SERVICE MODE gt FUNCTION gt INK VALVE to check for normal operation If the operation is abnormal
397. onsumption In power save sleep mode SW or less 220 240 V AC 6W or less During standby 1 W or less Printer unit dimensions WxDxH 1177 x 670 x 344 mm With stand option 1177 x 870 x 991 mm Weight Approx 51 kg 1 4 Detailed Specifications 1 4 1 Print Speed and Direction iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Chapter 1 T 1 4 Media Type Print Priority Deis pud Printing direction Miss dm pron dpi Plain Paper Plain Paper Office Document Standard 4 Bi directiona 1200x1200 MBK Recycled Paper Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Text Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image Draft 2 Bi directiona 1200x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Plain Paper High Quality Office Document Standard 4 Bi directiona 1200x1200 MBK Line Document Draft 2 Bi directiona 1200x1200 MBK is Standard 4 Bi directiona 1200x1200 MBK Image Draft 2 Bi directiona 1200x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directiona 1200x1200 MBK High 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Plain Paper High Grade Office Document Standard 4 Bi directiona 1200x1200 MBK Line Document Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK TERI Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Image Draft 2 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Standard 4 Bi directional 1200x120
398. oof and Photo Semiglossy High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK s e Proof and Photo Semigloss High 2 Bi directional 7400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Film Paper Backprint Film Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 PBK High 12 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Backlit Film Image Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Hig 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Pop up Gloss Film Trage Standard 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK High 6 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Universal Opaque White Film Image PES High 6 Bi directional 2400x1200 PBK Standard 8 Bi directional 1200x1200 MBK Outdoor Backlit Image High 2 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Chapter 2 Media Type Print Priority nd Printing direction Resolution PE dpi Standard 6 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Scrim Banner 370g Image Hig Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Highest 16 Bi directional 2400x1200 MBK Mat Film Paper Standard 6 Bi directional 200x1200 MBK Adhesive Matt Stretch Vinyl
399. or Factory SENSOR CHECK For Factory amp HAKUSYA and SENSOR CHECK are intended for factory adjustment purposes No adjustment by service personnel is required 2 HEAD ADJ Set or initialize the registration adjustment values of each printheads T 7 79 Display Description AUTO HEAD ADJ ROUGH Prints the pattern for auto head adjustment rough adjustment MANUAL HEAD ADJ DETAIL Prints the detail patterns for the manual head adjustment After printing the mode will change to ADJ SETTING Check the printed patterns and input the set values BASIC Prints the basic patterns for the manual head adjustment ADJ SETTING AtoF A 1 to F 2 This mode is to input the registration adjustment values It is possible to return the values to the former one by printing the status print before changing the value After printing the mode will change to ADJ SETTING Check the printed patterns and input the set values SAVE SETTINGS Save the registration adjustment values that has been input RESET SETTINGS Initialize the registration adjustment values to 0 3 NOZZLE CHK POS This mode for adjusting the optical axis of the head management sensor For details refer to Disassembly Reassembly gt Adjustment and Setup Items gt Pro cedure after replacing the head management sensor 4 GAP CLIB This mode measures the gap between the printhead and
400. or interferences from outside light Replace the multi sensor unit Calibration There is a problem with the multi sensor Press OK to cancel calibration 03130031 2F35 Color calibration disabled Check the parts counter in service mode Replace the multi sensor unit Hardware error 03130031 2F3A Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F3A Valve motor error Check the ink supply unit Hardware error 03130031 2F3B Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F3B CS communication error Remove the ink tanks and then reload them Check the main controller PCB Hardware error 0313003 1 260E Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0130031 260E Gap detection error Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts Replace the main controller PCB Hardware error 03130031 2618 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2618 VH voltage error Check the power supply unit Hardware error 0313003 1 260F Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 260F Gap reference surface error Replace the reference surface sheet Roll feed unit err Turn off printer and check roll feed unit 03060A00 2E24 Roll feed unit failure Replace the roll feed unit Unknown file Check file format Turn off printer wait a while then turn it on again 03900001 4049 ROM data for another model has been tra
401. or occurs when the ink tank is replaced 6 9 6 1 3 30 03830201 2541 03800204 2540 03830202 2542 03830203 2543 03830212 2544 03830213 2545 03830206 2546 03830205 2548 03830215 2549 03830207 254A 03830209 254B 03830208 254C Invalid ink tank ID 6 9 6 1 3 31 03830301 2561 03830304 2560 03830302 2562 03830303 2563 03830312 2564 03830313 2565 03830306 2566 03830305 2568 03830305 2568 03830315 2569 03830307 256A 03830309 256B 03830308 256C Ink tank EEPROM 6 9 6 1 3 32 03841001 2819 03841201 2816 03841201 2817 03841101 2818 01841001 281B Maintenance cartridge error 6 9 6 1 3 33 03861001 2405 03861001 2406 Borderless printing error ccceceesessesceseseeseescseescescseeseeseseeseeseeeceecaeeaeeceseeacsecsecaesaeaeeseeaesecaeeaeereateaeeneaees 6 10 6 1 3 34 03862000 2E09 Insufficient roll media error ENNEN 6 10 6 1 3 35 03870001 2015 Cut error sss 6 10 6 1 4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur sonnis nn n iei a E R SE E R AE 6 10 61 4 Outline aee en lee pi pe ETE ea pete ee b le ETE OAE OA EET ed 6 10 6 1 4 2 E141 4046 Recovery system rotation count reached 20 000 6 11 Contents 6 1 4 3 E144 4047 Supply system s count error eee 6 11 6 1 4 4 146 4001 Borderless idle ejection mist collection count full 6 11 6 1 4 5 194 404 Non discharge detection count eo 6 11 6 1 4 6 E196 4040
402. or timeout Roll media Check the roll feed unit Check roll media Check to see if paper has not jammed in the printer Hardware error 03130031 2E2E Turn off printer wait then turn on again 0313003 1 2F2E Roll travel timeout Check the roll feed unit Hardware error 03130031 4027 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 4027 Lift travel timeout error Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Hardware error 03130031 2E13 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F13 A D converter external trigger output stop detection hardware error 1 If both printheads are signaled faulty take the following corrective action 1 Replace the left printhead with a normal one 2 Because the error indication lasts turn the printer off then back on 3 Replace the right printhead with a normal one as the automatic replacement of the right printhead is suggested If a printhead is not at fault replace the main controller board Hardware error 03130031 2 32 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130031 2F32 Multi sensor error Check the environment for interferences from outside light Replace the multi sensor unit Cannot calibrate Press OK and try calibration again 03130031 2F34 Color calibration adjustment failure error Che
403. ory adjustment purposes No adjustment by service personnel is required 2 HEAD ADJ Set or initialize the registration adjustment values of each printheads T 7 51 Display Description AUTO HEAD ADJ ROUGH Prints the pattern for auto head adjustment rough adjustment MANUAL HEAD ADJ DETAIL Prints the detail patterns for the manual head adjustment After printing the mode will change to ADJ SETTING Check the printed patterns and input the set values BASIC Prints the basic patterns for the manual head adjustment After printing the mode will change to ADJ SETTING Check the printed patterns and input the set values SETTING AtoF A 1 to F 2 This mode is to input the registration adjustment values It is possible to return the values to the former one by printing the status print before changing the value SAVE SETTINGS Save the registration adjustment values that has been input RESET SETTINGS Initialize the registration adjustment values to 0 3 NOZZLE CHK POS This mode for adjusting the optical axis of the head management sensor For details refer to Disassembly Reassembly gt Adjustment and Setup Items gt Pro cedure after replacing the head management sensor 4 GAP CLIB This mode measures the gap between the printhead and media by multi sensor and corrects the calibration value 7 28 Chapter 7 d REPLACE 1 CUTTER This mode is for replacing the cutter unit
404. osition adjusting function to adjust the lateral and longitudinal printing positions and bidirectional printing position of the printhead mounted on the carriage as well as the media feed amount The printing position can be adjusted in two ways automatic adjustment by which the multi sensor installed at the lower left of the carriage reads the printing position adjusting pattern and manual adjustment by which a print position adjusting pattern is printed with the printing conditions changed little by little to allow the user to enter the visually checked adjustment value from the operation panel Printing position adjustment requires A4 size or larger roll media or cut sheet 2 2 5 Head Management iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S This printer has a nozzle check function to detect any non discharging nozzle When a non discharging nozzle is detected the printer performs the print head clean ing operation If the problem persists after completion of the print head cleaning operation the non discharged nozzles are automatically backed up by other nozzles 2 2 6 Printhead Overheating Protection Control iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S This printer performs printhead overheating protection control when an abnormally high temperature is detected in the printhead The printhead can overheat for instance when the print operation continues for some time with no ink supplied to the nozzles The overheating protection control function prevents a print head n
405. otal consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently installed ink tanks ml T 7 32 Display Description Unit INK EXC XX XX Ink color ml Cumulative count of generic ink tank replacement INK EXC TTL Total amount of tho cumulative count of generic ink tank replacement ml N INK EXC XX XX Ink color ml Cumulative count of refilled ink tank replacement N INK EXC TTL Total amount of tho cumulative count of refilled ink tank replacement ml One to seven media types are displayed individually in order with large cumulative print area T 7 33 Display Description Unit NAME Media type TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet metric m2 TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet inch Sq f ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media metric m2 ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media inch Sq f CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet metric m2 CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet inch Sq f Displays the total amount of cumulative print area of the other media type than the above mentioned T 7 34 Display Description Unit TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet metric m2 TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet inch Sq f ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media metric m2 ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media inch Sq f CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet metric m2 CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut
406. ow on the M ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished M ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810203 2583 Low on the C ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished C ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810212 2584 Low on the PM ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished PM ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810213 2585 Low on the PC ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished PC ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810206 2586 Low on the MBk ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished MBk ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810205 2588 Low on the GY ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished GY ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810215 2589 Low on the PGY ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished PGY ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810207 258A Low on the R ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished R ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810209 258B Low on the B ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished B ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace ink tank Ink insufficient 03810208 258C Low on the G ink tank as during Replace with a fully replenished G ink tank Press OK and cleaning replace
407. ower supply 45V 2 GND GND 3 ROLL PAPER SNS IN Roll media sensor signal T 6 81 J3 Roll cam sensor roll motor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 5V OUT Power supply 5V 2 GND GND 3 ROLL CAM SNS IN Roll cam sensor signal 4 GND GND 5 ROLL OUTAP OUT Roll motor drive signal AP 6 ROLL OUTAM OUT Roll motor power supply AM 7 ROLL OUTBP OUT Roll motor drive signal BP 8 ROLL OUTBM OUT Roll motor power supply BM Chapter 6 6 3 Version Up 6 3 1 Firmware Update Tool iPF6100 Use of the following tools allows you to update the firmware of the main controller incorporated in the printer imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool L Printer Service Tool 1 imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool is the same as that for user Procedure 1 Start imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool 2 Place the printer in the online mode 3 Transfer the firmware data to the printer according to the instructions shown on the display 4 The data shown on the LCD on the operation panel changes and the firmware is updated automatically 5 When firmware update is completed the printer will start again File transfer route USB IEEE1394 network 2 L Printer Service Tool Procedure 1 Start L Printer Service Tool 2 Place the printer in the online mode 3 Specify the firmware file jdl and then transfer it 4 The data shown on the LCD on the operation panel changes and the firmwa
408. ozzle from becoming clogged or damaged due to excessive heat Overheating protection control is performed based on the temperatures detected by the head temperature sensors in the nozzle arrays If overheating is detected in a single nozzle array overheating protection control is performed at either of the following levels according to the temperature Protection level 1 If the printhead temperature sensor detects a temperature above the limit the carriage stops at the scan end position printer in the direction of travel according to the carriage s scan status Then wait control is performed to allow the printhead to cool naturally When the printhead temperature drops below the prescribed value or 30 seconds have lapsed since detection of the abnormal temperature printing resumes Protection level 2 When the head temperature sensor detects an abnormally high temperature printing stops immediately the carriage is moved to the home position and the printhead is capped In this case an error code is shown on the display 2 2 7 Pause between Pages iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S To prevent ink blots form forming this printer has a pause between pages function to hang down the printed paper from the platen to dry it and delivers it after lapse of the specified wait time The user can set the wait time using the printer drive This function is particularly useful for printing on film type sheets that requires extra long time to dry For borde
409. p Warning Buzzer Off On Detect Mismatch Pause Warning None Keep Media Size Off On Paper Size Basis Sht Selection ISO A34 13 x19 Super B Roll Selection 1 ISO A3 297 mm 300 mm Roll Roll Selection 2 10 in 254 mm JIS B4 257 mm TrimEdge Reload Off On Automatic Noz Check Freq Off 1 page 10 pages Automatic Sleep Timer 5 min 10 min 15 min 20 min 30 min 40 min 50 min 60 min 240 min 1 81 Chapter 1 1 82 T 1 56 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level System Setup Length Unit meter feet inch Time Zone 0 London GMT 1 Paris Rome 2 Athens Cairo 3 Moscow 4 Eerenan Baku 5 Islamabad 6 7 Bangkok 8 9 Tokyo Seoul 10 Canberra 11 NewCaledonia 12 Wellington 12 Eniwetok 11 Midway is 10 Hawaii AHST 9 Alaska AKST 8 Oregon PST 7 Arizona MST 6 Texas CST 5 NewYork EST 4 Santiago 3 Buenos Aires 2 1 Cape Verde Date Format yyyy mm dd dd mm yyyy mm dd yyyy Date amp Time Date yyyy mm dd 8 Time hh mm Chapter 1
410. panel exhaust filter right cover lower rear cover rear cover upper rear cover upper front cover and lower front cover 2 Remove the three screws 1 and two connectors 3 and then remove the cover support plate left 2 pg 11 D 2 1 Chapter 4 4 3 5 Driving Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Feed motor Removing the feed motor 1 When removing the feed motor 1 remove the main controller support plate Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt PCBs 2 Loosen the two screws 2 and then remove the timing belt 3 from the pulley 3 Remove the two screws 4 and connector 5 and then remove the feed motor 1 a OW CQ Ej g On a N o o eLO S LAM I n i AIL os o oo seg 47 0 DI D D F 4 34 Note on mounting the feed motor When mounting the feed motor attach the timing belt 3 on the pulley and then tighten the two screws 2 oO er Chapter 4 4 3 6 Cutter iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Removing the cutter unit 1 When removing the cutter unit open the top cover and then remove the roll feed unit output guide left and right circle covers tank cover left front cover right upper cover operation panel exhaust filter lower rear cover right cover right front cover upper front cover lower front cover Refer to DISASSEMBLY REAS SEMBLY gt Points to note on D
411. path is damaged or deformed replace the paper path 2 Media sensor Check the media sensor for normal operation If the operation is abnormal replace the media sensor 3 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the madia sensor and the main controller PCB is abnormal replace the cable 4 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 3 4 03010000 2820 03010000 2821 03010000 2822 03010000 2823 03130031 2F32 03010000 2F33 Adjustment error iPF6000 lt Cause gt Auto head alignment selected from the user menu could not be carried out because the alignment patter read result was NG Auto LF adjustment selected from the user menu or in the service mode could not be carried out because the adjustment patter read result was NG Decentering correction selected in the service mode cannot be carried out because the correction pattern read result was NG Auto LF adjustment selected from the user menu or in the service mode could not be carried out because the head check patter read result was NG A When adjustment has been carried after selecting SERVECE MODE gt ADJUST gt PRINT PATTERN gt OPTICAL AXIS or SERVICE MODE gt AD JUST gt PRINT PATTERN gt LF TUNING in the service mode check that photo glossy paper is used lt Probable fault location Operation method printhead multi sensor carriage PCB or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Check whether the media type selected on the operation panel is the sam
412. pente tren 2 1 3 Printer Diagram ss pe dune A bets tenete tente ate ES 214 Print E UEL 2 15 Print Signal Sequence ER Lee Rte EO I ac EG e b t Ete eds 21 6 Print Diving ore eee XET Print ulii anses 2 2 FMW ATE 2 2 Operation Sequence at Power Ones snanih n a I e P eta ce He ne eet et d ERE E ee oe eed 2 2 2 Operation Sequerice at POWer off pee epe HER de EUER e oH 2 2 3 Prin Control suser TESTES UR RAI SERERE IRE E US 2 2 4 Print Position Adjustment Function 2 2 5 Head Managemiente os sete E EUR Ee SAS 2 2 6 Pritithead Overheating Protection Control cvs erit eap reta ee e e Oye RR HER estin 2 18 2 2 7 Pause between Pages eae eR NRS Eat 2 18 2 2 8 White Raster Skip 2 2 9 Sleep Mode TESE 22 10 H rd Disk Drive i nesa beseire lasten 2 3 Printer Mechanical System cni ee DURO OO DO EEN EE OG EGERIT PER coy 23 DR bed SLL EEE RC 2 3 2 TN Ree 2 3 2 1 1 Overview of Ink Passage eite 23 22 Ink Tank Unit eie du 2 3 2 2 1 Structure of Ink Tank Unit 2 3 2 2 2 Structure of Ink Tank Unit 2 3 2 3 Carriage Unit coc eiie op ERR PERI RR AARAU ARCADE ee 2 32 3 T Functions of Carria
413. plate in addition d Multi Sensor Recalibration Since the multi sensor has individual electrical specificity the following are recalibrated at the factory namely the optical axis of the sensor the sensor gain for measuring the printhead height and sensor calibration Accordingly carry out the following adjustments in the service mode whenever replacing the carriage unit or multi sensor The multi sensor reference plate QL2 1561 000 PLATE REFLECTION MULTI SENSOR must be replaced at the same time whenever the carriage or the multi sensor is being replaced Service mode SERVICE MODE ADJUST GAP CALIB Service mode SERVICE MODE ADJUST PRINT PATTERN OPTICAL AXIS Media type Photo glossy paper Media size Media having a width equal too larger than that of A2 size paper 4 25 Chapter 4 e Adjusting the wire roller To prevent the wire roller mounted on the carriage from contacting the duct and others during carriage operation perform the following adjusutment whenever tou have removed or replaced the carriage unit This adjustment is not required when you have replaced only the multi sensor Make adjustments with the carriage lock released Make adjustments with the tube disconnected from the tube guide 1 Remove the ink tube from the wire guide 2 Loosen the two screws 1 3 Turn the gear 2 until the lift cam
414. ple components have the same problem probability the steps are described begging with the easiest one After performing each step check to see if the problem has been resolved by making test prints If the problem persists proceed to the next step 5 After completion of the troubleshooting check that all connectors and cables have been reconnected and screws have been tightened firmly 6 Whenever you have performed replacement or repair services make test prints to check whether the problem has been resolved 6 1 2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur 6 1 2 1 Ink Lvl Chk XX 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1008 1009 100A 100B 100C iPF6000 XX stands for an ink name When a warning occurs no code number is displayed To view the warning history select SERVICE MODE gt DISPLAY gt WARNING lt Cause gt The electrodes attached to the hollow needle in the ink tank unit has detected that the ink level lowered below the specified one lt Probable problem locations gt Ink tank ink tank unit main controller lt Remedy gt 1 Check the ink level 2 Replace the ink tank 3 Check the connector of the ink tank unit 4 Replace the ink tank unit 5 Replace the main controller 6 1 2 2 MTCart Full Soon 1100 iPF6000 lt Cause gt The maintenance cartridge is nearly full of waste ink about 80 of the total capacity of the maintenance cartridge lt Probable problem locations gt Maintenance cartridge main controller
415. poses other than checking output Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for band adjustment based on which the printer automatically adjusts the feed amount Note that this function takes more time and requires more ink than Standard Adj Two sheets are required when printing on sheets Manual Band Adj Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the feed amount based on the paper type Two sheets are required when printing on sheets Adj Far Ed Feed Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the feed amount of the trailing edge of paper based on the paper type Adjust Length Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment relative to paper stretching or shrinkage after which you can enter the amount of adjustment Calibration Auto Adjust Select Yes to print a color calibration adjustment pattern and adjust the correction value automatically This color calibration adjustment value is extended to all print tasks Execution Log The date of color calibration and the paper type are displayed for visual verification Use Effect Value Select Disable and press the OK button not to apply the color calibration correction value to printing The printer driver setting governs Select Enable and press the OK button to apply the color calibration correction value to printing It is overridden by the printer driver setting though Return Defaults The
416. pressed down The printer will start up in the PCB Replacement mode 4 Check that Initializing appears on the display and then release the buttons When the printer enters the PCB Replacement mode the message lamp goes on 5 What until REPLACE MODE appears on the display 6 Select MC BOARD and then press the ok button 7 Check that TURN POWER appears on the display and then turn off the printer 8 Turn on the printer 9 Check the firmware version If the firmware is not the latest version update f Procedure for replacing the main controller PCB 1 Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord 2 Replace the main controller PCB 3 Plug the power cord to the outlet and then turn on the printer whth the PAPER SOURCE button and INFORMATION button pressed down The printer will start up in the PCB Replacement mode 4 Check that Initializing appears on the display and then release the buttons When the printer enters the PCB Replacement mode the message lamp goes on 5 What until REPLACE MODE appears on the display 6 Select MC BOARD and then press the ok button 7 Check that TURN POWER appears on the display and then turn off the printer 8 Turn on the printer 9 Check the firmware version If the firmware is not the latest version update 4 51 Chapter 4 4 3 17 Opening the Cap Moving the Wiper Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S This section explains how to open the cap
417. prevent clogging of the nozzles with foreign matter and improper supply of ink never touch the nozzles 4 or ink port 6 or wipe it with tissue paper or anything else Do not touch Electriacl contact 5 Also never attempt to disassemble reassemble the printhead or wash it with water 1 96 Chapter 1 MEMO If the nozzles are clogged or an ink suction problem occurs white lines can appear on the printout a constant frequency or color dulling can occur If this problem is not resolved by cleaning operations replace the printhead with a new one 1 knob 4 nozzles 2 protective cap 1 5 Electrical contact 3 protective cap 2 6 ink port 2 Capping The printer will perform the capping operation when printing has ended or during standby due to an error in order to protect the printhead and avoid ink leakage If the power cord is accidentally unplugged turn off the Power button reconnect the power cord and then turn on the Power button Confirm that the printer starts up properly and enters to the Online or Offline status and then power off the printer using the Power button Improper capping operation may cause clogged nozzles due to dried ink or ink leakage from the printhead 3 When the printer is not used for a long time Keep the printhead installed in the printer even when it is not used for an extended period of time If the printhead is left uninstalled a printing failure m
418. print job information about the User Name Displays the name of the user who sent the print job latest three print jobs Page Count Displays the number of pages in the print job Job Status Displays the results of the print job processed Print Start Time Displays the time when the print job was started Print End Time Displays the time when the print job was finished Print Time Displays the time required to print the job Print Size Displays the paper size in the print job Media Type Displays the paper type in the print job Interface Displays the interface used for the print job Ink Consumed Displays the ink density of each color in the print job HDD Information HDD Space Display the space available on the printer s hard disk 1 91 Chapter 1 6 Color calibration print chart The following chart sample is printed when executing Calibration 1 92 Chapter 1 1 7 Safety and Precautions 1 7 1 Safety Precautions 1 7 1 1 Moving Parts iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Moving parts of the printer include the carriage unit driven by the carriage motor the carriage belt the ink tube the flexible cable the feed roller drives the feed motor the pinch roller and the purge unit driven by the purge motor To prevent accidents if the top cover is opened in the online offline mode the carriage motor feed motor and other driving power supplies are turned off Flexible cable Carriag
419. printer pint the nozzle check pattern again after installing the printer at the new lo cation and then compare the two printouts If any problem such as nozzle clogging cannot be resolved by printhead cleaning replace the printhead with a new one 1 Moving the printer on the same floor having no step 1 Turn off the Power button on the printer and check that the head is capped 2 Open the top cover and mount the belt stopper When mounting the belt stopper be careful not to move the carriage by applying too much pressure to the carriage If the carriage moves with the head capped the rubber part of the cap may touch the nozzles on the head and damage the printhead 3 Close the upper cover 4 Remove the roll holder from the roll holder slot 5 Remove the interface cable power cord from the printer 6 Hold the carrying handles at the bottom and then slowly move the printer If the printer is subjected to strong vibrations when it is moved it can cause ink leakage and damage to the printhead Be sure to move the printer slowly and care fully 2 Moving the printer on the same floor having a step s When the printer is operating properly follow the instructions described in When the printer is not operating 1 When the printer is operating properly To prevent the waste ink from leaking drain the ink wait about 15 minute and then remove the maintenance cartridge Package the removed maintenance cartridge so that
420. ption of cleaning Name of Main Menu Cleaning 1 CLN A 1 CLN M 1 Normal cleaning Removes dried ink from nozzles thick ink accumulated on the Head Cleaning A face and paper particles Cleaning 2 CLN A 2 Ink level adjustment and cleaning Adjust the ink level in the head by suction and then performs normal cleaning Cleaning 3 CLN A 3 Initial filling ink Fills the empty tube during initial installation with ink and then performs normal cleaning Cleaning 4 CLN M 4 Ink drainage for head replacement Drains ink to replace the head drains only the ink in the head Replace P head Cleaning 5 CLN M 5 Ink drainage for secondary transport Drains ink from the head and tube for secondary transport Move Printer Cleaning 6 CLN A 6 CLN M 6 Normal strong cleaning Performs suction stronger than when adjusting the ink filling Head Cleaning B amount in the head or normal cleaning to unclog nozzles Cleaning 7 CLN A 7 Aging Performs idle ejection after replacement of the head Cleaning 10 CLN A 10 Ink filling after secondary transport Fills the empty tube during installation after secondary Move Printer transport with ink and performs normal cleaning Cleaning 11 CLN A 11 Ink filling after head replacement Performs normal cleaning after head replacement and ink filling Cleaning 15 CLN A 15 Dot count suction Performs suction to remove ink adhered to dried nozzles and thick ink accumulated on the face when the dot count reaches the prescribed value
421. r 2 2 5 6 Others iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Temperature humidity sensor F 2 74 Temperature humidity sensor This sensor detects the temperature and humidity around the printer so that the measured values are used for head height adjustment idle discharge control waste ink evaporation amount calculation and suction fan control 2 70 Chapter 3 INSTALLATION Contents Contents Ju dastali On ssa oret tette ee o ie 3 1 S L T Making Pre Checks RENEE 3 1 3 1 11 Making eere e PER CENE UE ER Dre 3 1 3 1 2 Unpacking and Install ati oni sterkeste TE 3 1 3 1 271 Unpacking and Installation resies H Oc 3 1 31 22 Tnstalling 3 10 3 1 3 Checking the Images Operations ed iret gie erret ge ei pede a o be t eb degere 3 19 3 1 3 1 Checking the Image and Operation inerte er ee e RR e e D erede pP REC I ee o e de Pie e 3 19 3 2 Tr nsporting the Printer eot ei E eave area aides 3 20 32 Transportne the Printer ass ansees eee asus 3 20 3 2 T Transportne the Printer ore pr RO HC PU DOR DEP S 3 20 3 22 Reinstalling the Printer vas kranser ER ERE DEED Yon penu d wie 3 21 3 2 2 1 Reinstalling the Printer Chapter 3 3 1 Installation 3 1 1 Making Pre Checks
422. r Details The paper type is displayed here Feed Priority Automatic Band Joint Print Length Adjust Length 0 70 to 0 70 Head Height Automatic Highest High Standard Low Lowest Skew Check Lv High Accuracy Standard Loose Off VacuumStrngth Automatic Strongest Strong Standard Weak Weakest NearEnd RollMrgn 3mm 20mm Cut Speed Fast Standard Slow Trim Edge First Automatic Off On Cutting Mode Automatic Eject Manual Bordless Margin Automatic Fixed CutDustReduct Off On NearEnd Sht Mrgn 3 mm 20 mm Manual Feed Front Top Return Defaults No Yes Chapter 1 T 1 32 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Adjust Printer Auto Head Adj Standard Adj No Yes Advanced Adj No Yes Auto Print Off On Manual Head Adj 12 No Yes Auto Band Adj Standard Adj No Yes Advanced Adj No Yes Manual Band Adj No Yes Adj Far Ed Feed No Yes Adjust Length 3 No Yes Calibration Auto Adjust No Yes Executi
423. r high speed image data processing High speed processing of 12 color 2 bit large size images and printer control for high accuracy operation of high density double head can be performed with a single chip Support for roll media manual feed from front and manual feed from top 3 way paper supply A maximum of 1 5 mm thick of paper POP Board can be man ually fed from the front Borderless printing on and auto cutting of roll media Standard support for 10Base T 100Base TX Standard support for USB 2 0 Hi Speed Data scanned using CanoScan can be easily printed on large size paper just like a dedicated copier Just pressing the Start button allows you to blow up an original of up to A3 size in collaboration with Canon Image RUNNER Support for remote notification utility which is used to send an E mail when an alarm or error occurs Functional enhancements new to this model include Hard disk drive mounted for greater ease of job management 1 2 3 Features iPF6000S Two types of black ink vividly glossy black ink and mat black ink full of a sense of high quality are loaded concurrently and are selected automatically to suit paper types There is no need to manually change inks The color calibration feature adds to the faithfulness of color reproduction A 160 by 128 dot large LCD is equipped One inch wide printhead having 2 560 nozzles per color which are twice as many as the those of the existing models High d
424. r notification display of a warning message during printing if the paper type specified in the printer menu does not match the paper type in the printer driver Choose None to continue print without notification Choose Pause to have printing paused under these circumstances In this case you can continue printing by pressing the Online button Keep Media Size Choose On to use the paper size setting as the basis for printing instead of other settings The margin setting of the printer menu will be used instead of the margin setting of the printer driver if the latter is smaller which may prevent text or images in the margin from being printed Choose Off to use the printer driver settings instead Even if the margin setting of the printer driver is smaller than that of the printer driver text or images will not be cut off However this requires longer paper because the actual margin will be equal to the margin setting of the printer driver plus the margin setting of the printer menu Paper Size Basis Sht Selection If sheet size detection is activated choose whether ISO A34 or ANSI B Super is applied when an inbetween size is detected Sht Selection 1 If roll size detection is activated choose whether ISO A3 297 mm and 300 mm Roll is applied when an inbetween size is detected Sht Selection 2 If roll size detection is activated choose whether 10in 254 mm or JIS B4 257 mm is applied when an inbetween s
425. re nnne nennt nnn 6 2 6 1 3 1 01800500 1012 01800500 1013 Defective printhead 21 6 2 6 1 3 2 03010000 200 03010000 2017 03010000 2018 03016000 2010 Multi sensor error 6 2 6 1 3 3 03010000 200D Cut sheet end cannot be detected enne nennen nenne 6 2 6 1 3 4 03010000 2820 03010000 2821 03010000 2822 03010000 2823 03130031 2F32 03010000 2F33 Adjustment error 6 3 6 1 3 5 03010000 2E1F 03060000 2E1 4 03061000 2E 15 03060000 2E 1 6 03060200 2E03 03060200 2E0B 03060A00 2E00 03060A00 2E01 03860002 2E0A Path mismatch 6 3 6 1 3 6 03010000 2 25 03010000 2 27 Paper feed delivery jam 6 3 6 1 3 7 03030000 2E21 IEEE1 394 error uk senn ee 6 4 6 1 3 8 03060 00 2 Roll media unit uninstallation 6 4 6 1 3 9 03060A00 2E1B Roll media end eene enne sata sitne sites aeta nean estan setas ases sen 6 4 6 1 3 10 03130031 291B Lift home position emor 6 4 6 1 3 11 03130031 291D Supr cam sensor eo 6 5 6 1 3 12 03130031 2 23 Cutter unit breakdown 6 5 6 1 3 13 03130031 2F13 A D Converter external trigger output stopped 6 5 6 1 3 14 03130031 2F14 ASIC Register cannot
426. re is updated automatically 5 When firmware update is completed the printer will start again File transfer route USB IEEE 1394 network 6 57 Chapter 6 6 3 2 Firmware Update Tool iPF6200 iPF6000S Use of the following tools allows you to update the firmware of the main controller incorporated in the printer imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool L Printer Service Tool 1 imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool is the same as that for user Procedure 1 Start imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool 2 Place the printer in the online mode 3 Transfer the firmware data to the printer according to the instructions shown on the display 4 The data shown on the LCD on the operation panel changes and the firmware is updated automatically 5 When firmware update is completed the printer will start again File transfer route USB network 2 L Printer Service Tool Procedure 1 Start L Printer Service Tool 2 Place the printer in the online mode 3 Specify the firmware file jdl and then transfer it 4 The data shown on the LCD on the operation panel changes and the firmware is updated automatically 5 When firmware update is completed the printer will start again File transfer route USB network 6 58 Chapter 6 6 4 Service Tools 6 4 1 Tool List iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S T 6 82 General purpose tools Remarks Long Phillips screwdriver Inser
427. re supported over the LAN MAC Address Displays the MAC address Ext Interface When installing the expansion interface board choose whether the expansion interface board is used Init Settings 5 L v A confirmation message is displayed if you press the button Choose OK to restore the network settings to the default values Maintenance 1 68 1 43 Setting Item Description Instructions Maint cart When exchanging the maintenance cartridge choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen Replace P head Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low When replacing the Printhead choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen Move Printer Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low When transferring the printer to another location choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen Clean Platen Use this function to clean inside the Top Cover After you select Yes the Carriage is moved in preparation for Platen cleaning Spur Cleaning Choose Yes to clean the spur Use the cleaning sheet come with the printer Chapter 1 System Setup T 1 44 Setting Item Description Instructions Warning Buzzer Set the buzzer Choose On for the buzzer to sound in case of errors Detect Mismatch Choose Warning fo
428. rger sized paper Cannot print as specified Press Load Eject and replace roll with 10 in wide or larger roll 03010000 2E1F Undersized paper loaded for internal printing roll media Replace with roll media at least 10 inches in width Cannot print as specified Press Load Eject and replace paper with A2 16 6 x23 4 vertical or larger 03010000 2E1F The first sheet used for adjustment printing or the like was A2 or larger sized but the second sheet used was smaller than A2 Prepare about 10 sheets of A2 or larger sized paper Replace with A2 or any larger sized paper Cannot feed paper Remove paper and press Load Eject 03010000 2E25 Feeding error Remove the paper jam and reload the paper Cannot detect papr Remove paper and press Load Eject 03010000 2E25 Paper jam while feeding ejecting printing Remove the paper jam and reload the paper Cannot load Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03010000 2E27 Paper jam during feeding printing ejection Reload the paper This paper cannot be used Check supported paper sizes Load Eject Change Paper 03010000 200E Undersized paper cut sheets roll media Replace with larger sized paper This paper cannot be used Check supported paper sizes Load Eject Change Paper 03010000 200F Oversized paper cut sheets roll media Replace with smaller sized paper No sheet
429. rger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches data size m2 Sq f D SQ 17 24 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches data size m2 Sq f D SQ 17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches data size m2 Sq f D CNT 24 36 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches sheets data size D CNT 17 24 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches sheets data size D CNT 17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper less than 17 inches data size sheets 16 HEAD DOT CNT 1 Counter related to dot count 7 32 T 7 67 Display Description Unit XX XX Ink color x 1 000 000 dots Dot counts of each colors of the currently installed printhead TTL Total dot counts of each colors of the currently installed printhead x 1 000 000 dots Chapter 7 17 HEAD DOT CNT 2 Counter related to dot count T 7 68 Display Description Unit XX XX Ink color Cumulative dot counts of each colors x 1 000 000 dots TTL Total cumulative dot counts of each colors x 1 000 000 dots 18 PARTS CNT Counter related to consumable parts T 7 69 Display Description Unit COUNTER x x Unit number of consumable parts For detail refer to Maintenance and Inspection
430. riable pulse widths according to the head rank head temperature and printer temperature for optimized ink discharges The nozzles are driven by heater boards in the nozzles to discharge inks Optimal nozzle blocks are selected according to the print path The diagram below illustrates the relationship between a 40 block nozzle and nozzles driven 012345678 91011 12131415 161718192021 2223 2425 262728293031 323334353373839 Block No m 1 2 Bi 25 6 o 7 58 9 o 9 o o The pattern is repeated until 2560 nozzles is reached F 2 6 2 6 Chapter 2 2 Print drive timing Each printhead houses 12 trains of nozzles which share the same data transfer clock Hx CLK and data latch pulses Hx LT Even numbered nozzle data Hx x DATA x EV odd numbered nozzle data Hx x DATA x OD and the Heat Enable Hx x HE x signal are generated for each nozzle train and controlled individually Printing is carried out in two ways through reciprocating motion of the carriage An encoder sensor mounted on the carriage generates a 150 dpi pitched linear scale detection signal ENCODER and a signal ENCODER
431. rint job stored on the hard disk so it can resume the print job without having to retransmit the job from the host computer to it 3 Job preservation Print jobs are in the common box a place of temporary data storage and in the personal box a place of permanent data storage Normal print jobs are stored in the common box as they are received Due to the limited hard disk space available jobs stored in the common box are deleted from the oldest one in sequence Print jobs can be simply stored in the personal box without printing Print jobs stored in the common box can be moved to the personal box 4 Preserved job handling Print jobs stored in the personal box or common box can be printed from the operation panel 5 Job queue handling 2 18 Chapter 2 Multiple jobs queued for print can be handled including the raising priority order of selected jobs in the queue or canceling selected print jobs Chapter 2 2 3 Printer Mechanical System 2 3 1 Outline 2 3 1 1 Outline iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S The printer mechanism can be broadly divided into two major components the ink passage and paper path The ink passage consists of an ink tank a carriage unit having a printhead a purge unit and a maintenance cartridge unit which are used to supply circulate and suck ink The paper path consists of a roll feed unit paper feed unit to support three types of media feeding transport and ejection This section provides
432. rinter enters sleep mode Length Unit Choose the unit of measurement when roll length is displayed You can switch the unit displayed for Roll Length Set and the remaining paper amount displayed in the submenu Time Zone Specify the time zone Time zone options indicate a main city in this time zone and the difference from Greenwich Mean Time Date Format Specify the date format Date amp Time Date Set the current date Time Set the current time Language Specify the language used on the Display Screen Contrast Adj Adjust the contrast of the Display Screen Reset PaprSetngs Restores settings that you have changed with Media Configuration Tool to the factory default values Erase HDD Data High Speed The file management information of the data recorded in the hard disk drive is deleted The time required is several seconds Secure High Spd The random data in the entire hard disk drive is overwrited The time required is about 40 minutes Secure The 00 or FF or the random data in the entire hard disk drive is overwrited each once The verify check whether the data recorded in the hard disk drive is correct is executed The time required is 20 hours Output Method Print Choose how to print Print auto delete Save in mail box Select Print to perform normal printing Select Print Auto delete print data and remove it from the hard disk Select Save i
433. rinthead PF 03 Number nozzles 2560 nozzles per color Ink tank PFI 103 MBK BK GY PGY PFI 101 R G B C M Y PC PM Capacity 130 ml per color Ink tanks supplied with the printer contain 90 ml of each color Detection functions Cover system Detects opening closing of the top cover and ink tank cover Detection functions Ink passage system Detects presence absence of ink tank ink level dot count and electrode presence absence of the maintenance cartridge waste ink full level presence absence of the printhead and opening closing of the supply valve Detection functions Carriage system Detects the ambient temperature head temperature presence absence of the head and no ink ejection Detection functions Paper path system Detects presence absence of paper cutter position leading trailing edge of paper paper width and skew Operating noise During printing Approx 49 dB A or less During standby Approx 35 dB A or less Operating environment Temperature 15 to 30 degrees centigrade Humidity 10 to 80 without dew condensation Print quality guaranteed environment Temperature 15 to 30 degrees centigrade Humidity 10 to 80 RH Power supply 100 120 VAC 50 60 Hz 220 240 VAC 50 60 Hz Power consumption Maximum During printing Max 100 W Power consumption In power save sleep mode 5W or less 220 240 VAC 6W or less During standby 1
434. rinthead R replacement count Times HEAD L EXC Printhead L replacement count Times BOARD EXC M B Main controller PCB replacement count Times UNIT A EXC Unit A waste ink system replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS A UNIT B EXC Unit B waste ink system replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS B UNIT D EXC Unit D carriage unit replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS D UNIT F EXC Unit F ink supply system replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS F UNIT H EXC Unit H purge unit replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS H UNIT L EXC Unit L head management sensor replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS 11 UNIT P EXC Unit P feed unit replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS P UNIT R EXC Unit R pick up system replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS R UNIT V EXC Unit V mist fan unit replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER gt PARTS V UNIT X EXC Unit X multi sensor replacement count Times Count of executing INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUN
435. rion wv Engine status check v Printhead ink tank check Y Media feed system initialization Recovery system initialization Carriage position initialization Remaining ink level detection Waste ink level detection Y Power on automatic recovery operation v Capping v Waiting for print operation Initialization of software Initialization of various devices Engine startup status check Previous power off status check etc Printhead installation status check Ink tank installation status check EEPROM check Cassette pick up unit initialization Roll feed unit initialization Roll feed unit initialization Sensor check Recovery system return to origin Sensor check Carriage motor return to origin F 2 10 2 10 Chapter 2 2 2 2 Operation Sequence at Power off iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Turning off the power cuts off the voltage to all drive systems At this time the firmware starts the power off sequence as shown below This printer immediately suspends all operations in progress and stops whenever the power cord is unplugged or a cover such as the top cover is opened In this case the printer may stop without capping the print head If the power was turned on by unplugging the power cord plug the power cord into the outlet turn on the power again so that the printer enters the online or o
436. rless printing 30 seconds of drying time is automatically set 2 2 8 White Raster Skip iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S To improve the printing throughput this printer has a white raster skip function to skip the carriage scan operation for continuous blank segments in print data 2 2 9 Sleep Mode iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S This printer has a Sleep mode to reduce the standby power The printer automatically enters the Sleep mode Power Save mode when neither user operation nor data reception occurs for a preset period of time in the online or offline mode The printer wakes from the Sleep mode when the user presses any button on the operation panel or data is received from the host computer The time until the printer enters the Sleep mode can be changed from the operation panel Default 5 minutes 2 2 10 Hard Disk Drive iPF6200 iPF6000S This printer features a hard disk drive which provides the following functions Early release of the host computer Error recovery Job preservation Preserved job print Job queue handling 1 Early release of the host computer Each print job received from the host computer is preserved to the hard disk drive attached to the printer so the printer can proceed with independent printing releasing the host computer before the print job completes 2 Error recovery If a print job aborts as a result of any print problem such as a paper jam or insufficient paper the printer reloads the p
437. roller encoder sensor output signal A 11 RGV5 OUT Power supply 5V 12 LF ENCB IN Feed roller encoder sensor output signal B T 6 36 J3301 Ink tank ROM PCB Ink detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TANK DAT6 L IN OUT Ink tank data signal 6 2 TANK DAT7 L IN OUT Ink tank data signal 7 3 TANK 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 4 TANK DATS IN OUT Ink tank data signal 8 5 GND GND 6 TANK CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal 7 TANK DAT9 IN OUT Ink tank data signal 9 8 TANK DATIO IN OUT Ink tank data signal 10 9 TANK 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 10 TANK DATII IN OUT Ink tank data signal 11 11 GND GND 12 TANK CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal 13 GND GND 14 INK SNS6 L IN Ink detection sensor output signal 6 15 INK SNS7 L IN Ink detection sensor output signal 7 16 INK SNS8 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 8 17 GND GND 18 INK SNS9 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 9 19 INK SNS10 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 10 20 INK SNSII IN Ink detection sensor output signal 11 T 6 37 J3401 Connect to Carriage PCB J11 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 GND GND 4 GND GND 5 GND GND 6 GND GND 7 GND GND 8 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 9 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 10 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 11 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 12 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 13 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 6 29 Chapter 6 J3401 Connect to
438. rough the interface connector to the binary image data for the ink colors used 2 56 Chapter 2 DMA controller This controller control DMA transfer of the data transferred through the input interfaces such as the USB and expansion card slot as well as DMA transfer of the data stored in the DIMM Image data generation output function This function generates image data for color printing from the received image data and the mask pattern corresponding to print mode stored in the FLASH ROM and stored the generated image data in DIMM It also outputs the generated image data to the carriage PCB Interrupt controller This controller receives and processes internal interrupts and external interrupts from the USB image processing unit and expansion card slot Timer function Even when the printer is turned off the timer function is held on using the RTC IC803 and lithium 801 to assist the cleaning function When the power cord is plugged to the outlet power is supplied to the RTC and therefore the lithium battery power is not consumed Heat Enable signal control function This function uses the pulse width to perform variable control of the time of application of the Heat Enable signal to the nozzle heater board for each printhead nozzle array Linear scale count function This function reads the linear scale when the carriage moves thus generating the ink discharge timing It also counts the linear scale timing cycle usi
439. rror replace ink tank 03830304 2562 M ink tank EEPROM error Renew the M ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2563 C ink tank EEPROM error Renew the C ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2564 PM ink tank EEPROM error Renew the PM ink tank Ink tank BK error Pr ess OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2565 PC ink tank EEPROM error Renew the PC ink tank Ink tank BK error Pr ess OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2566 MBk ink tank EEPROM error Renew the MBk ink tank Ink tank BK error Pr ess OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2567 MBK2 ink tank EEPROM error Renew the MBk ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2568 GY ink tank EEPROM error Renew the GY ink tank Ink tank BK error Press OK and replace ink tank 03830304 2569 PGY ink tank EEPROM error Renew the PGY ink tank In Press OK and k tank BK error replace ink tank 03830304 256A R ink tank EEPROM error Renew the R ink tank In Pr k tank BK error ess OK and replace ink tank 03830304 256B B ink tank EEPROM error Renew the B ink tank In Pr k tank BK error ess OK and replace ink tank 03830304 256C G ink tank EEPROM error Renew the G ink tank Top cover is open Turn off printer wai
440. s Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03010000 2016 Paper worked out of position while printing Reload the paper Use another paper Press Online to clear the error 03010000 2F33 Unadjustable because of transparent media Replace with adjustable media Paper loaded askew Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03016000 2010 Skew Correct the skew in the paper and reload it Hardware error 03130000 2E21 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03130000 2E21 IEEE 1394 interface error Check that the optionalIEEE1394 board is mounted Check the cable connection Wrong paper type Stop Stop Printing Load Eject Change Paper 03061000 2E15 The first and second sheets used for adjustment printing or the like differed in paper type Prepare paper of the same type as used for the first sheet for adjustment printing or the like Chapter 8 Press Load Eject and reload the paper Display massage Code Condition detected Action Paper size not 03010000 200A Unable to detect the paper width Paper Reload the paper detected loaded at an improper position Press Load Eject and reload the paper Paper jam 03010000 2016 Paper jam during feeding printing Reload the paper ejection Press Load Eject and reload the paper Cannot feed paper 03010000 2016 Paper jam Reload the paper Paper size not detected Press Lo
441. s data size m2 Sq f D SQ 17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches data size m2 Sq f D CNT 24 36 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches sheets data size D CNT 17 24 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches sheets data size D CNT 17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper less than 17 inches data size sheets 14 MEDIASIZEI CUT Counters related to cut sheet printing T 7 93 Display Description Unit P SQ 24 36 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches physical size m2 Sq f P SQ 17 24 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches physical size m2 Sq f P SQ 17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches physical size m2 Sq f P CNT 24 36 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches sheets physical size P CNT 17 24 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches sheets physical size P CNT 17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper less than 17 inches physical size sheets 15 MEDIASIZE2 CUT Counters related to cut sheet printing T 7 94 Display Description Unit D SQ 24 36 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less
442. s are transferred via the carriage board to the printheads to discharge inks from the nozzle assembly at printing Each printhead has 12 trains of nozzles arranged in a zigzag pattern This printer uses two printheads arranged side by side In installed state from left to right PC C PM GY Y MBK M PM C PC Print signals directed at each nozzle train are even numbered nozzle data Hx x DATA x EV and odd numbered nozzle data Hx x DATA x OD These are transferred in timing with a data transfer clock Hx CLK and data latch pulses Hx LT The Heat Enable Hx x HE x drive control signal enables inks to be discharged from the nozzles 1 Pint drive control Each train of nozzles in a printhead has 2 560 nozzles Ink discharge nozzles are selected split in 40 20 or 10 nozzle blocks according to the Block Enable information in the even numbered nozzle data and odd num bered nozzle data Each selected block of nozzles is impressed with a Heat Enable signal generated with variable pulse widths according to the head rank head temperature and printer temperature for optimized ink discharges The nozzles are driven by heater boards in the nozzles to discharge inks Optimal nozzle blocks are selected according to the print path The diagram below illustrates the relationship between a 40 block nozzle and nozzles driven
443. s smaller which may prevent text or images in the margin from being printed Choose Off to use the printer driver settings instead Even if the margin setting of the printer driver is smaller than that of the printer driver text or images will not be cut off However this requires longer paper because the actual margin will be equal to the margin setting of the printer driver plus the margin setting of the printer menu Paper Size Basis Sht Selection If sheet size detection is activated choose whether ISO A34 or ANSI B Super is applied when an inbetween size is detected Sht Selection 1 If roll size detection is activated choose whether ISO A3 297 mm and 300 mm Roll is applied when an inbetween size is detected Sht Selection 2 If roll size detection is activated choose whether 10in 254 mm or JIS B4 257 mm is applied when an inbetween size is detected TrimEdge Reload Keeping a roll in the printer for a long time without printing on it may leave a depression on the leading edge When printing quality is most important we recommend setting this option to On so that the paper edge is automatically cut before printing Noz Check Freq Specify the timing for automatic checks of nozzle clogging Choose Off to disable checking Choose I page to check after each page is printed Choose 10 pages to check once after every ten pages are printed Sleep Timer Specify the period before the p
444. se whether the printer IP address is configured automatically or a static IP address is entered manually Protocol DHCP Specify the protocol used to configure the IP address automatically BOOTP RARP IP Setting IP Address Specify the printer network information when using a static IP address Subnet Mask Enter the IP address assigned to the printer as well as the network subnet mask and default gateway Default G W NetWare NetWare Specify the NetWare protocol To apply your changes choose Store Setting Frame Type Specify the frame type to use Print Service Choose the print service AppleTalk Specify whether to use the AppleTalk protocol To apply your changes choose Store Setting Ethernet Driver Auto Detect Specify the communication method To apply your changes choose Store Setting Choose On for automatic configuration of the LAN communication protocol Choose Off to use settings values of Comm Mode and Ethernet Type Comm Mode Choose the LAN communication method Ethernet Type Choose the LAN transfer rate Spanning Tree Choose whether spanning tree packets are supported over the LAN MAC Address Displays the MAC address Ext Interface When installing the expansion interface board choose whether the expansion interface board is used Init Settings 5 L v A confirmation message is displayed if you press the button Choose OK to restore the network settings to the default values
445. sed for an extended period of time If the printhead is left uninstalled a printing failure may arise from closed nozzles due to depositing of foreign matter or dried ink when it is reinstalled Even if the head remains installed the nozzle may dry out and cause a printing failure if the ink is drained for transport 4 Conductivity of Ink The ink used in this printer is electrically conductive If ink leaks to into the mechanical unit wipe clean with a soft well wrung damp cloth If ink leaks onto electrical units wipe them completely using tissue paper If you cannot remove ink completely replace the electrical units with new ones If electrical units are powered with ink leaked onto them the units may damage Never connect the power cord when ink has leaded onto the electrical units 1 7 2 2 Printhead iPF6200 iPF6000S 1 How to Handle the Printhead Do not open the printhead package until you are ready to install the head When installing the printhead in the printer hold the knob 1 and then remove the protective cap 1 2 and protective cap 2 3 in that order Do not reattach the protective cap 2 3 to the printhead because the cap may damage the nozzles 4 To prevent the nozzles from getting clogged with foreign matter or dried ink install the printhead immediately after you remove the protective caps Also make sure to press down the locking lever of the printhead until you feel a click In addition to
446. sheet inch Sq f 7 22 Chapter 7 12 MEDIASIZE1 ROLL Counters related to roll media printing T 7 35 Display Description Unit P SQ 24 36 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches physical size m2 Sq f P SQ 17 24 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches physical size m2 Sq f P SQ 17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches physical size m2 Sq f P CNT 24 36 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches sheets physical size P CNT 17 24 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches sheets physical size P CNT 17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper less than 17 inches physical size sheets 13 MEDIASIZE2 ROLL Counters related to roll media printing T 7 36 Display Description Unit D SQ 24 36 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches data size m2 Sq f D SQ 17 24 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches data size m2 Sq f D SQ 17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches data size m2 Sq f D CNT 24 36 Cumulative number of
447. sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches sheets data size D CNT 17 24 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches sheets data size D CNT 17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper less than 17 inches data size sheets 14 MEDIASIZEI CUT Counters related to cut sheet printing T 7 37 Display Description Unit P SQ 24 36 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches physical size m2 Sq f P SQ 17 24 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches physical size m2 Sq f P SQ 17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches physical size m2 Sq f P CNT 24 36 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches sheets physical size P CNT 17 24 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches sheets physical size P CNT 17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper less than 17 inches physical size sheets 15 MEDIASIZE2 CUT Counters related to cut sheet printing T 7 38 Display Description Unit D SQ 24 36 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches data size m2 Sq f D SQ 17 24 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches
448. shown in the display Sensor and switch status is shown in the display ON 1 OFF or not used 0 1 OFF or not used 0 Screen 1 T 7 19 I D I S P L A Y 1 Upper row 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lower row 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Display position Screen 2 T 7 20 I D I S P L A Y 2 Upper row 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lower row 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Display position Screens 1 and 2 are selectable with the 4 and buttons These screens display the associated sensor status as listed in the table below T 7 21 Display position Sensor name LCD display contents 1 Pump Cam Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 2 Valve Open Closed Detection Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 3 Not Used 0 4 Not Used 0 5 Spur Cam Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 6 Lift Cam Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 7 Feed Roller HP Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 8 Top Cover Sensor 0 Cover open 1 Cover close 9 Not Used 0 10 Ink Tank Cover Switch 0 Cover open 1 Cover close 11 Not Used 0 12 Paper Detection Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 13 Not Used 0 14 Not Used 0 15 Not Used 0 16 Not Used 0 17 Roll Media Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 18 Roll Cam Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 19 Not Used 0 20 Cutter Right Position Sensor
449. signal 7 3 TANK 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 4 TANK DATS IN OUT Ink tank data signal 8 2 GND GND 6 TANK CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal 7 TANK DAT9 IN OUT Ink tank data signal 9 8 TANK DATIO IN OUT Ink tank data signal 10 9 TANK 3V OUT Power supply 43 3V 10 TANK DATII IN OUT Ink tank data signal 11 11 GND GND 12 TANK CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal 13 GND GND 14 INK SNS6 L IN Ink detection sensor output signal 6 15 INK SNS7 L IN Ink detection sensor output signal 7 16 INK SNS8 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 8 17 GND GND 18 INK SNS9 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 9 19 INK SNS10 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 10 20 INK SNSII IN Ink detection sensor output signal 11 T 6 59 J3401 Connect to Carriage PCB J11 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 GND GND 2 GND GND 3 GND GND 4 GND GND 5 GND GND 6 GND GND 7 GND GND 8 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V Chapter 6 J3401 Connect to Carriage PCB J11 Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 9 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 0 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 1 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 2 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 3 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 4 VH OUT Power supply 21 5V 5 VH OUT Power supply 2
450. sily when the output stacker is in the extended position The output stacker can accommodate one sheet Remove each sheet before printing if you are printing a series of documents F 1 17 1 2 10 Hard disk drive iPF6200 iPF6000S Each print job received from the host computer is saved to the 80GB hard disk drive serial ATA connection attached to the printer so the printer can print the job repeatedly as needed without having to wait for its retransmission from the host computer Saving print jobs will offer the following benefits Eased computer workload A print job may be automatically preserved to the hard disk when printing or may be preserved to the hard disk without printing A print job preserved can be printed in as many copies as needed without having to use the host computer Reprinting after error occurrence If the printer encounters errors such as paper out while printing a print job it can resume the print operation as soon as the errors are cleared without needing its retransmission from the host computer Higher print work efficiency Print jobs can be printed selectively or in a specified number of copies without using a host computer Multiple print jobs can be printed batched Unattended print operations in the nighttime are also possible 1 2 11 IEEE1394 FireWire Board iPF6100 Chapter 1 IEEE1394 FireWire expansion board option An interface board that provides an additional IEEE1394 Fir
451. ss Specify the printer network information when using a static IP address Subnet Mask Enter the IP address assigned to the printer as well as the network subnet mask and default gateway Default G W NetWare NetWare Specify the NetWare protocol To apply your changes choose Store Setting Frame Type Specify the frame type to use Print Service Choose the print service AppleTalk Specify whether to use the AppleTalk protocol To apply your changes choose Store Setting Ethernet Driver Auto Detect Specify the communication method To apply your changes choose Store Setting Choose On for automatic configuration of the LAN communication protocol Choose Off to use settings values of Comm Mode and Ethernet Type Comm Mode Choose the LAN communication method Ethernet Type Choose the LAN transfer rate Spanning Tree Choose whether spanning tree packets are supported over the LAN MAC Address Displays the MAC address Ext Interface When installing the expansion interface board choose whether the expansion interface board is used Init Settings 5 L v A confirmation message is displayed if you press the button Choose OK to restore the network settings to the default values Maintenance 1 88 T 1 65 Setting Item Description Instructions Maint cart When exchanging the maintenance cartridge choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen Replace P head Not disp
452. st may stain the platen carriage unit exterior and purge unit These stains may soil the print media or hands and clothes when servicing the printer Wipe them off carefully with a soft well wrung cloth Platen carriage unit Purge unit 1 39 1 94 Chapter 1 1 7 1 3 Electric Parts iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S The electric parts of the printer are activated when the printer is connected to the AC power supply At the left rear of the printer are the main controller power supply and interface connector The carriage PCB is incorporated in the carriage unit and the operation panel is on the upper right top cover When serving the printer with the cover removed be extremely careful to avoid electric shock and shorting electrical devices Operation panel Carriage PCB Main controller Power supply Power connector F 1 40 1 7 2 Other Precautions 1 7 2 1 Printhead iPF6100 1 How to Handle the Printhead Do not open the printhead package until you are ready to install the head When installing the printhead in the printer hold the knob 1 and then remove the protective cap 1 2 and protective cap 2 3 in that order Do not reattach the protective cap 2 3 to the printhead because the cap may damage the nozzles 4 To prevent the nozzles from getting clogged with foreign matter or dried ink install the printhead immediately after you remove the protective caps Also make sure t
453. structure of the main menu is as follows T 1 5 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Paper Cut 1 No Yes Rep Ink Tank No Yes Head Cleaning Head Cleaning A Head Cleaning B Media Menu Manual Paper Type Plain Paper 5 1 84 Plain Paper HQ 5 Plain Paper HG 5 Recycled Coated 5 High Resolution 5 Coated Paper 5 HW Coated 5 Ex HW Coated 5 Premium MatteP 5 Matte Photo 5 Glossy Photo 5 Semi Gl Photo 5 HW Glossy Photo2 5 HW SemiGI Photo2 5 Poster Semi GI 5 SatinPhoto 190 5 Photo PaperPlus 5 PhotoPlusSemiGl 5 Syn Paper 5 Adh Syn Paper 5 Backlit Film 5 Backprint Film 5 Flame Res Cloth 5 ThinFab Banner2 5 Proofing Paper 5 News Proof 1 5 News Proof 2 5 FineArt Photo 5 FneArt HW Photo 5 Chapter 1 T 1 6 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Media Menu Manual Paper Type FineArt Txtr 5 FineArt Wtrclr 5 FineArtBlockP 5 Canvas Matte2 5 JPN Paper Washi 5 Colored Coated 5 CAD Trace Paper 5 CAD Matte Film 5 POP Board 5 Special Here the number is 1 to 10 5 Manual
454. t a while and turn it on again 03031000 2E0F Top cover abnormally open Close the top cover and turn on the printer again Chapter 8 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Ink tank cover is open Turn off printer wait a while and turn it on again 03031000 2 10 Ink tank cover abnormally open Close the ink tank cover and turn on the printer again Maintenance cartridge full Replace the maintenance cartridge 03841001 2819 Maintenance cartridge full Renew the maintenance cartridge No Maintenance Cartridge capacity Replace the maintenance cartridge 03841001 281B Not enough space in the maintenance cartridge prior to cleaning Replace the maintenance cartridge No maintenance 03841101 2818 Maintenance cartridge not available Set a maintenance cartridge cartridge Insert the maintenance cartridge fully into position Check the maintenance cartridge Maintenance 03841201 2816 Maintenance cartridge EEPROM error Renew the maintenance cartridge cartridge problem Replace the maintenance cartridge Maintenance cartridge problem Replace the maintenance cartridge 03841201 2817 Maintenance cartridge ID error Renew the maintenance cartridge Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded Press OK remove the sheets and load a roll 03860002 2E0A Data with a roll media specification h
455. t area of roll media inch Sq f CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet metric m2 CUT SHEET Cumwulative print area of cut sheet inch Sq f 7 40 Chapter 7 12 MEDIASIZE1 ROLL Counters related to roll media printing T 7 91 Display Description Unit P SQ 24 36 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches physical size m2 Sq f P SQ 17 24 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches physical size m2 Sq f P SQ 17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches physical size m2 Sq f P CNT 24 36 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches sheets physical size P CNT 17 24 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches sheets physical size P CNT 17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4 equivalent paper less than 17 inches physical size sheets 13 MEDIASIZE2 ROLL Counters related to roll media printing T 7 92 Display Description Unit D SQ 24 36 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches data size m2 Sq f D SQ 17 24 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inche
456. t be replaced at the same time If you want to replace both PCBs at the same time first carry out the procedure Procedure for replacing the maintenance cartridge relay PCB ROM board and then carry out the procedure Procedure for replacing the main controller PCB After replacing with the main controller PCB or maintenance cartridge relay PCB which are supplied as service parts check that the firmware to the latest version a Removing the main controller PCB 1 To remove the main controller PCB open the top cover and remove the roll feed unit left circle cover tank cover left cover lower rear cover lower rear left cover and left rear cover Refer to DISASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY gt Points to note on Disassembly and Reassembly gt External Covers 2 Remove the four screws 1 and remove the shield plate 2 F 4 105 2 F 4 106 4 48 Chapter 4 4 Remove all connectors from the main controller PCB 5 Remove the two screws 1 to remove the HDD expansion PCB 2 and then remove the screw 3 3 F 4 107 6 Remove the ten screws 1 and free the harness from harness guide 2 to remove the main controller PCB 3 b Removing the main controller mounting plate 1 Remove the main controller PCB 2 Free the harness from the harness guide 3 Remove the screw 1 and remove the flexible guide 2 4 49 Chapter 4 4 Remove the four screws 1 and two hooks
457. t has the smallest history number 7 INK CHECK Displays the history of execution of turning off the remaining ink level detection by using the refilled ink tank in the order of PC C PM Y GY BK MBK and M 0 No execution 1 Executed at least once 7 35 Chapter 7 b I O DISPLAY The information of each sensor and switch is shown in the display Sensor and switch status is shown in the display ON 1 OFF or not used 0 1 OFF or not used 0 Screen 1 T 7 75 I D I S P L A Y 1 Upper row 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lower row 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Display position Screen 2 T 7 76 I D I S P L A Y 2 Upper row 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lower row 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Display position Screens 1 and 2 are selectable with the 4 and buttons These screens display the associated sensor status as listed in the table below T 7 77 Display position Sensor name LCD display contents 1 Pump Cam Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 2 Valve Open Closed Detection Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 3 Not Used 0 4 Not Used 0 5 Spur Cam Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 6 Lift Cam Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 7 Feed Roller HP Sensor 0 Sensor ON 1 Sensor OFF 8 Top Cover Sensor 0 Cover open 1 Cover close 9 Not
458. t is not mounted the printer starts feeding the media when the paper detection sensor detects the media F 2 38 2 44 Chapter 2 2 3 3 2 6 Structure of Feed Roller Unit iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S The feed roller unit consists of media feeding mechanisms such as feed rollers driven by the feed motor and the pinch roller unit operating in conjunction with the feed rollers While being held flat on the platen media is fed horizontally under the printhead The feed roller unit has a sensor that detects the media feed status and a sensor that detects the status of the mechanisms that constitute the paper path Feed roller Feed roller encoder sensor Pinch roller Feed motor Feed roller HP sensor F 2 39 2 45 Chapter 2 2 3 3 2 7 Feed Roller Eccentricity Detection Function iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Media are fed by the feed roller at regular intervals Irregular feeding of media due to the feed roller eccentricity problem irregular printing can occur in the media feeding direction periodically To prevent this the feed roller encoder sensor and feed roller HP sensor detect the presence and amount of feed roller eccentricity every rotation of the feed roller This function is called the feed roller eccentricity detection function If eccentricity is detected the media feed mount is compensated for according to the amount of eccentricity Feed roller HP sensor F 2 40 Decentered Feed roller
459. t pattern for checking the nozzles If you have selected a leading edge margin of 20 mm in Nr End Sht Mrgn in the printer menu the test print sheet may not be printed completely Information Displays the information about the printer and history of print jobs T 1 60 Setting Item Description Instructions Roll Media Type Choose the type of roll Chk Remain Roll Choose On to print a barcode at the end of a roll before you remove it The printed barcode can be used in managing the amount of roll paper left Choose Off if you prefer not to print the barcode Roll Length Set Displayed if Chk Remain Roll is On If a barcode is not printed on rolls specify the roll length The roll length is displayed in meters 1 0 91 0 m or feet 1 300 ft depending on the setting in Length Unit Manual Paper Type Choose the type of manual feed paper Manual Paper Size Choose the size of manual feed paper 1 85 Chapter 1 Paper Details 1 86 T 1 61 Setting Item Description Instructions The paper type is displayed here Roll DryingTime Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry for each sheet Scan Wait Time Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry between each scan in bidirectional printing in consideration of how quickly the paper absorbs ink Note that printing will take longer if you specify a wait time Feed Priority Specify exact paper feeding if desired Normally
460. ta to meet the Media Type and other specifications of the printer driver b This printer receives print data from the individual interfaces on the main controller transmitting the received print data to ASIC IC1 c The main controller decompresses the print data transmitted to the ASIC and gets it through resolution color and 8 color binarization conversion while loading the data into DDR SDRAM from time to time It also converts the print data to 8 color binary equivalents of image and command data d The ASIC generates image data synthesized with mask data within the ASIC in sync with the discharge time while loading the data into DDR SDRAM from time to time The ASIC IC2 collects printhead information from EEPROM mounted on the printheads and the printer temperature from the latch IC on the carriage board and transmit them to the ASIC IC1 The ASIC 1 1 also receives mask pattern data from the firmware installed in flash ROM f The ASIC IC1 converts the image data synthesized with the mask pattern to data associated with the printhead information and the printer temperature trans mitting the data to the printheads as a print signal It transmits heat pulses to the printheads at the same time to optimize head driving The printheads convert the received print signal from a serial signal to a parallel signal for each row of nozzles and ANDs it with the heat pulses for perform printing h The ASIC controls the general
461. tage level of a given signal is High while 0 is used to indicate Low The voltage value how ever differs from circuit to circuit In addition the asterisk as in DRMD indicates that the DRMD signal goes on when 0 In practically all cases the internal mechanisms of a microprocessor cannot be checked in the field Therefore the operations of the microprocessors used in the machines are not discussed they are explained in terms of from sensors to the input of the DC controller PCB and from the output of the DC controller PCB to the loads The descriptions in this Service Manual are subject to change without notice for product improvement or other purposes and major changes will be com municated in the form of Service Information bulletins service persons are expected to have a good understanding of the contents of this Service Manual and all relevant Service Information bulletins and be able to identify and isolate faults in the machine Contents Contents Chapter 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ED Product OVerVIBW mandalaen ende eee Puce De dee rae ae Den 1 1 111 ERE 1 1 1 1 2 Preduct OVerview su soos SE 1 2 I3 3 Prod cEOVverview 2 d quieti et eiat ber pair e ber tege 1 3 12 PO AatureS C 1 4 1 21 Features run sr ses etate e Us CC Po ee 1 4 1 2 Features arken ukene sees A diii MM INC c
462. the Menu button on the operation panel b How to exit the Main menu To exit the Main menu press the Online button c Buttons used with the Main menu Selecting menus and parameters 4 or gt button Going to the next lower level menu V button Going to the next higher level menu button Determining a selected menu or parameter OK button 1 53 Chapter 1 2 Main Menu The structure of the main menu is as follows T 1 27 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Paper Cut 1 No Yes Rep Ink Tank No Yes Head Cleaning Head Cleaning A Head Cleaning B Media Menu Manual Paper Type Plain Paper 5 1 54 Plain Paper HQ 5 Plain Paper HG 5 Recycled Coated 5 High Resolution 5 Coated Paper 5 HW Coated 5 Ex HW Coated 5 Premium MatteP 5 Matte Photo 5 Glossy Photo 5 Semi Gl Photo 5 HW Glossy Photo2 5 HW SemiGI Photo2 5 Poster Semi GI 5 SatinPhoto 190 5 Photo PaperPlus 5 PhotoPlusSemiGl 5 Syn Paper 5 Adh Syn Paper 5 Backlit Film 5 Backprint Film 5 Flame Res Cloth 5 ThinFab Banner2 5 Proofing Paper 5 News Proof 1 5 News Proof 2 5 FineArt Photo 5 FneArt HW Photo 5
463. the days passed since the counter resetting Status OK Use rate until part replacement of all consumable parts included in each unit are below 90 W1 Use rate until part replacement of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached 90 or more W2 Use rate until part replacement of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached 100 but no need to stop the printer E Use rate until part replacement of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached 100 and the printer needs to be stopped Day s PARTS yy yy Unit number of consumable parts For detail refer to Maintenance and Inspection gt Consumable Parts Counter of the consumable part current Life of the consumable part Use rate until part replacement Counter of the consumable part accumulate Chapter 7 f SETTING Make various settings 1 Pth Turn on or off the head pulse rank control function Default OFF 2 RTC Set RTC real time clock after replacing the lithium battery on the main controller PCB T 7 98 Display Description DATE yyyy mm dd Set date TIME hh mm Set time 3 PV AUTO JUDGE Sets ink saver mode Default OFF g INITIALIZE Clear the DISPLAY histories ADJUST settings COUNTER values and other parameters T 7 99 Display Description WARNING Initialize the history of WARNING A
464. the interiors of the top cover with dry cloth Electrostatic charges could make the internal components susceptible to dirt resulting in degraded print quality Do not use flammable solvents such as thinner and benzine on the printer Solvents coming into contact with any electrical parts inside the printer could result in fires or electrical shock hazards Do not touch linear scale 1 and carriage shaft 2 Chapter 5 9 Remove the roll feed unit and fold plain paper 1 two to three times and then insert through the printer rear into the underside 2 of the pinch roller unit to wipe off dirt on the pinch roller unit Chapter 5 b Spur cleaning If white dots appear about 1mm apart in the paper feed direction clean the spur 1 To clean the spur 1 use the cleaning sheet bundled with the unit Do not fold the cleaning sheet Do not use a cleaning sheet with rugged edges or a significantly folded cleaning sheet If the cleaning sheet is warped flatten it before use To cancel cleaning press the STOP button 1 Press the MENU button to display the main menu 2 Press the and V buttons to select Maintenance and press the P button 3 Press the and buttons to select Spur Cleaning and press P button 4 Press the and V buttons to select Yes and press the OK button If roll media are fed they are ejected automatically 5 Open the paper tra
465. the waste ink does not leak 1 Turn on the Power button on the printer 2 Remove the roll holder from the roll holder slot 3 Enter the Main menu and then select Maintenance gt Move Printer Remove all ink tanks following the displayed messages Put the removed ink tanks in the plastic bag with the ink port up and close the opening It takes about 4 minutes to complete the Move Printer operation Move Printer cannot be selected when MT Cartridge Full Soon is displayed In this case replace the maintenance cartridge first Never disconnect the power cord or open any cover while the Move Printer operation is in progress since this can cancel the operation If the Move Printer operation is canceled while in progress the printer will remain in the offline mode and will not return to the online mode The Ink Filling operation is performed when the power is turned back on after canceling so repeat the Move Printer operation from the beginning The Move Printer operation will drain about 38 g of ink per color from the printer to the maintenance cartridge 4 When the Move Printer operation is completed turn off the Power button 5 Open the top cover to check that the head is capped and then secure the carriage with the belt stopper 6 Close the top cover 7 Disconnect the interface cable power cord and ground cable from the printer 8 Wait about 15 minutes after completion of the Move Printer operatio
466. thead error Open top cover and replace the left 03800402 280B Printhead L EEPROM error Replace printhead L printhead Right printhead 03800201 2812 Wrong printhead model installed on Install printhead PF 03 on printhead R error printhead Open top cover and replace the right printhead Left printhead 03800202 2813 Wrong printhead model installed on Install printhead PF 03 on printhead L error printhead L Open top cover and replace the left printhead Hardware error 03800500 2F2F Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03800500 2F2F Non discharging error Identify the non discharging unit Replace the non discharging unit Replace the printheads Hardware error 03800500 2F30 Turn off printer wait then turn on again 03800500 2F30 Non discharging position adjustment error Identify the non discharging unit Replace the non discharging unit Replace the printheads Ink tank is empty 03810104 Bk ink tank empty Renew the Bk ink tank Press OK and 2500 replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810101 2501 Y ink tank empty Renew the Y ink tank Press OK and replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810102 M ink tank empty Renew the M ink tank Press OK and 2502 replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810103 C ink tank empty Renew the C ink tank Press OK and 2503 replace ink tank Ink tank is empty 03810112 PM ink tank empty Renew the PM ink tank Press OK and
467. ting and removing screws Phillips screwdriver Inserting and removing screws Flat head screwdriver Removing the E ring Needle nose pliers Inserting and removing the spring parts Hex key wrench Inserting and removing hexagonal screws Flat brush Applying grease Lint free paper Wiping off ink Rubber gloves Preventing ink stains T 6 83 Special purpose tools Remarks Carriage Wire Tool AY3 4493 000 Adjusting carriage wire height Grease MOLYKOTE PG 641 CK 0562 000 Applying to specified locations EU I QY9 0037 000 Soaks to specified locations 6 59 Chapter 7 SERVICE MODE Contents Contents Tele Service Mode vicies cotto E de eien 7 1 FAL Service Operation E 7 1 FAs Map oF the Service Modes aree e aede Dea ee e dece e de bete 7 2 7 1 3 Map ot the Service te e erede ea RO IER 7 7 TEA Map of the Service Mode Gesner eee deus A a aee Ud npo EES 7 12 Details Of Service Aedes hs hh eb e CER AER Reet ef 7 17 71 6 Details Of Service Mode eee ER ren eh eere i edP e IE RE APER C ehe 7 25 TA Details Of Service Mode THREE NT UR EN VIR SERERE ELS EUREN RENE SERRE Ene cR Re RS ERR
468. tinuity check If continuity of the cable between the multi sensor and the carriage PCB is abnormal replace the cable 5 Cable continuity check If continuity of the cable between the cutter lifter unit the cutter drive unit and the cutter driver PCB is abnormal replace the cable 6 Replace the cutter driver PCB 7 Replace the carriage PCB 8 Replace the main controller PCB 6 1 4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur 6 1 4 1 Outline iPF6000 When a service call error occurs turning off the Power button will not recover the error Occurrence of a service call is displayed again when the power is turned back on This measure is taken to prevent user s recovery of the service call error and damages to the printer 6 10 Chapter 6 To view the service call history select SERVICE MODE DISPLAY ERROR 6 1 4 2 E141 4046 Recovery system rotation count reached 50 000 iPF6000 Cause The machine detected that the rotation count of the purge unit reached the specified value Probable fault location Purge unit or main controller PCB lt Countermeasure gt 1 Replace Purge unit After replacing the purge unit select SEVICE MODE gt INITIALIZE gt PARTS COUNTER to reset the counter 2 Replace main controller PCB 6 1 4 3 E144 4047 Supply system s count error iPF6000 Cause The machine detected that the carriage scan count reached the specified value lt Probable fault location Ink tank or
469. tment timing Multi sensor recalibration Multi sensor replacement removal Carriage unit replacement removal Adjusting wire roller Wire guide replacement removal Carriage unit replacement removal Head management sensor recalibration Head management sensor replacement removal Carriage unit replacement removal 4 5 2 Procedure after Replacing the Carriage Unit or Multi Sensor iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S a Multi Sensor Recalibration Since the multi sensor has individual electrical specificity the following are recalibrated at the factory namely the optical axis of the sensor the sensor gain for measuring the printhead height and sensor calibration Accordingly carry out the following adjustments in the service mode whenever replacing the carriage unit or multi sensor Service mode SERVICE MODE ADJUST GAP CALIB Service mode SERVICE MODE ADJUST PRINT PATTERN OPTICAL AXIS Media type Photo glossy paper Media size Media having a width equal too larger than that of A2 size paper The multi sensor reference plate QL2 1561 000 PLATE REFLECTION MULTI SENSOR must be replaced at the same time whenever the carriage or the multi sensor is being replaced 4 60 Chapter 4 b Adjusting the wire roller To prevent the wire roller mounted on the carriage from contacting the duct and others during carriage operation perform the following adjusutment whenever tou have r
470. to have many non discharging nozzles during a non discharging inspection printing paused Clean left P Head Press Online to clear error 03800502 280E Printhead L found to have many non discharging nozzles during a non discharging inspection printing paused Clean the printheads Identify the nozzles in a nozzle check pattern Replace the printheads PHeads wrong pos Open top cover and check the printhead positions 03800201 2804 03800202 2807 Printheads L and R installed in reverse position Reinstall the printheads in correct position Install left printhead No right printhead 03800101 2800 Printhead R not found Install a printhead on the R side Install right printhead No left printhead 03800102 2808 Printhead L not found Install a printhead on the L side Paper size not detected Press Load Eject and reload the 03010000 200C Unable to detect the leading end of paper Check the leading end of paper Reload the paper Press Load Eject and reload the paper paper Paper size not 03010000 200D Unable to detect the trailing end of cut Check the sheet length Check to see if paper has not detected sheet jammed Paper size not detected Press Load Eject and reload the paper 03010000 2017 Paper right edge detection error Check the right edge of paper Check the paper type Paper size not detected Press Load Eject and reload the
471. ual Feed Guide Peper Eject Slot Paper Alignment Line Basket Stand Output Guide 1 4111111111111111111111111111111 13 12 1 6 1 3 10 Operation Panel 11 Roll Feed Unit 12 Roll Feed Unit Cover 13 Manual Feed Cover 14 Power Connector 15 Ethernet Connector 16 USB Port 17 Carrying Handle 1 3 Chapter 1 1 2 Features 1 2 1 Features iPF6100 A new 12 color pigmented ink formulation featuring additional three types of special color inks red green blue and two types of gray ink varying in grayscale Lucia prints on a variety of grades of paper from glossy paper to art mat and sign with a high degree of coloring Two types of black ink vividly glossy black ink and mat black ink full of a sense of high quality are loaded concurrently and are selected automatically to suit paper types There is no need to manually change inks BK black GY gray PGY photo gray ink are mainly used to offer a drastically enhanced power of halftoning achieving an equivalent of the high picture quality of monochrome silver salt films One inch wide printhead having 2 560 nozzles per color which are twice as many as the those of the existing models High density printhead technology FINE that can satisfy both of beautiful and fast printing requirements of a high order is employed for accurate ejection of ultrasmall 4 pl drops of ink to the target positions Prints with 24
472. um MatteP 5 Matte Photo 5 Glossy Photo 5 Semi GI Photo 5 HW Glossy Photo2 5 HW SemiGI Photo2 5 Poster Semi GI 5 SatinPhoto 190 5 Photo PaperPlus 5 PhotoPlusSemiGI 5 Syn Paper 5 Adh Syn Paper 5 Backlit Film 5 Backprint Film 5 Flame Res Cloth 5 ThinFab Banner2 5 Proofing Paper 5 News Proof 1 5 News Proof 2 5 FineArt Photo 5 FineArt HW Photo 5 Chapter 1 T 1 30 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Media Menu Roll Media Type FineArt Txtr 5 FineArt Wtrclr 5 FineArtBlockP 5 Canvas Matte2 5 JPN Paper Washi 5 Colored Coated 5 CAD Trace Paper 5 CAD Matte Film 5 POP Board 5 Special Here the number is 1 to 10 5 Chk Remain Roll Off On Roll Length Set 1 2 m 16 tt feet 16 Paper Details The paper type is displayed Roll DryingTime Off here 30 sec 1 min 3 min 5 min 10 min 30 min 60 min Scan Wait Time Off 1 sec 3 sec 5 sec 7 sec 9 sec 1 57 Chapter 1 1 58 T 1 81 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Pape
473. upply DC power supply 426V POWER ON Noize filter circuit control circuit generation circuit 5V 3 3V 21 5V generation circuit RM Rectifying circuit generation circuit F 2 57 The power supply converts AC voltages ranging from 100 V to 240 V from the AC inlet to DC voltages for driving the ICs motor and others The voltage generator circuits include the 26 V generation circuit for driving motors fans and sensors and a 21 5 V generator circuit for driving sensors heads logic circuits and others When the power is turned off 26 V and 421 5 V are reduced to about 12 V and 9 V respectively power save mode Power ON OFF operation is controlled by the main controller PCB 2 61 Chapter 2 2 5 Detection Functions with Sensors 2 5 1 Sensors for covers iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S Top cover sensor Ink tank cover switch F 2 58 Top cover sensor The photo interrupter type top cover sensors detect opening and closing of the top cover When the top cover is closed the sensor light is shielded by the sensor arm thus notifying the sensor of closing the cover Ink tank cover switch The micro switch type ink tank cover switch detects opening and closing of the ink tank cover When the ink tank cover is closed the protrusion on the ink tank cover presses the switch thus detecting closing of the ink tank cover 2 62 Chapter 2 2 5 2 Ink passage system iPF6100 iPF6200 Purge unit Pump cam sensor
474. urface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the the leading edge Cut Speed Choose the cutting speed For media such as film that are more likely to generate debris when cut choose Fast to reduce the amount of debris Trim Edge First If a roll is loaded the end of the paper will be cut Choose Forced to have 40 mm 1 6 in cut off the leading edge of the roll ensuring a straight edge after you load the roll Scraps are then removed When Automatic is selected if the left and right side of the leading edge of the roll are uneven by 3 mm 0 12 in or more the edge is cut an amount relative to the slant to ensure a straight edge after you load the roll Scraps are then removed If the unevenness is less than 3 mm or if No Cutting is selected the edge is not cut and scraps are not removed Cutting Mode Specify if the Cutter Unit is used for cutting Choose Automatic to have roll paper cut automatically after printing If you choose Eject the paper will not be cut after printing Instead a line will be printed at the cut position Bordless Margin Adjust the margin during borderless printing CutDustReduct Choose On to reduce the amount of debris generated when cutting film and similar media by printing a line at the cut position This option reduces the amount of debris given off after cutting Manual Feed Choose how the paper is supplied Top for printing from the Tray or Front for printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot Near
475. uses the following symbols to indicate special information Symbol Description Ero Indicates an item of a non specific nature possibly classified as Note Caution or Warning Indicates an item requiring care to avoid electric shocks Indicates an item requiring care to avoid combustion fire Indicates an item prohibiting disassembly to avoid electric shocks or problems Indicates an item requiring disconnection of the power plug from the electric outlet Indicates an item intended to provide notes assisting the understanding of the topic in question Indicates an item of reference assisting the understanding of the topic in question Provides a description of a service mode Provides a description of the nature of an error indication Introduction The following rules apply throughout this Service Manual 1 Each chapter contains sections explaining the purpose of specific functions and the relationship between electrical and mechanical systems with refer ence to the timing of operation In the diagrams NW N represents the path of mechanical drive where a signal name accompanies the symbol the arrow indicates the direction of the electric signal The expression turn on the power means flipping on the power switch closing the front door and closing the delivery unit door which results in supplying the machine with power 2 In the digital circuits 1 15 used to indicate that the vol
476. using Media Configuration Tool 6 Available only if Auto Detect is Off 7 Available only if NetWare is On 8 Follows the setting in Date Format 12 Displayed if paper is loaded in the tray 14 This menu is only displayed during printing 16 Not displayed if a roll or a sheet has been fed 1 63 Chapter 1 3 Main menu during printing The structure of the main menu during printing is as follows 1 64 T 1 37 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Menu Durng Prtng Head Cleaning Head Cleaning A Head Cleaning B Fine Band Adj 5to5 Information System Info Error Log HHHHHHIEHHHHE Job Log Choose from information Document Name about the latest three print jobs User Name Page Count Job Status Print Start Time Print End Time Print Time Print Size Media Type Interface Ink Consumed Chapter 1 4 Main Menu Settings Paper Settings Main menu items are described in the following tables T 1 38 Setting Item Description Instructions Paper Cut Displayed if a roll is loaded Choose Yes to cut the roll at the current position The paper will be fed if necessary so that the sheet is at least 10 cm 39 4 in long after the cut The paper will not be cut if there is not enough pap
477. warning W1226 01341226 103A GARO image mode Image processing table error GARO WI231 01341231 1035 GARO setup Unknown command W1232 01341232 1036 GARO setup Invalid parameter count W1233 01341233 1037 GARO setup Required parameter missing W1234 01341234 1038 GARO setup Data out of bounds W1235 01341235 1039 GARO setup Other warning End of paper feed Forced feed limit Check the remaining quantity of roll media Cannot feed paper more Mail box nearly full 011A1001 2901 The free hard disk space left for Personal Delete unneeded jobs stored in Personal Boxes Delete unwanted data capacity Mail box full 01861003 2902 100 jobs are stored in the Personal Box Delete unneeded jobs stored in Personal Boxs Now printing without saving data Mail box full 011A1006 2906 Saved jobs exceed the Personal Box Press the stop button to cancel the print job Delete print jobs from the queue Delete unneeded jobs stored on the hard disk 8 3 Chapter 8 8 3 Error Table 8 3 1 Error Code List iPF6100 Codes represent the numbers that are displayed in DISPLAY in service mode If the same message is displayed when the printer is turned off then back on take action as recommended in the Action column T 8 4 Display massage Code Condition detected Action Clean right P Head Press Online to clear error 03800501 280D Printhe
478. wer supply 45V 81 45V OUT Power supply 45V 82 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 83 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 84 3 3V OUT Power supply 3 3V 85 GND GND 86 GND GND 87 GND GND 88 GND GND T 6 3 J1201 Network Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 TX OUT Ethernet data TX line 2 TX OUT Ethernet data TX line 3 RX IN Ethernet data RX line 4 Not used 5 Not used 6 RX IN Ethernet data RX line 7 Not used 8 Not used 9 GREEN LED C OUT Link LED green 100Mb s cathode terminal 10 GREEN LED A OUT Link LED green 100Mb s anode terminal 11 YELLOW LED C OUT Link LED yellow 10Mb s cathode terminal 12 YELLOW LED A OUT Link LED yellow 10Mb s anode terminal T 6 4 J1801 Connect to Power supply Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 HDI VHFBH OUT VH feedback voltage 2 HDI VHFBG OUT VH feedback voltage 3 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 4 GND GND 5 VH IN Power supply 21 5V 6 GND GND 7 RGV20 VCC IN Power supply 21 5V 8 GND GND 9 VM IN Power supply 26V 10 GND GND 11 IN Power supply 26V 12 GND GND 13 VH ENB OUT VH power supply ON OFF signal 14 PW CONT OUT Normal power saving switch signal T 6 5 J2511 Spur motor Spur cam sensor Mist fan Cutter motor Cutter right detection sensor Pin Number Signal name IN OUT Function 1 SNS 1 OUT Power supply 43 3V 2 GND GND 3 CUTT
479. y nnne nennen nnn nennen nnne 4 2 4 3 3 Units requiring draining Of EE 4 2 43 4 Extertial GOVerS x eoo e dee e Pto et inten enu eile uei 4 4 4 3 5 Driving Uit eet ret nece rdg ri n ite dct at HR DeL ety 4 16 AB DEE ci uote uiae dE eben 4 17 43 7 Carriage DIT ier rn Een Ge eek LE edit aie et is 4 20 4 3 8 Feeder e d em tbe tt ete rene Dec snide eet 4 28 Ree UR HE EE 4 31 4 3 10 Purge E 4 34 43 11 W ste Ink Collection Whitman ee eet te GREEN ER CHR 4 37 43 12 Ink SUPER 4 40 4 3 13 Head Management Sensor EE 4 43 4 3314 MUlti SelsOl iet teta tne MUR OTI 4 43 e 4 44 43 16 POBS ser aee te mee ER e dat d 4 47 4 3 17 Opening the Cap Moving the Wiper Un 4 51 4 3 18 Opening Closing the Ink Supply Valve nennen nnne 4 53 4 3 19 Draining the Ink oo Um ae beet o i Pace cresce dale sk ela 4 54 44Applying NEE 4 55 4A T Applying the Grease rte merce d uendrede 4 55 Contents 4 5 Adjustment and Setup ltems Auen 4 59 4 5 1rAdjustment item List c 4 59 4 5 2 Procedure after Replacing the Carriage Unit or Multi Sensor senes 4 59 4 5 3 Procedure after Replacing the Head Management Sensor sse 4 62 Chapter
480. y open this cover 2 Paper support In loading paper in a paper tray open the paper tray cover and then this tray 3 Width guides In loading cut sheet move the guide to adjust to the paper size 4 Paper tray front loading port Paper eject slot In loading thick paper insert it into this port printed matter is ejected from this port 5 Paper tray top loading port 1 27 Chapter 1 In loading cut sheet insert them into this port 1 28 Chapter 1 1 5 6 Roll Feed Unit Cover Inside iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S F 1 30 1 Roller holder Set roll media on this holder 2 Holder stopper Use to secure roll media to the roller holder 3 Roller holder slot Set the roller holder in this guide groove 1 5 7 Carriage iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S F 1 31 1 Printhead lock cover This cover is used to lock the printhead Open this cover when installing the printhead 2 Printhead The printhead incorporated nozzles It is an important part for printing 3 Printhead lock lever This lever is used to lock the printhead Open this lever when installing the printhead 4 Wire guide This stay is used as an ink tube guide 1 29 Chapter 1 1 5 8 Inside iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S F 1 32 1 Maintenance cartridge Absorbs excess ink 1 30 Chapter 1 1 6 Basic Operation 1 6 1 Operation Panel iPF6100 iPF6200 iPF6000S This section explains the functions of the buttons
481. y cover 6 Pinching width guide 1 move it to the leftmost end 7 Take the cleaning sheet out of the bag Chapter 5 Keep the bag in a safe place because it is used for cleaning sheet 8 Set a cleaning sheet at the cleaning point at paper tray top loading port in landscape direction blank side up Insert the cleaning sheet into position until it lightly hits the end MEMO If the cleaning position exceeds the sheet size perform cleaning in several sessions each with a varied cleaning sheet setting position F 5 9 9 Press the OK button to start cleaning Cleaning takes about 1 minute 30 seconds to complete 10 When the cleaning session completes store the cleaning sheet in the bag 11 Close the paper tray cover 5 3 2 Periodic Maintenance iPF6000S T 5 5 Level Periodic maintenance User Cleaning of ink mist and other substances about once each month Service personnel None Chapter 5 2 Printer cleaning To keep up with print quality and prevent troubles clean the printer about once each month 1 Wipe the external surfaces of the printer with a cloth moistened with water and then wrung tight and then dry them finally with a dry cloth F 5 10 2 Press the MENU button to display the main menu 3 Press the and V buttons to select Maintenance and then press the gt button 4 Press the and V buttons to select Platen Cleaning and press the P button

Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents